TW201211165A - Metal complex pigment, photoelectric conversion element, and photoelectrochemical cell - Google Patents

Metal complex pigment, photoelectric conversion element, and photoelectrochemical cell Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201211165A
TW201211165A TW100127418A TW100127418A TW201211165A TW 201211165 A TW201211165 A TW 201211165A TW 100127418 A TW100127418 A TW 100127418A TW 100127418 A TW100127418 A TW 100127418A TW 201211165 A TW201211165 A TW 201211165A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
formula
dye
represented
layer
Prior art date
Application number
TW100127418A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Hirotaka Satou
Tatsuya Susuki
Katsumi Kobayashi
Keizo Kimura
Original Assignee
Fujifilm Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Fujifilm Corp filed Critical Fujifilm Corp
Publication of TW201211165A publication Critical patent/TW201211165A/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D409/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D409/14Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/14Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D495/00Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D495/02Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D495/04Ortho-condensed systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D519/00Heterocyclic compounds containing more than one system of two or more relevant hetero rings condensed among themselves or condensed with a common carbocyclic ring system not provided for in groups C07D453/00 or C07D455/00
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07FACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F15/00Compounds containing elements of Groups 8, 9, 10 or 18 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F15/0006Compounds containing elements of Groups 8, 9, 10 or 18 of the Periodic Table compounds of the platinum group
    • C07F15/0046Ruthenium compounds
    • C07F15/0053Ruthenium compounds without a metal-carbon linkage
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B57/00Other synthetic dyes of known constitution
    • C09B57/10Metal complexes of organic compounds not being dyes in uncomplexed form
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01GCAPACITORS; CAPACITORS, RECTIFIERS, DETECTORS, SWITCHING DEVICES, LIGHT-SENSITIVE OR TEMPERATURE-SENSITIVE DEVICES OF THE ELECTROLYTIC TYPE
    • H01G9/00Electrolytic capacitors, rectifiers, detectors, switching devices, light-sensitive or temperature-sensitive devices; Processes of their manufacture
    • H01G9/20Light-sensitive devices
    • H01G9/2059Light-sensitive devices comprising an organic dye as the active light absorbing material, e.g. adsorbed on an electrode or dissolved in solution
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/30Coordination compounds
    • H10K85/341Transition metal complexes, e.g. Ru(II)polypyridine complexes
    • H10K85/344Transition metal complexes, e.g. Ru(II)polypyridine complexes comprising ruthenium
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01GCAPACITORS; CAPACITORS, RECTIFIERS, DETECTORS, SWITCHING DEVICES, LIGHT-SENSITIVE OR TEMPERATURE-SENSITIVE DEVICES OF THE ELECTROLYTIC TYPE
    • H01G9/00Electrolytic capacitors, rectifiers, detectors, switching devices, light-sensitive or temperature-sensitive devices; Processes of their manufacture
    • H01G9/20Light-sensitive devices
    • H01G9/2004Light-sensitive devices characterised by the electrolyte, e.g. comprising an organic electrolyte
    • H01G9/2013Light-sensitive devices characterised by the electrolyte, e.g. comprising an organic electrolyte the electrolyte comprising ionic liquids, e.g. alkyl imidazolium iodide
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01GCAPACITORS; CAPACITORS, RECTIFIERS, DETECTORS, SWITCHING DEVICES, LIGHT-SENSITIVE OR TEMPERATURE-SENSITIVE DEVICES OF THE ELECTROLYTIC TYPE
    • H01G9/00Electrolytic capacitors, rectifiers, detectors, switching devices, light-sensitive or temperature-sensitive devices; Processes of their manufacture
    • H01G9/20Light-sensitive devices
    • H01G9/2027Light-sensitive devices comprising an oxide semiconductor electrode
    • H01G9/2031Light-sensitive devices comprising an oxide semiconductor electrode comprising titanium oxide, e.g. TiO2
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02EREDUCTION OF GREENHOUSE GAS [GHG] EMISSIONS, RELATED TO ENERGY GENERATION, TRANSMISSION OR DISTRIBUTION
    • Y02E10/00Energy generation through renewable energy sources
    • Y02E10/50Photovoltaic [PV] energy
    • Y02E10/542Dye sensitized solar cells

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
  • Photovoltaic Devices (AREA)
  • Hybrid Cells (AREA)

Abstract

The invention provides a metal complex pigment having high conversion efficiency and excellent durability, a photoelectric conversion element, and a phototelectrochemical cell using the metal complex pigment. The metal complex pigment has a structure represented by the following formula (1). M(LL1)m1(LL2)m2(X)m3*CI formula (1) In formula (1), M represents a metal atom. LL1 represents a specific bidentate chelate ligand or a specific tridentate chelate ligand. LL2 represents a specific bidentate chelate ligand or a specific tridentate chelate ligand. X represents a specific monodentate chelate ligand or a specific bidentate chelate ligand. m1 represents an integer of 1 to 3, m2 represents an integer of 0 to 2, and m3 represents an integer of 0 to 3. CI represents a counterion necessary to a circumstance of counterion for neutralizing the charge. Anyone of LL1, LL2, and X has at least one acid group.

Description

201211165 -----Γιτ 六、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明是有關於一種轉換效率高、耐久性優異的金屬 錯合物色素(metal complex pigment)、光電轉換元件及光 電化學電池。 , 【先前技術】 光電轉換元件被用於各種光感測器(light sensor*;)、影 印機(copy-machine )、太陽電池(solar battery )等中。該 光電轉換元件實用化了使用金屬之光電轉換元件、使用半 導體之光電轉換元件、使用有機顏料或色素之光電轉換元 件、或將該些組合使用之光電轉換元件等各種方式。其中, 利用非枯竭性太陽能之太陽電池無需燃料,利用取之不盡 用之不竭之清潔能源(clean energy),因此非常期待其真 正之實用化。其中,對於矽系太陽電池,自先前便進行了 研究開發。各國亦有政策性考慮而不斷得到普及。然而, 矽為無機材料’於產量(throughput)及分子改性(m〇lecular modification)方面自然存在侷限。 因此’正積極地進行色素增感型太陽電池之研究。特 別疋瑞士 EPFL大學之Graetzel等人開發了於多孔氧化鈦 4膜之表面固定有包含釕錯合物之色素的色素增感型太陽 電池,實現普通非晶矽之轉換效率。因此, 陽電池-舉剌料研究者之_。 … 於曰本專利特開2001-291534中揭示了改盖釕錯合物 色素之光電轉換能力的方法。 。 4 201211165 於曰本專利特開2001-291534中報告了藉由利用於 2,2’-聯吼咬(2,2’-bipyridine)骨架上具有特定之取代基的 2牙或3牙之配位基而擴大共耗(c〇njUgati〇n),可獲得顯 示出高的莫耳吸光係數,於長波段中亦具有優異之吸收能 力’且於光電轉換元件中使用之情形時耐久性優異的金屬 錯合物色素。 然而’於長波長化效果、耐久性之任一方面中,日本 專利特開2001-291534之金屬錯合物色素及光電轉換元件 並不能說充分。 ' 【發明内容】 本發明之課題在於提供轉換效率高、财久性優異、另 外於半導體微粒子上之吸附穩定性性優異的金屬錯合物色 素、使用該金屬錯合物色素的光電轉換元件及光電化學電 池。 本發明者等人反覆進行銳意研究,結果發現:具有被 直線性高且剛直之取代基取代的配位基的金屬錯合物色 素,配向吸附於導電性支撐體上所形成的多孔質半導體微 粒子上,由於難以受到成為色素剥離之原因的水或使色素 分解的親核種等之攻擊,因此可提供轉換效率高、耐久性 優異之光電轉換元件及光電化學電池。本發明是基於該發 現而成的。 藉由本發明,提供以下之手段。 <1> 一種金屬錯合物色素,其以下述通式(丨)所 表示: 201211165^ M(LLl)ml(LL2)m2(X)m3 · Cl 通式(1 ) [於通式(1)中, Μ表示金屬原子, LL1表示下述通式(2)所表示之2牙或3牙之配位基, LL2表示下述通式(7)所表示之2牙或3牙之配位基, X表示以選自由酿氧基(aCyl〇xy gr〇Up )、醯硫基 (acetylthio group)、硫醯氧基、硫酿硫基、酿基胺基氧基、 硫月女基曱IS曰基、二硫胺基曱酸g旨基、硫碳酸酿基、二硫 碳酸酯基、二硫碳酸酯基、醯基、硫氰酸酯基、異硫氰酸 酯基、氰酸酯基、異氰酸酯基、氰基、烷硫基、芳硫基、 烧氧基及芳氧基所構成之群組的基進行配位的單牙或2牙 之配位基,或者由鹵素原子、羰基、二烷基酮、二酮、 羧醯胺基、硫羧醯胺基或硫脲所構成的單牙或2牙之配位 基, ml表示1〜3之整數,於mi為2以上時,LLi可相同 亦可不同, m2表示〇〜2之整數,於m2為2時,LL2可相同亦可 不同, m3表示〇〜3之整數,於m3為2以上時,X可相同 亦可不同’且X彼此之間亦可連結, CI表示為了中和電荷而必須抗衡離子之情形時的抗 衡離子; 6 201211165f LL1 - LL2 > v ., [化η Λ之任一個具有至少1個醆性基;201211165 -----Γιτ VI. Description of the Invention: [Technical Field] The present invention relates to a metal complex pigment, a photoelectric conversion element, and a photoelectrochemistry having high conversion efficiency and excellent durability. battery. [Prior Art] The photoelectric conversion element is used in various light sensors*, copy-machines, solar batteries, and the like. The photoelectric conversion element has various methods such as a photoelectric conversion element using a metal, a photoelectric conversion element using a semiconductor, a photoelectric conversion element using an organic pigment or a dye, or a photoelectric conversion element used in combination. Among them, solar cells that use non-exhaustive solar energy do not require fuel and use inexhaustible clean energy, so they are very much expected to be practical. Among them, research and development have been carried out on the tantalum solar cells. Countries also have policy considerations and continue to gain popularity. However, 矽 is an inorganic material, which naturally has limitations in terms of throughput and molecular modification. Therefore, research on dye-sensitized solar cells is being actively carried out. In particular, Graetzel et al. of the University of EPFL in Switzerland developed a dye-sensitized solar cell in which a pigment containing a ruthenium complex is immobilized on the surface of a porous titanium oxide 4 film to realize conversion efficiency of ordinary amorphous ruthenium. Therefore, the positive battery - the researcher's _. A method of modifying the photoelectric conversion capability of a ruthenium complex pigment is disclosed in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2001-291534. . 4 201211165 A 2- or 3-tooth coordination with a specific substituent on a 2,2'-bipyridine backbone is reported in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2001-291534. By expanding the total consumption (c〇njUgati〇n), it is possible to obtain a metal exhibiting a high molar absorption coefficient and excellent absorption capacity in a long wavelength band and excellent durability when used in a photoelectric conversion element. The complex pigment. However, in any aspect of the long-wavelength effect and durability, the metal complex dye and the photoelectric conversion element of JP-A-2001-291534 are not sufficient. [Explanation] An object of the present invention is to provide a metal complex dye which is excellent in conversion efficiency, excellent in long-lasting property, and excellent in adsorption stability on semiconductor fine particles, and a photoelectric conversion element using the metal complex dye and Photoelectrochemical cell. As a result of intensive research, the inventors of the present invention have found that a metal complex dye having a ligand which is substituted with a straight linear substituent and a straight substituent has a porous semiconductor fine particle formed by being adsorbed on the conductive support. In addition, since it is hard to be attacked by water which is a cause of pigment peeling, nucleophilic substances which decompose pigments, etc., it is possible to provide a photoelectric conversion element and a photoelectrochemical cell which have high conversion efficiency and excellent durability. The present invention has been developed based on this finding. By the present invention, the following means are provided. <1> A metal complex dye represented by the following formula (丨): 201211165^ M(LLl)ml(LL2)m2(X)m3 · Cl Formula (1) [Formula (1) In the formula, Μ represents a metal atom, LL1 represents a 2- or 3-dentate ligand represented by the following formula (2), and LL2 represents a 2- or 3-dentate coordination represented by the following formula (7). Base, X represents a group selected from the group consisting of alkyloxyxy (aCyl〇xy gr〇Up), acetylthio group, thioxyloxy, sulfur-thiol, arylaminooxy, thiouretyl 曱IS Sulfhydryl, dithiol phthalic acid g-based, thiocarbonate, dithiocarbonate, dithiocarbonate, sulfhydryl, thiocyanate, isothiocyanate, cyanate a monodentate or a 2-dentate ligand coordinated to a group consisting of an isocyanate group, a cyano group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, an alkoxy group, and an aryloxy group, or a halogen atom or a carbonyl group, A monodentate or a 2-dentate ligand composed of a dialkyl ketone, a diketone, a carboxy oxime amino group, a thiocarbaguanyl group or a thiourea, and ml represents an integer of 1 to 3, and when mi is 2 or more, LLi Can be the same or different, m2 means 〇~2 When m2 is 2, LL2 may be the same or different, m3 represents an integer of 〇~3, and when m3 is 2 or more, X may be the same or different 'and X may be connected to each other, CI means to neutralize a counter ion in the case where the charge must be counterbalanced; 6 201211165f LL1 - LL2 > v ., [Yi η 具有 has at least one oxime group;

通式(2) 於通式(2)中, = 地表示酸性基, 立地表示連結基, 任意通式所Y=t地表示自通式(3)〜通式(6)之 -及r表==基氫原子而所得的取代基 L或L分別獨立地表示亞炔 組合構成的共軛鏈; 兒方基或由該些基之 al ? a2分別獨立地表* 〇〜3之整數,於 上時’R可相同亦可不同,於a2為 、^ = 亦可不同; 工崎R可相同 W及b2分別獨立地表示〇〜3之整 上時,R3可相同亦可不同,亦可相互 ^ ”'、以 為2以上時竹相同亦例,亦可相;於/ 於W均為】以上時#與心可連結二成 及n2分別獨立地表示】以上之整數,n3、n4分 獨立地表示〗以上之整數,·射,於n3為2以上之情 多個Y】可相同亦可不同,心4為2以上之情 個 201211165 Y2可相同亦可不同; ζ表示〇或1 ; [化2] (R7)n7In the formula (2), = represents an acidic group, and a ground represents a linking group, and any formula Y=t represents a radical from the general formula (3) to the general formula (6) ==Base hydrogen atom and the obtained substituent L or L each independently represents a conjugated chain composed of an alkyne combination; the aryl group or the a? a2 of the groups independently represent an integer of 〇~3, respectively When the 'R' can be the same or different, the difference between a2 and ^ = can be different; if the same W and b2 can be independently represented by 工~3, R3 can be the same or different, or can be mutually ", think that the bamboo is the same as the case of 2 or more, and can also be phased; when / is above W", the number can be connected to the heart and the two can be independently represented by n2 and n2. The above integers, n3 and n4 are independently represented. 〖The above integer, · shot, when n3 is 2 or more, multiple Y] can be the same or different, and heart 4 is 2 or more. 201211165 Y2 can be the same or different; ζ means 〇 or 1; ] (R7)n7

通式(3)通式(4)通式(5) 通式(6) 於通式(3)〜通式(6)中,R5〜Ru表示取代基,n5 〜nil分別獨立地表示〇〜2之整數,多個R5〜Rii亦可與 鄰接之取代基相互鍵結而形成環;n6與n7之和為2以下; n8與n9之和為2以下;nl〇與nil之和為2以下; [化3]General formula (3) General formula (4) General formula (5) General formula (6) In the general formula (3) to general formula (6), R5 to Ru represent a substituent, and n5 to nil each independently represent 〇~ An integer of 2, a plurality of R5 to Rii may be bonded to adjacent substituents to form a ring; the sum of n6 and n7 is 2 or less; the sum of n8 and n9 is 2 or less; and the sum of nl〇 and nil is 2 or less ; [化3]

通式(7) 於通式(7)中,Za、Zb及Zc分別獨立地表示可形成 5員環或6員環的非金屬原子群,亦可分別獨立地具有取 代基;c表示0或1]。 <2>如<1>所述之金屬錯合物色素,其中,於所 述通式(1)中,所述LL1是通式(2A)所表示之2牙或3 8 201211165 牙之配位基: [化4]In the formula (7), Za, Zb and Zc each independently represent a group of non-metal atoms which can form a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring, and may each independently have a substituent; c represents 0 or 1]. (2) The metal complex dye according to the above formula (1), wherein the LL1 is a tooth represented by the formula (2A) or a tooth of 3 8 201211165 Ligand: [Chemical 4]

(R2)a2 (R4)b2 (L2)n2—(γ2)η4_γ4 通式(2A) [於通式(2A)中,R1、r2、、R4、γι、γ2、γ3 Y4、L1、L2、al、a2、bl、b2、nl、n2、n3、 中的 R1、R2、R3、R4、Y1、Y2、Y3、Y4、L1 n4與通式(2) 、L2、a卜 a2、 Μ、b2、ηΐ、η2、η3、η4 同義]。 &lt;3&gt;如&lt;1&gt;所述之金屬錯合物色素,其中,於所 述通式(2)中,L^'L2表示亞芳基。 &lt;4&gt;如&lt;2&gt;所述之金屬錯合物色素,其中,於所 述通式(2A)中,L1、L2表示亞芳基。 &lt;5&gt;如&lt;1&gt;或&lt;:3&gt;所述之金屬錯合物色素,其 中,於所述通式(1)中,LL1是下述通式(8)所表示之2 牙或3牙之配位基: [化5](R2)a2 (R4)b2 (L2)n2—(γ2)η4_γ4 Formula (2A) [In the formula (2A), R1, r2, R4, γι, γ2, γ3 Y4, L1, L2, al , a2, bl, b2, nl, n2, n3, R1, R2, R3, R4, Y1, Y2, Y3, Y4, L1 n4 and the general formula (2), L2, ab a2, Μ, b2 ΐ ΐ, η2, η3, η4 are synonymous]. &lt;3&gt; The metal complex dye according to <1>, wherein, in the formula (2), L^'L2 represents an arylene group. &lt;4&gt; The metal complex dye according to the above formula (2A), wherein L1 and L2 represent an arylene group. &lt;5&gt; The metal complex dye according to the above formula (1), wherein LL1 is a tooth represented by the following formula (8) Or the ligand of 3 teeth: [Chemical 5]

9 201211165 通式(8) [於通式(8 )中,R1、R2、R3、R4、γ1、γ2、Υ3、γ4、 al、a2、bl、b2、ηΐ、η2、η3、η4、ζ 與通式(2)中的 R1、 R2、R3、R4、γΐ、Υ2、Υ3、Υ4、以、a2、Μ、b2、w、以、 n3、π4、z 同義]。 &lt;6&gt;如&lt;1&gt;〜&lt;5&gt;中任一項所述之金屬錯合物 色素’其中’於所述通式(1)中’ LL1是下述通式(8Α) 所表示之2牙或3牙之配位基: [化6]9 201211165 General formula (8) [In the general formula (8), R1, R2, R3, R4, γ1, γ2, Υ3, γ4, al, a2, bl, b2, ηΐ, η2, η3, η4, ζ In the general formula (2), R1, R2, R3, R4, γΐ, Υ2, Υ3, Υ4, and a2, Μ, b2, w, 、, n3, π4, and z are synonymous]. &lt;6&gt; The metal complex dye according to any one of <1> to <5>, wherein 'LL1 is represented by the following formula (8Α) in the above formula (1) The base of 2 teeth or 3 teeth: [Chem. 6]

[於通式(8Α )中,R1、R2、R3、R4、γΐ、γ2、γ3、 1 ' al、a2、bl、b2、nl、η2、η3、η4 與通式(2)中之 R1、R2、R3、r4、γι、Υ2、γ3、γ4、以、a2、M、b2、μ、 η2、η3、η4 同義]。 &lt;7&gt;如&lt;1&gt;〜&lt;ό&gt;中任一項所述之金屬錯合物 色素,其中,於所述通式(1)中,皿表示釕。 &lt;8&gt;如&lt;1&gt;〜&lt;7&gt;中任一項所述之金屬錯合物 色素,其中’自所述通式(3)所表示之環上脫離2個氫原 子而所得的連結基以下述通式(3Α)所表示: 201211165. ^yuzopif [化7][In the general formula (8Α), R1, R2, R3, R4, γΐ, γ2, γ3, 1 'al, a2, bl, b2, nl, η2, η3, η4 and R1 in the formula (2) R2, R3, r4, γι, Υ2, γ3, γ4, and a2, M, b2, μ, η2, η3, η4 are synonymous]. The metal complex dye according to any one of the above-mentioned items (1), wherein the dish represents hydrazine. The metal complex dye according to any one of <1>, wherein the 'hydrogen atom is removed from the ring represented by the above formula (3). The linking group is represented by the following general formula (3Α): 201211165. ^yuzopif [化7]

通式(3A) [於通式(3A)中,你、$ a / 表示於上的鍵=式(3)中之n5同義;* 結部]。 鍵結部,**表示於ΥΉ4上的鍵 如&lt;1&gt;〜〈- A ^ ^ , 、8&gt;中任一項所述之金屬錯合物 ''一⑺ [化8] R16General formula (3A) [In the general formula (3A), you, $ a / represents the upper bond = the n5 in the formula (3) is synonymous; * knot]. The bonding portion, ** represents a bond on ΥΉ4, such as the metal complex described in any one of &lt;1&gt;~<- A ^ ^ , , 8 &gt; (1) (7) [Chemical 8] R16

通式(9)通式(10)通式(u) R22Formula (9) Formula (10) Formula (u) R22

通式(12) (於式 t,R12、R13、RM、r16、r18、r19、r21、r22 表示氫原子絲代基;*表示於lUl2上的鍵結部,* *表示於Y3或Y4上的鍵結部)。 &lt;10&gt;如&lt;9&gt;所述之金屬錯合物色素,其中,所述 通式⑼〜通式(12)核意通柄表示之取代基具有至 11 201211165 少一個以上碳原子數為5以上之脂肪族基。 &lt;11&gt; 一種光電氣轉換元件’其具備具有如&lt;1&gt;〜 &lt; 10&gt;中任一項所述之金屬錯合物色素與半導體微粒子的 感光層。 &lt;12&gt; w&lt;n&gt;所述之光電轉換元件,其中,將所述 通式(1)中所記載的金屬錯合物色素與其他色素組合使用。 &lt;13&gt;如&lt;12&gt;所述之光電轉換元件,其中,所述 其他色素以通式(13)所表示:General formula (12) (wherein t, R12, R13, RM, r16, r18, r19, r21, r22 represent a hydrogen atom-based group; * represents a bond on lUl2, and ** represents on Y3 or Y4 Key junction). &lt;10&gt; The metal complex dye according to <9>, wherein the substituent represented by the formula (9) to the formula (12) has a number of carbon atoms of less than 11 201211165 More than 5 aliphatic groups. &lt;11&gt; A photo-electric conversion element, which is provided with a photosensitive layer of a metal complex dye and semiconductor fine particles according to any one of &lt;1&gt; to &lt;10&gt;. The photoelectric conversion element according to the above formula (1), wherein the metal complex dye described in the above formula (1) is used in combination with another coloring matter. The photoelectric conversion element according to <12>, wherein the other coloring matter is represented by the general formula (13):

Mz(LL11)mll(LL12)ml2(X11)ml3 - CI11 通式(13) [於通式(13)中,Mz(LL11)mll(LL12)ml2(X11)ml3 - CI11 Formula (13) [In the formula (13),

Mz表示金屬原子, LL表示下述通式(14)所表示之2牙或3牙之配位 基, LLl2表示下述通式(15 )所表示之2牙或3牙之配位 基, X表不以選自由醯氧基、醯硫基、硫醯氧基、硫醯 硫基、醯基胺基氧基、硫胺基曱酸酯基、二硫胺基甲酸酯 基、硫碳酸酯基、二硫碳酸酯基、三硫碳酸酯基、醯基、 硫氰酸目θ基、異硫氰酸醋基、氰酸醋基、異氰酸醋基、氰 基、烧硫基、芳硫基、縣基及聽基所構成之群組的基 進行配位的單牙或2牙之配位基,或者由齒素原子、M基、 二烷基酮、1,3-二酮、羧醯胺基、硫羧醯胺基或硫脲所構 12 201211165 成的單牙或2牙之配位基, mil表示〇〜3之整數’於mii為2以上時’ LLn可 相同亦可不.同, ml2表示0〜2之整數,於m12為2時,LL12可相同 亦可不同;其中,mil與ml2中之至少一方為1以上之整 數; ml3表示0〜3之整數,於ml3為2以上時,X11可相 同亦可不同’ X11彼此之間亦可連結; CI11表示於通式(13)中,為了中和電荷而必須抗衡 離子之情形時的抗衡離子; LL11、LL12、X11之任一個具有至少1個酸性基]; [化9]Mz represents a metal atom, LL represents a 2- or 3-dentate ligand represented by the following formula (14), and LLl2 represents a 2- or 3-dentate ligand represented by the following formula (15), X It is not selected from the group consisting of decyloxy, sulfonylthio, thiomethoxy, thiosulfanyl, decylaminooxy, thiamine phthalate, dithiocarbamate, thiocarbonate Base, dithiocarbonate group, trithiocarbonate group, mercapto group, thiocyanate θ group, isothiocyanate vinegar, cyanate vinegar, isocyanate vine, cyano group, sulphur group, aromatic a group of a monodentate or a 2-dentate ligand coordinated by a group consisting of a sulfur group, a county group, and an auditory group, or a dentate atom, an M group, a dialkyl ketone, a 1,3-diketone, Carboxylammonium, thiocarbamate or thiourea 12 201211165 monodentate or 2-dentate ligand, mil means 〇~3 integer 'when mii is 2 or more' LLn may or may not be. Similarly, ml2 represents an integer of 0 to 2, and when m12 is 2, LL12 may be the same or different; wherein, at least one of mil and ml2 is an integer of 1 or more; ml3 represents an integer of 0 to 3, and is 2 in ml3. Above, X11 can be the same The different 'X11' may also be linked to each other; CI11 is a counter ion in the case of the general formula (13) in which a counter ion must be counterbalanced in order to neutralize the charge; any one of LL11, LL12, and X11 has at least one acidic group] ; [化9]

通式(14) [於通式(14)中, rIOI及r1〇2分別獨立地表示酸性基, R1Q3及R1Q4分別獨立地表示取代基, R1{)5及R106分別獨立地表示烷基、芳基、或雜環基; L11及L12分別獨立地表示由選自亞芳基、亞雜芳基、 亞乙烯(ethenylene )基及亞乙快(ethynylene )基之至少 1種構成的共軛鏈; 13 201211165 all及al2分別獨立地表示0〜3之整數,於aU為2 以上時,Ri〇i可相同亦可不同,於al2為2以上時,汉明 可相同亦可不同; bll及bl2分別獨立地表示0〜3之整數,於bll為2 ^上時,R⑻可相同亦可不同,Ru)3亦可相互連結而形成 環,於bl2為2以上時,R104可相同亦可不同,rkh亦可 相互連結而形成環;於bll及bl2均為1以上時,Ri〇3與 R1()4亦可連結而形成環; ^ dll及dl2分別獨立地表示〇〜5之整數; dl3表示〇或1 ; [化 10]In the formula (14), rIOI and r1〇2 each independently represent an acidic group, and R1Q3 and R1Q4 each independently represent a substituent, and R1{)5 and R106 each independently represent an alkyl group and an aromatic group. a group or a heterocyclic group; L11 and L12 each independently represent a conjugated chain composed of at least one selected from the group consisting of an arylene group, a heteroarylene group, an ethenylene group, and an ethynylene group; 13 201211165 all and al2 each independently represent an integer from 0 to 3. When aU is 2 or more, Ri〇i may be the same or different. When al2 is 2 or more, Hamming may be the same or different; bll and bl2 respectively Independently, an integer of 0 to 3 is represented. When bll is 2^, R(8) may be the same or different, and Ru)3 may be connected to each other to form a ring. When bl2 is 2 or more, R104 may be the same or different, rkh They may be connected to each other to form a ring; when both bll and bl2 are 1 or more, Ri〇3 and R1()4 may be joined to form a ring; ^ dll and dl2 respectively represent integers of 〇~5; dl3 represents 〇 Or 1 ; [10]

通式(15) 取代基;f表示0或1]。 &lt;14&gt;如上述&lt;11&gt; 於通式(15)中,Zd、Ze及Zf分別獨立地表示可形 成5員環或6員環的非金屬原子群,亦可分別獨立地具有 &lt; 13 &gt;中任一項所述之光電 轉換7L件’其具有於導紐支碰域序制有所述感光 體層、電荷移動體及相對電極的結構。a substituent of the formula (15); f represents 0 or 1]. &lt;14&gt; As described above in <11>, in the general formula (15), Zd, Ze, and Zf each independently represent a non-metal atomic group capable of forming a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring, and may each independently have &lt; The photoelectric conversion 7L member according to any one of the preceding claims, which has a structure in which the photoreceptor layer, the charge transporting body and the counter electrode are sequentially formed in a contact region.

201211165t [發明的效果] 若使用本發明之金屬錯合物色素,則可提供於長波長 區域顯示出吸收、穩定地吸附於半導體上、轉換效率高、 耐久性優異之光電轉換元件及光電化學電池。 本發明之上述及其他特徵及優點可參照適宜所附的圖 式,根據下述的記載而變得更明顯易懂。 【實施方式】 將本發明之色素合併用於光電轉換元件中時,於作為 增感色素而發揮作用的通式(1)所表示之金屬錯合物色素 中,其配位基與吸附基(結合基)顯示出特有的相互作用 實現兼顧光電轉換效率與耐久性。其詳細的原理推測如 下。首先,配位基LL1是二吡啶配位基進一步具有直線性 兩的剛直的結構作為取代基,與二。比咬配位基一同形成共 輛系。藉此使得長波長側的峰值的吸收區域朝長波長側進 一步擴大,顯示出高的長波長吸收效率(分子吸光係數 ε)。另一方面,吸附基(結合基)實現與半導體微粒子的 鞏固的配向吸附狀態。配位基LL1由於上述直線性高的剛 直的取代基的效果而保護吸附基的吸附狀態。亦即,直線 性高的剛直的取代基變得緊密地配向,難以受到成為吸附 基剝離之原因的水或使色素分解的親核種等之攻擊,從而 具有改善耐久性之效果。而且,色素分子彼此之非效率的 締合所造成之轉換效率降低亦得到抑制。另外,於直線性 高的剛直的結構的末端側具有噻吩基等含硫雜環,因此單 電子氧化狀態變穩定’從而使上述長波長吸收效果或耐久 15 201211165 性進一步提高。 以下’對本發明之較佳之實施形態加以詳細之說明。 參照圖式對本發明之光電轉換元件之較佳之實施態樣 加以說明。如圖1所示,光電轉換元件10包含:導電性支 撐體1、於導電性支撐體i上順次配置之感光體層2、電荷 移動體層3、及相對電極4。由所述導電性支撐體i與感光 體2而構成受光電極5。該感光體2具有導電性微粒子22 與增感色素21,色素21於其至少一部分中吸附於導電性 微粒子22上(色素成為吸附平衡狀態,亦可一部分存在於 電荷移動體層中)。形成有感光體2的導電性支撐體丨於光 電轉換元件ίο中作為作用電極(working electr〇de)而發 揮作用。藉由外部電路6而使該光電轉換元件1〇工作^ 作為光電化學電池100而動作。 另外,光電轉換元件之上下亦可並不特別規定,於本 說明書+,若基於所圖示者而言,則將成為受光側的相對 電極4之側設為上部(天部)之方向,將支撐體i之侧設 為下部(底部)之方向。 受光電極5是包含導電性支撐體i以及塗設於導電性 支撐體上的吸附有色素21之半導體微粒子22的感光層(半 導體膜)2的電極。入射至感光體(半導體膜)2的光對色 素進行激發。激發色素具有能量高的電子。因此,該電子 自色素21傳遞至半導體微粒子22之導電帶,進一步夢由 擴散而到達導電性支撐體1。此時,色素21之分子氧 化體。電極上之電子一面於外部電路工作—面恢復為色素 201211165 j^uzopif 氧化體,藉此發揮作為光電化學電池之作用。此時,受光 電極5作為該電池之負極而工作。 本實施形態之光電轉換元件具有感光體,所述感光體 在導電性支撐體上具有吸附有後述之金屬錯合物增感色素 的多孔質半導體微粒子之層。此時,如上所述:於色素中, 於一部分電解質中亦可具有解離之物等。感光體可視需要 ,進行設計,可為單層構成亦可為多層構成。於本實施形 態之光電轉換元件之感光體中,包含吸附有特定之金屬錯 ^物增感色素之半導體微粒子,感光度高,於作為光電化 :電池而使用之情料,可獲得高的轉換效率,另外具有 向的耐久性。 以下’對本發明加以說明。 (A)色素 (A1)具有通式(丨)之結構的金屬錯合物色素 通式(1)201211165t [Effects of the Invention] When the metal complex dye of the present invention is used, it is possible to provide a photoelectric conversion element and a photoelectrochemical cell which exhibit absorption in a long-wavelength region and are stably adsorbed on a semiconductor, have high conversion efficiency, and are excellent in durability. . The above and other features and advantages of the present invention will become more apparent from the written description of the appended claims. [Embodiment] When the dye of the present invention is used in a photoelectric conversion element, the ligand and the adsorption group in the metal complex dye represented by the formula (1) which functions as a sensitizing dye ( The bonding group exhibits a unique interaction to achieve both photoelectric conversion efficiency and durability. The detailed principle is presumed as follows. First, the ligand LL1 is a rigid structure in which the dipyridine ligand further has a linearity as a substituent, and two. A common system is formed together with the biting ligand. Thereby, the absorption region of the peak on the long wavelength side is further enlarged toward the long wavelength side, showing high long-wavelength absorption efficiency (molecular absorption coefficient ε). On the other hand, the adsorption group (bonding group) realizes an aligned adsorption state with the semiconductor fine particles. The ligand LL1 protects the adsorption state of the adsorbing group due to the effect of the above-mentioned straight substituent having high linearity. In other words, the rigid substituent having a high linearity is closely aligned, and it is difficult to be attacked by water which is a cause of peeling of the adsorbent or a nucleophile which decomposes the dye, and the effect of improving durability is obtained. Moreover, the reduction in conversion efficiency caused by the inefficient association of the pigment molecules with each other is also suppressed. In addition, since a sulfur-containing heterocyclic ring such as a thienyl group is provided on the terminal side of the straight structure having a high linearity, the single-electron oxidation state becomes stable, and the long-wavelength absorption effect or durability is further improved. The preferred embodiments of the present invention are described in detail below. Preferred embodiments of the photoelectric conversion element of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. As shown in Fig. 1, the photoelectric conversion element 10 includes a conductive support 1, a photoreceptor layer 2, a charge transport layer 3, and a counter electrode 4 which are sequentially disposed on a conductive support i. The light-receiving electrode 5 is constituted by the conductive support i and the photoreceptor 2. The photoreceptor 2 has conductive fine particles 22 and a sensitizing dye 21, and the dye 21 is adsorbed on the conductive fine particles 22 in at least a part thereof (the dye is in an adsorption equilibrium state, or a part thereof may be present in the charge transporting layer). The conductive support body on which the photoreceptor 2 is formed functions as a working electrode in the photoelectric conversion element ίο. The photoelectric conversion element 1 is operated by the external circuit 6 to operate as the photoelectrochemical cell 100. In addition, the photoelectric conversion element is not particularly limited in the upper and lower directions. In the present specification, the side of the counter electrode 4 on the light receiving side is set to the upper (the sky) direction, as will be described above. The side of the support body i is set to the direction of the lower portion (bottom portion). The light-receiving electrode 5 is an electrode including a conductive support i and a photosensitive layer (semiconductor film) 2 coated with the semiconductor fine particles 22 of the dye 21 coated on the conductive support. The light incident on the photoreceptor (semiconductor film) 2 excites the color. The excitation pigment has electrons with high energy. Therefore, the electrons are transferred from the pigment 21 to the conductive strip of the semiconductor fine particles 22, and further spread to the conductive support 1 by diffusion. At this time, the molecular oxide of the pigment 21 is present. The electron side on the electrode works on the external circuit - the surface is restored to the pigment 201211165 j^uzopif oxidant, thereby functioning as a photoelectrochemical cell. At this time, the light receiving electrode 5 operates as the negative electrode of the battery. The photoelectric conversion element of the present embodiment has a photoreceptor having a layer of porous semiconductor fine particles to which a metal complex sensitizing dye to be described later is adsorbed on the conductive support. In this case, as described above, in the pigment, a part of the electrolyte may have a dissociated substance or the like. The photoreceptor may be designed as needed, and may be a single layer or a multilayer. The photoreceptor of the photoelectric conversion element of the present embodiment contains semiconductor fine particles to which a specific metal sensitizing dye is adsorbed, and has high sensitivity, and can be used as a photoelectricization battery to obtain high conversion. Efficiency, and additional durability. The present invention will be described below. (A) Pigment (A1) A metal complex dye having a structure of the formula (丨) Formula (1)

M(LLl)mi(LL2)m2(X)m3 · CI 具有通式⑴之結構的色素於金屬軒上配位有配位 tit二ΐ況之配位基LL2及特定之官能基X,於必要 之It形時猎由ci而保持為電中性。 (A1·1)金屬原子Μ 之金屬原子。Μ較佳的是可進行4配位或6配位 二屬:更佳的是 Ru、Fe、〇s、Cu、W cr、M〇 Ni、M(LLl)mi(LL2)m2(X)m3 · CI The dye having the structure of the general formula (1) is coordinated with a ligand LL2 having a coordinate titer and a specific functional group X. The It-shaped hunting is kept electrically neutral by ci. (A1·1) A metal atom of a metal atom Μ. Preferably, it is possible to carry out 4 coordination or 6 coordination. Two genera: more preferably Ru, Fe, 〇s, Cu, W cr, M 〇 Ni,

Ir Rh、Re、Mn或Zn。特佳的是如、〇3、 17 201211165Ir Rh, Re, Mn or Zn. Particularly good is, such as, 〇 3, 17 201211165

Zn或Cu,最佳的是RU。 (Al-2)酉己位基LL1 配位基LL1是下述通式(2)所表示之2牙或3牙之配 位基’較佳的是2牙配位基。 表示配位基LL1之數的ml為1〜3之整數,較佳的是 1〜2 ’更佳的是1。於ml為2以上時,LL1可相同亦可不 同。 [化 11] 丫3-(丫\广(1·% ((L2)n2—(Y2)n4-Y4)z (R1〉a1 通式(2) 於通式(2)中,R1及R2分別獨立地表示酸性基(具 有解離性之質子的取代基)。酸性基可列舉羧基、磺酸基、 經基、異經月亏酸(hydroxamic acid)基、磷酸(phosphoryl) 基或膦醯(phosphonyl)基。R1或R2較佳的是膦醯基、缓 基’更佳的是叛基。另外,該些酸性基亦可經由連結基而 導入至吡啶環上。 al及a2分別獨立地表示〇〜3之整數。於al為2以 上時,R1可相同亦可不同。於a2為2以上時,R2可相同 亦可不同。al較佳的是〇或1,更佳的是0。a2較佳的是 0或1,更佳的是〇。 201211165t R3及R4分別獨立地表示取代基。取代基較佳的是烷 基(較佳的是碳原子數為1〜2〇之烷基,例如曱基、乙基、 異丙基、第三丁基、戊基、庚基、丨_乙基戊基、苄基、2_ 乙氧基乙基、1-羧基曱基等,且是包含芳烷基等經取代之 烧基的概念)、烯基(較佳的是碳原子數為2〜2〇之烯基, 例如乙烯基、烯丙基、油烯基等)、炔基(較佳的是碳原子 數為2〜20之炔基,例如乙炔基、丁二炔基、苯基乙炔基 等)、環烷基(較佳的是碳原子數為3〜2〇之環烷基,例如 環丙基、環戊基、環己基、4-曱基環己基等)、芳基(較佳 的是碳原子數為6〜26之芳基,例如苯基、萘基、4•甲 氧基苯基、2-氣苯基、3-甲基苯基等)、雜環基(較佳的是 石厌原子數為2〜20之雜環基,例如2_吼η定基、比咬基、 2-咪唑基、2-苯并咪唑基、2_噻唑基、2_噁唑基等)、烷氧 基(較佳的疋奴原子數為1〜2〇之烧氧基,例如曱氧基、 乙氧基、異丙氧基、苄氧基等)、芳氧基(較佳的是碳原子 數為6〜26之芳氧基,例如苯氧基、丨_萘氧基、3甲基笨 氧基、4-甲氧基苯氧基等)、烷氧基羰基(較佳的是碳原子 數為2〜20之烷氧基羰基,例如乙氧基羰基、孓乙基己氧 基羰基等)、胺基(較佳的是碳原子數為〇〜2〇之胺基,例 ^胺基、N,N-二甲基胺基、N,N_二乙基胺基、N•乙基胺基、 苯胺基等)、磺醯胺基(較佳的是碳原子數為〇〜2〇之磺醯 胺基’例如N,N-二曱基磺醯胺基、N_苯基磺醯胺基等广 醯氧基(較佳的是碳原子數為之轉基,例如乙酿 氧基、苯甲醯氧基等)、胺甲醯(carbam〇yl)基(較佳的 2〇12lll65 是碳原子數為1〜20之胺曱醯基,例如n,N-二甲基胺甲酿 基、N-苯基胺曱醯基等)、醯基胺基(較佳的是碳原子數 為1〜20之醯基胺基,例如乙醯基胺基、苯曱醯基胺基 等)、氰基 '或鹵素原子(例如氟原子、氣原子、溴原子、 碘原子等)’更佳的是烷基、烯基、芳基、雜環基、烷氧基、 芳氧基、烧乳基Ik基、胺基、醯基胺基、氰基或齒素原子, 特佳的是烷基、烯基、雜環基、烷氧基、烷氧基羰基、胺 基、醯基胺基或氰基。該些基亦可進一步被取代,取代基 之例可列舉R3及R4之取代基。 土 bl及b2分別獨立地表示〇〜3之整數,較佳的是〇〜2 之整數。於bl為2以上時,R3可相同亦可不同,亦可相 互連結而形成環。bl較佳的是〇〜丨,特佳的是〇。於w 為2以上時’R4可相同亦可不同,亦可相互連結而形成環。 =較佳的是〇〜1’特佳的是…於Μ及…均為丨以上時, R與R4料賴㈣賴。r3或r4連結巾軸之環的較 3可列舉苯環κ環、嗟吩環、轉環、環己烧環、 %戊烷環等。 分別獨立地表示亞絲、亞絲或由該些基之 ^。冓成的共軛鏈。亞炔基較佳的是碳原子數為2〜6之亞 ,基,更佳狀碳原子數為2〜4之亞炔基。進—步更佳的 =乙块基、1,3-亞丁二炔基、亞己诀基,特佳的是亞乙 的是碳原子數為6〜30之亞芳基,更佳 疋反原子數為6〜24之亞芳基。進— 基、亞萘基,特佳的是亞笨基。由亞絲及衫^组^ 201211165 ^yuzopif 構成的共軛鏈較佳的是由亞乙炔基與亞苯棊各1個組合而 成之共軛鏈。L1或L2較佳的是亞芳基。 nl、n2分別獨立地表示1以上之整數。較佳的是nl 為1〜3,更佳的是1〜2。而且,較佳的是n2為1〜3,更 佳的是1〜2。 z表示0或1。z較佳的是1。 於z為1之情形時_·_ LL1是下述通式(2A)所表示之 2牙或3牙之配位基。 [化 12] Y3-(Y1)n3-(L1)n1 (L2)n2-(Y2)n4-Y4Zn or Cu, the most preferred is RU. The (Al-2) oxime group LL1 ligand LL1 is a 2-dentate or 3-dentate ligand represented by the following formula (2), and a 2-dentate ligand is preferred. The ml indicating the number of the ligands LL1 is an integer of 1 to 3, preferably 1 to 2' is preferably 1. When ml is 2 or more, LL1 may be the same or different.丫3-(丫\广(1·%((L2)n2—(Y2)n4-Y4)z (R1>a1 General formula (2) In the general formula (2), R1 and R2 respectively Independently represents an acidic group (a substituent having a dissociative proton). The acidic group may be a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, a thiol group, a hydroxamic acid group, a phosphoryl group or a phosphonyl group. Preferably, R1 or R2 is a phosphinium group or a buffer group, and more preferably a thiol group. Further, the acidic groups may be introduced to the pyridine ring via a linking group. An integer of ~3. When al is 2 or more, R1 may be the same or different. When a2 is 2 or more, R2 may be the same or different. al is preferably 〇 or 1, more preferably 0. Preferably, it is 0 or 1, more preferably 〇. 201211165t R3 and R4 each independently represent a substituent. The substituent is preferably an alkyl group (preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms, for example Anthracenyl, ethyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, heptyl, hydrazine-ethylpentyl, benzyl, 2-ethoxyethyl, 1-carboxyindenyl, etc., and containing aralkyl The concept of a base substituted by a base) Alkenyl (preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 2 carbon atoms, such as a vinyl group, an allyl group, an oleyl group, etc.), an alkynyl group (preferably an alkyne having 2 to 20 carbon atoms) a group such as an ethynyl group, a butadiynyl group, a phenylethynyl group or the like, a cycloalkyl group (preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 2 carbon atoms, such as a cyclopropyl group, a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group). , 4-fluorenylcyclohexyl, etc., aryl (preferably an aryl group having 6 to 26 carbon atoms, such as phenyl, naphthyl, 4 methoxyphenyl, 2-phenylphenyl, 3 a -methylphenyl group or the like, a heterocyclic group (preferably a heterocyclic group having a stone anodic number of 2 to 20, for example, a 2 吼 定 group, a butyl group, a 2-imidazolyl group, a 2-benzimidazole group Alkoxy group (2, thiazolyl, 2-oxazolyl, etc.), alkoxy (preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 2 atomic number, such as an anthraceneoxy group, an ethoxy group, an isopropoxy group, Benzyloxy or the like, an aryloxy group (preferably an aryloxy group having 6 to 26 carbon atoms, such as a phenoxy group, a fluorenyl-naphthyloxy group, a 3-methyloxy group, a 4-methoxybenzene group) Oxyl or the like, an alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms) For example, ethoxycarbonyl, decylhexyloxycarbonyl, etc.), an amine group (preferably an amine group having a carbon number of 〇~2〇, an amine group, an N,N-dimethylamino group, N,N-diethylamino, N-ethylamino, anilino, etc.), sulfonylamino (preferably a sulfonylamino group having a carbon number of 〇~2〇) such as N,N- a fluorenyloxy group such as a dimercaptosulfonylamino group or a N-phenylsulfonylamino group (preferably, a transalkyl group having a carbon number, for example, an ethoxylated oxy group, a benzamidineoxy group, etc.), an amine group Carbam〇yl group (preferably 2〇12lll65 is an amine sulfhydryl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, such as n,N-dimethylamine methyl aryl, N-phenylamine fluorenyl, etc. a mercaptoamine group (preferably a mercaptoamine group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, such as an ethylamino group, a benzoguanyl group, etc.), a cyano group or a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom) , a gas atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, etc.) are more preferably an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a saponin-based Ik group, an amine group or a mercaptoamine group. a cyano or dentate atom, particularly preferably an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, a heterocyclic group, Group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an amine group, acyl group or cyano group. These groups may be further substituted, and examples of the substituents include substituents of R3 and R4. The soils bl and b2 each independently represent an integer of 〇~3, preferably an integer of 〇~2. When bl is 2 or more, R3 may be the same or different, and may be interconnected to form a ring. Bl is preferably 〇~丨, especially good. When w is 2 or more, 'R4' may be the same or different, and may be bonded to each other to form a ring. = It is better that 〇~1' is particularly good... When both Μ and ... are above ,, R and R4 are expected to be (4). The ring of the ring of the r3 or r4 connecting towel shaft may be a benzene ring κ ring, a porphin ring, a ring, a cyclohexane ring, a % pentane ring or the like. Each of the sub-filaments, the sub-filaments, or the bases are independently represented. A conjugated chain. The alkynylene group is preferably a subunit having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkynylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms. More advanced = ethyl, 1,3-butadienyl, hexamethylene, particularly preferred is arylene with 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably anti-atom The number is 6 to 24 arylene groups. Into the base, naphthylene, especially good is the stupid base. The conjugated chain composed of the stellite and the oxime group 201211165 ^yuzopif is preferably a conjugated chain in which one of the ethynylene group and the phenylene group is combined. L1 or L2 is preferably an arylene group. Nl and n2 each independently represent an integer of 1 or more. Preferably, nl is 1 to 3, more preferably 1 to 2. Further, it is preferable that n2 is 1 to 3, and more preferably 1 to 2. z represents 0 or 1. z is preferably 1. When z is 1, __ LL1 is a ligand of 2 or 3 teeth represented by the following formula (2A). Y3-(Y1)n3-(L1)n1 (L2)n2-(Y2)n4-Y4

通式(2A) 於通式(2A)中,R1、R2、R3、R4、Y1、Y2、Y3、 Υ4、L1、L2、a卜 a2、Μ、b2、ία、η2、η3、η4 與通式(2) 中之 R1、R2、R3、R4、Υ1、Υ2、Υ3、Υ4、L1、L2、a卜 a2、 bl、b2、nl、n2、n3、n4 同義。 於通式(2)中,Y1及Y2分別獨立地表示自通式(3) 〜通式(6)之任意通式所表示之環上脫離2個氫原子而所 得的連結基。 [化 13] 21 201211165.In the general formula (2A), R1, R2, R3, R4, Y1, Y2, Y3, Υ4, L1, L2, ab a2, Μ, b2, ία, η2, η3, η4 In the formula (2), R1, R2, R3, R4, Υ1, Υ2, Υ3, Υ4, L1, L2, ab, a2, bl, b2, nl, n2, n3, and n4 are synonymous. In the formula (2), Y1 and Y2 each independently represent a linking group obtained by desorbing two hydrogen atoms from the ring represented by any of the general formulae (3) to (6). [Chem. 13] 21 201211165.

通式〇)通式(4) 通式(5) 通式(6) 於通式(2)中,η3、η4分別獨立地表示1以上之整 數。η3較佳的是1〜5,更佳的是1〜3,進一步更佳的是1 〜2。而且,η4較佳的是1〜5,更佳的是1〜3,進一步更 佳的是1〜2。於η3為2以上之情形時,多個Υ1可相同亦 可不同’於η4為2以上之情形時,多個γ2可相同亦可不 同。 於通式(3)〜通式(6)中,R5〜Rll表示取代基。取 代基之例可列舉作為R3及R4之例而列舉的取代基。 較佳的是R5〜R11為烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、醯基, 更佳的疋烧基、烯基、快基,進一步更佳的是烧基、炔基。 烷基較佳的是碳原子數為2〜18之烷基,更佳的是碳原子 數為5〜18,進一步更佳的是碳原子數為6〜18,特佳的是 碳原子數為6〜12。烷基之例可列舉正丁基、第三丁基、 戊基、己基、環己基、癸基。烯基較佳的是碳原子數為2 〜18之烯基,更佳的是碳原子數為5〜ι8,進一步更佳的 是碳原子數為6〜18,特佳的是碳原子數為6〜12。烯基之 例可列舉乙烯基、烯丙基、油烯基。炔基較佳的是破原子 數為2〜18之炔基,更佳的是碳原子數為5〜18,進一步 更佳的是碳原子數為6〜18,特佳的是碳原子數為 6 〜12。 22 201211165 炔基之例可列舉乙炔基、丁二炔基、苯基乙炔基。芳基之 例可列舉苯基、三苯基胺基。該些基亦可進一步被取代, 取代基之例可列舉R5〜Rll之取代基。 Y3及Y4表示氫原子或取代基。Y3或Y4所表示之取代 基之例可列舉作為R5〜R11之取代基之例而列舉者。 通式(3)〜通式(6)所表示之取代基較佳的是具有 至少一個(較佳的是1個〜2個、更佳的是1個)碳原子 數為5以上(更佳的是碳原子數為6〜18、進一步更佳的 是碳原子數為6〜12)之脂肪族基作為R5〜Ru、γ3、γ4。 碳原子數為5 m之麟族基可列舉上述魏基、婦基、 ^基’較⑽狄基、絲,更侧是絲。較佳的是炔 基進-步概絲代’雛的是被碳軒數 基取代。 心沉 Μ〜nil分別獨立地表示〇〜2之整數。幻較佳的是工 〜2,特佳的是1。n6較佳的是1〜2,特佳的是卜n7較 佳的是1〜2’特佳的是卜1118較佳的是卜2,特佳的是卜 的f佳的是1〜2,特佳的是1。nlO較佳的是卜2,特 的是卜nil較佳的是卜2,特佳的是1。⑽盥 2以下。n8盥n9夕去7幺? ri τ ^ &lt;才口马 ^之和為2以下。_與山之和為2以下。 於R〜R為多個之情形時,多個r5〜r1General formula 〇) General formula (4) General formula (5) General formula (6) In the general formula (2), η3 and η4 each independently represent an integer of 1 or more. Η3 is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, still more preferably 1 to 2. Further, η4 is preferably from 1 to 5, more preferably from 1 to 3, still more preferably from 1 to 2. When η3 is 2 or more, a plurality of Υ1 may be the same or different. When η4 is 2 or more, a plurality of γ2 may be the same or different. In the general formulae (3) to (6), R5 to R11 represent a substituent. Examples of the substituents include the substituents exemplified as R3 and R4. It is preferred that R5 to R11 are an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group or a fluorenyl group, more preferably an anthracenyl group, an alkenyl group or a fast group, and still more preferably an alkyl group or an alkynyl group. The alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, more preferably 5 to 18 carbon atoms, still more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a carbon atom number. 6 to 12. Examples of the alkyl group include n-butyl group, tert-butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, cyclohexyl group, and decyl group. The alkenyl group is preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, more preferably 5 to 8 carbon atoms, still more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a carbon atom number. 6 to 12. Examples of the alkenyl group include a vinyl group, an allyl group, and an oleyl group. The alkynyl group is preferably an alkynyl group having a broken atomic number of 2 to 18, more preferably a carbon number of 5 to 18, still more preferably a carbon number of 6 to 18, and particularly preferably a carbon number of 6 to 12. 22 201211165 Examples of the alkynyl group include an ethynyl group, a butadiynyl group, and a phenylethynyl group. Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group and a triphenylamino group. These groups may be further substituted, and examples of the substituent include a substituent of R5 to R11. Y3 and Y4 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Examples of the substituent represented by Y3 or Y4 are exemplified as examples of the substituent of R5 to R11. The substituent represented by the formula (3) to the formula (6) preferably has at least one (preferably 1 to 2, more preferably 1) carbon atoms of 5 or more (more preferably The aliphatic group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms and more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms is referred to as R5 to Ru, γ3, and γ4. The Lin group having a carbon number of 5 m can be exemplified by the above-mentioned Wei group, the base group, the base group, the (10) group, the silk, and the side is silk. Preferably, the alkynyl group is substituted with a carbon number group. The heart sinks ~ nil independently represent the integers of 〇~2. The illusion is better ~ 2, especially good 1. N6 is preferably 1 to 2, and particularly preferably, n7 is preferably 1 to 2', particularly preferably, 1118 is preferably 2, and particularly preferably is 1 to 2, The most good one is 1. NlO is preferably Bu 2, especially Bu is preferred to Bu 2, and particularly preferred is 1. (10) 盥 2 or less. N8盥n9 evening to 7? Ri τ ^ &lt;才口马 ^ The sum is 2 or less. The sum of _ and the mountain is 2 or less. When R to R are multiple, multiple r5~r1

不同。而且’多個R5〜Rn亦可分別與鄰接之取代基相I 錢環、麵環、鱗環、環⑽環、環錄環^钩、 於配位基LL1包含烧基、烯基等時,該些基可為直鍵 23 201211165 狀亦可為支鏈狀,可經取代亦可未經取代。而且,於配位 基LL1包含芳基、雜環基等時,該些基可為單環亦可為縮 環,可經取代亦可未經取代。 自通式(3)所表示之環脫離2個氫原子而所得之連結 基較佳的是R5與亞噻吩基鍵結而形成縮合環。R5與亞噻 吩基鍵結而形成之環之較佳例可列舉苯環、吲哚環、二噁 烧環。 自通式(3)所表示之環脫離2個氫原子而所得之連結 基較佳的是下述通式(3A)所表示之連結基。 [化 14]different. Further, 'a plurality of R5 to Rn may be respectively associated with an adjacent substituent such as a ring, a face ring, a squama ring, a ring (10) ring, a ring ring ring, and when the ligand LL1 contains a burnt group or an alkenyl group, The bases may be linear keys 23 201211165 or branched, and may be substituted or unsubstituted. Further, when the ligand LL1 contains an aryl group, a heterocyclic group or the like, the groups may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring, and may be substituted or unsubstituted. It is preferred that the linking group obtained by desorbing the two hydrogen atoms from the ring represented by the formula (3) is bonded to a thienylene group to form a condensed ring. Preferable examples of the ring formed by bonding R5 and a thiophene group include a benzene ring, an anthracene ring, and a dioxin ring. The linking group obtained by removing the two hydrogen atoms from the ring represented by the formula (3) is preferably a linking group represented by the following formula (3A). [Chem. 14]

通式(3A) 於通式(3A)中,n5與通式(3)中之n5同義。*表 示於L1或L2上的鍵結部,* *表示於Y3或Y4上的鍵結 部。 於所述通式(2)中,Y1、Y2較佳的是通式(3)或通 式(5)所表示之連結基,更佳的是通式(3)所表示之連 結基。 於所述通式(2)中,Y1、Y2較佳的是下述通式(9) 〜通式(12)之任意通式所表示之取代基。 [化 15] 24 201211165.In the formula (3A), n5 is synonymous with n5 in the formula (3). * indicates the bonding portion on L1 or L2, and * * indicates the bonding portion on Y3 or Y4. In the above formula (2), Y1 and Y2 are preferably a linking group represented by the formula (3) or the formula (5), and more preferably a linking group represented by the formula (3). In the above formula (2), Y1 and Y2 are preferably a substituent represented by any of the following formulas (9) to (12). [Chem. 15] 24 201211165.

通式(10)通式(11) 通式(9)Formula (10) Formula (11) Formula (9)

R18 L2上 於通式(9)〜通式(12)中,R12、Rl3、 ' R19 &gt; p21 . r,22 * ^ ^ _ . 'R18 L2 is in the formula (9) to the formula (12), R12, Rl3, 'R19 &gt; p21 . r, 22 * ^ ^ _ . '

Riy、R 之鍵結部 表示氫原子或取代基 R15、Ri 氺表示於L1或 * *表示於γ3或Y4上之鍵結部。取代A 圍亦^同胸為R5〜R1Q之例而列舉之取代基,較佳之ί 通式(9)〜通式(12)所表示之連結基較佳的是具有 勃:一個(較佳的是1個〜2個、更佳的是1個)碳原子 曰:、、、5以上(更佳的是碳原子數為6〜μ、進一步更佳的 1 6〜12)之脂肪族基而作為r12、r13、r15、r16、、 R 、R22、Y3、Y4。碳原子數為5以上之脂肪族基之 J可列舉院基、烯基、快基,較佳的是烧基、炔基,更佳 的是炔基。 於所述通式(2)中,γ1、Y2較佳的是通式(9)或通 式(11)所表示之連結基,更佳的是通式(9)所表示之連 結基。 -通式(1)中之配位基LL1較佳的是下述通式(8)所 表示之配位基。 [化 16] 25 201211165The bonding portion of Riy and R represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent R15, and Ri 氺 is represented by L1 or **, which is a bonding moiety on γ3 or Y4. In place of the substituents listed in the example of R5 to R1Q, it is preferred that the linking group represented by the formula (9) to the formula (12) preferably has a Bo: one (preferred It is one to two, more preferably one) carbon atom 曰:,,, 5 or more (more preferably, the carbon number is 6 to μ, and further preferably 16 to 12) of the aliphatic group. Let r12, r13, r15, r16, R, R22, Y3, and Y4. The aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms may be a group, an alkenyl group or a fast group, preferably a decyl group or an alkynyl group, more preferably an alkynyl group. In the above formula (2), γ1 and Y2 are preferably a linking group represented by the formula (9) or the formula (11), and more preferably a linking group represented by the formula (9). The ligand LL1 in the formula (1) is preferably a ligand represented by the following formula (8). [化 16] 25 201211165

於通式(8 )中,R1、R2、R3、R4、γ1、Y2、γ3、Y4、 al、a2、hi、Ιλί ί b2'nl、“、“、〜、三與通式^丨中之!^、 R、γΐ、γ2、γ3、Y4、ab a2、b卜 b2、n卜 n2、 η、n4、z同義,較佳之範圍亦相同。 通式(1)中之配位基LLl更佳的是下述通式(8a) 所表示之配位基。 [化 17]In the general formula (8), R1, R2, R3, R4, γ1, Y2, γ3, Y4, al, a2, hi, Ιλίί b2'nl, ", ", ~, three and the formula ^丨! ^, R, γ ΐ, γ2, γ3, Y4, ab a2, b b b2, n Bu n2, η, n4, z are synonymous, and the preferred range is also the same. The ligand LL1 in the formula (1) is more preferably a ligand represented by the following formula (8a). [Chem. 17]

於通式(8A )中,R1、R2、、r4、γ1、γ2、γ3、 Υ4 ' ah a2、Μ、b2、in、η2、η3、η4 與通式(2)中之 R1、R2、R3、R4、γ1、γ2、γ3、V4 , , Υ、al、a2、bl、b2、nl、 n2、n3、n4同義,較佳之範圍亦相同。 (A1-3)配位基LL2 26 20121 於通式(1)中,LL2表示下述通式(7)所表示之2 牙或3牙之配位基。表示配位基LL2之數的m2是〇〜2之 整數’較佳的是〇或卜於m2為2時,LL2可相同亦可不 同。 [化 18]In the general formula (8A), R1, R2, r4, γ1, γ2, γ3, Υ4' ah a2, Μ, b2, in, η2, η3, η4 and R1, R2, and R3 in the formula (2) R4, γ1, γ2, γ3, V4, , Υ, al, a2, bl, b2, nl, n2, n3, n4 are synonymous, and the preferred range is also the same. (A1-3) Ligand LL2 26 20121 In the formula (1), LL2 represents a ligand of 2 or 3 teeth represented by the following formula (7). M2 indicating the number of the ligands LL2 is an integer of 〇~2'. Preferably, 〇2 or 255 may be the same or different when m2 is 2. [Chem. 18]

通式(7) 於通式(7)中’Za、Zb及及分別獨立地表示可形成 5員環或6員環的非金屬原子群。所形成之5員環或6員 環可經取代亦可未經取代,可為單環亦可縮環。'較佳的是 Za、Zb及Zc由碳原子、氫原子、氮原子、氧原子、硫^ 子、磷原子及/或鹵素原子而構成,較佳的是形成芳香族 環。於5員環之情形時,較佳的是形成咪唑環、噁唑環、、 嘆唾環或三㈣’於6員環之情形時,較佳的^成^ 環、嘧啶環、噠嗪環或吼嗪環。其中,更佳的是咪唑環或 吡啶環。 。The general formula (7) in the general formula (7), 'Za, Zb, and each independently represent a non-metal atomic group capable of forming a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. The formed 5-membered or 6-membered ring may be substituted or unsubstituted, and may be a single ring or a condensed ring. It is preferred that Za, Zb and Zc are composed of a carbon atom, a hydrogen atom, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a phosphorus atom and/or a halogen atom, and it is preferred to form an aromatic ring. In the case of a 5-membered ring, it is preferred to form an imidazole ring, an oxazole ring, a snail ring or a tris(4)' in the case of a 6-membered ring, preferably a ring, a pyrimidine ring or a pyridazine ring. Or a pyridazine ring. Among them, an imidazole ring or a pyridine ring is more preferred. .

Za、Zb及Zc所表示之非金屬原子群亦可具有取代 基,較佳的是具有酸性基。取代基可列舉作為通式(丨)之 R3及R4之例而列舉之基。酸性基例如可列舉竣基、魏 基、羥基、異羥肟酸基、磷酸基及膦醯基等。 於通式(7)中,c表示〇或j。c較佳的是〇,^ 佳的是2牙配位基。 27 201211165 配位基LL2較佳的是表示下述通式〜通式c_1〇之 任思通式所表示之有機配位基。The non-metal atom group represented by Za, Zb and Zc may have a substituent, and preferably has an acidic group. The substituents may be exemplified by the examples of R3 and R4 of the formula (丨). Examples of the acidic group include a mercapto group, a thiol group, a hydroxyl group, a hydroxamic acid group, a phosphoric acid group, and a phosphonium group. In the formula (7), c represents 〇 or j. c is preferably 〇, ^ is preferably a 2-dentate ligand. 27 201211165 The ligand PL2 preferably represents an organic ligand represented by the following formula: the formula c_1〇.

[化 19] C-1 HOOC C-2[Chem. 19] C-1 HOOC C-2

POOH (Rn)e1 ~λ /=w(Rl2)e2POOH (Rn)e1 ~λ /=w(Rl2)e2

C-4C-4

C-10 C-9 (R,9)e9C-10 C-9 (R,9)e9

(^2ζ)β12 ~' (Ra〇)e10 (^2l)e11 於通式C-1〜通式C-10中,Rll〜r22表示取代基。 作為取代基,可列舉_素原子、碳原子數為丨〜12之 經取代或未經取代之烷基、碳原子數為2〜12之經取代或 未經取代之職、碳軒數為7〜12之_代或未經取代 之芳烧基、*肝數為(5〜12之經取代絲經取代之芳 28 201211165 j^uzopif ^ 'L七土(该些酸性基亦可形成鹽)。烷基及芳 烷基之炫基部分可為直鏈狀亦可為支鏈狀。而且,芳基及 =之:基部分可為單環亦可為多環(縮合環、ί合 衣)。Ru〜R22所表示之取代基亦可被進_步取代,進 =取代的取代基是作為Ru〜R22而列舉的取代基較佳 的疋被酸性基取代。R〜R 所矣- 、 白身為酸性基或者具有酸性1作為;代基2較佳的是其 獨立= = = Γ,:i及a分別 〜主双ej录不〇〜3之替 分別獨立地表示〇〜4之整數 緣e4及e5 及料別獨立地表棒i=,t;vrn2之整數’e7 el〇〜el2分別獨立地表示〇〜6之整數二4之整數’ 以上時,Rn〜R22可分別相; el〜el2為2 分別獨立地為不同。較佳的是61〜⑴ 1^與Ru可相同亦可不同,較 可相同亦可不同,較佳的是相同、=相同。Rd5 同,較佳的是相同。Rl9與R2〇可相同可相同亦可不(^2ζ) β12 ~ '(Ra〇)e10 (^2l)e11 In the formulae C-1 to C-10, R11 to r22 represent a substituent. The substituent may, for example, be a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having a carbon number of 丨~12, a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 2 to 12, and a carbon number of 7 ~12 _ generation or unsubstituted aryl group, * liver number is (5~12 substituted silk replaced by fang 28 201211165 j^uzopif ^ 'L seven soils (these acidic groups can also form salts) The thiol moiety of the alkyl group and the aralkyl group may be linear or branched. Moreover, the aryl group and the base moiety may be monocyclic or polycyclic (condensed ring, chelating). The substituent represented by Ru to R22 may be substituted by a step, and the substituent which is substituted with a substituent which is exemplified as Ru to R22 is preferably substituted with an acidic group. R~R is 矣-, white body Is acidic or has acid 1; base 2 is preferably independent = = = Γ, :i and a respectively ~ main double ej not 〇~3, respectively, independently represent the integer edge e4 of 〇~4 And e5 and the material table bar i=, t; the integer 'e7 el〇~el2 of vrn2 respectively represent the integers of 〇~6, the integers of 4 and 4', when Rn~R22 can be respectively phased; el~el 2 is 2 independently different. Preferably, 61~(1) 1^ may be the same or different from Ru, and may be the same or different, preferably the same, and the same. Rd5 is the same, preferably the same Rl9 and R2〇 can be the same or not

(AM)配位基X T J 於通式(1)中,χ表示單牙戍 位基X之數的m3表示〇〜3之整數牙之配位基。表示配 於X為單牙配位基時,較佳的 位基時,較佳的是⑽為卜㈣^^於/為2牙配 亦可不同,X彼此之間亦可連結。’、、、B、’x可相同 29 201211165 配位基X表示以選自由醢氧基(較佳的是碳原子數為 1〜20之醯氧基,例如乙醯氧基、苯甲醯氧基、水揚酸、 甘胺醯氧基、N,N-二曱基甘胺醯氧基、乙二醯氧基 (•oc(o)c(o)o_)等)、醯硫基(較佳的是碳原子數為^ 〜20之醯硫基,例如乙醯基硫基、苯曱醯基硫基等)、硫 醯氧基(較佳的是碳原子數為1〜20之硫醯氧基,例如硫 乙醯氧基(CH3C(S)0-)等))、硫醯硫基(較佳的是碳原 子數為1〜20之硫醯硫基,例如硫乙醯硫基(CH3c(s)s_)、 硫苯曱醯硫基(PhC(S)S-)等))、醯基胺基氧基(較佳的 是碳原子數為1〜20之醯基胺基氧基,例如N_甲基苯甲酿 基胺基氧基(PhC(0)N(CH3)0-)、乙醯基胺基氧基 (CH3C(0)NH0·)等))、硫胺基曱酸g旨基(較佳的是碳原 子數為1〜20之硫胺基甲酸g旨基’例如n,N-二乙基硫胺基 曱酸酯等)、二硫胺基甲酸酯基(較佳的是碳原子數為1二 2〇之一硫胺基曱酸醋基’例如N-苯基二硫胺基曱酸醋、 N,N- —甲基二硫胺基曱酸S旨、N,N-二乙基二硫胺基甲酸 酯、N,N-二苄基二硫胺基曱酸酯等)、硫碳酸酯基(較佳 的是碳原子數為1〜20之硫碳酸酯基,例如硫碳酸乙酯基 等)、二硫碳酸酯(較佳的是碳原子數為1〜2〇之二硫碳酸 醋,例如二疏碳酸乙酯基(C^OC⑻S_)等)、三硫碳酸 酉曰基(較佳的是碳原子數為1〜2〇之三硫碳酸酿基,例如 二硫奴酸乙g旨基(C2H5SC(S)S-)等)、醯基(較佳的是碳 原子數為1〜20之醯基,例如乙醯基、苯甲醯基等)、硫氰 SslSb基、異硫亂酸醋基、鼠酸g旨基、異氰酸g旨基、氰基、 201211165 jyuzopif 烷硫基(較佳的是碳原子數為1〜20之烷硫基,例如甲硫 基、亞乙基二硫基等)、芳硫基(較佳的是碳原子數為6〜 2〇之芳硫基,例如苯硫基、^厶亞苯基二硫基等)、烷氧基 (較佳的是碳原子數為1〜2〇之烷氧基,例如曱氧基等) 及芳氧基(較佳的是碳原子數為6〜2〇之芳氧基,例如苯 氧基、喹啉-8-羥基等)所構成之群組的基進行配位的單牙 或2牙之配位基,或者由鹵素原子(較佳的是氯原子、溴 原子、碘原子等)、羰基(...CO)、二烷基酮(較佳的是碳 原子數為3〜20之二烷基酮,例如丙酮((CH3)2C〇…)等)、 1,3-二酮(較佳的是碳原子數為3〜2〇之ι,3-二酮,例如乙 醯丙酮(CH3C(0.&quot;)CH = c(0-)ch3 )、三氟乙醯丙酮 (CF3C(0...)CH = C(0-)CH3 )、二(三曱基乙醯基)曱烧 (tC4H9C(0...)CH = C(0-)t-C4H9 )、二苯曱醯基曱烷 (PhC(0...)CH = C(0-)Ph)、3-氯乙醯丙酮(CH3C(0...)CC1 = C(0-)CH3)等)、羧醯胺基(較佳的是碳原子數為1〜2〇 之竣醯胺基,例如 CH3N=C(CH3)0-、-OC( = NH)-C( = ΝΗ)0-等)、硫羧醯胺基(較佳的是碳原子數為1〜2〇之硫 羧醯胺基,例如CH3N=C(CH3)S-等)、或硫脲(較佳的是 碳原子數為1〜20之硫脲,例如NH(...) = C(S-)NH2、 CH3N(...) = C(S-)NHCH3、(ch3)2n-c(s...)n(ch3)2 等)所 構成的配位基。另外,「…」表示配位鍵。 配位基X較佳的是以選自由醯氧基、硫醯硫基、醯基 胺基氧基、二硫胺基曱酸酯基、二硫碳酸酯基、三硫碳酸 酯基、硫氰酸酯基、異硫氰酸酯基、氰酸酯基、異氰酸酯 31 201211165. j^u/.upif 基、氰基、烧硫基、芳硫基、燒氧基及芳氧基所構成 組的基進行配位的配位基,或者由鹵素原子羰基、i 二酮或硫賴構成敝位基;更麵是以選自由^氧義’、· 醢基胺基氧基、二硫胺基甲酸喊、硫氰酸§旨基、異二 酸醋基、氰酸錄、異氰_旨基、氰基或芳硫基所構^之 群組的基進行配輯配位基,或者㈣素原子、〗3二綱 或硫脲所構成的配位基;特佳的是以選自二基 基、硫氰酸絲、異硫氰_旨基、氰酸s旨基及異氰酸= 所構成之群組的基it行目地的配絲,或者由自素原子或 U-二酮所構成的配位基;最佳的是以選自由二硫胺基曱 ^旨基、硫氰_旨基及異硫氰g&quot;旨基所構成之群組的基進 打配位的配位基’或者由153_二酮所構成的配位基。另外, 於配位基X包含絲、絲、絲、魏基等之情形時, 該些基可為直鏈狀亦可為支鏈狀,可經取代亦可未經取 代。而且,於包含芳基、雜環基、環烷基等之情形時,該 些基可經取代亦可未經取代,可為單環亦可縮環。 於X為2牙配位基時,X較佳的是以選自由醯氧基、 ^爪基硫酿氧基、硫醯硫基、醯基胺基氧基、硫胺基甲 、二硫胺基曱酸酯基、硫碳酸酯基、二硫碳酸酯基、 二硫碳酸酯基、醯基、烷硫基、芳硫基、烷氧基及芳氧基 所構成之群組的基進行配位的配位基,或者由1,3-二酮、 敌酿胺基ϋ醯胺基、或硫脲所構㈣配位基。 於X為單牙配位基時,X較佳的是以選自由硫氰酸酯 基、異硫氰酸酯基、氰酸酯基、異氰酸酯基、氰基、烷硫 32 201211165 欢者由 ^芳硫基:構成之群組的基進行配位之配位基, 、、原子、縣、二絲綱、硫騎構狀配位基。 # 月之金屬錯合物色素中,x特佳的是異硫氰酸 酉曰、”鼠ι酯或異碼氰酸酯。(AM) Coordination group X T J In the formula (1), χ represents a single dentate group, and m3 of the number of the terminal group X represents a ligand of an integer tooth of 〇 〜3. When X is a single-dentate ligand, a preferred one is preferably (10) is a (four) ^^//2 teeth or different, and X may be linked to each other. ',, B, 'x may be the same 29 201211165 The ligand X represents a group selected from a decyloxy group (preferably a decyloxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, such as an ethoxylated group or a benzamidine group). Base, salicylic acid, glycyl decyloxy, N,N-dimercaptoglycine decyloxy, ethanedioxyloxy (•oc(o)c(o)o_), etc.) Preferred are sulfhydryl groups having a carbon number of from 2 to 20, such as an ethyl sulfonylthio group, a phenyl sulfenylthio group, etc., and a thioindolyl group (preferably a thiol having a carbon number of from 1 to 20). An oxy group such as thioethenyloxy (CH3C(S)0-), etc.), thiosulfonylthio group (preferably a thiopurine thio group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, such as thioethionylthio group ( CH3c(s)s_), thiophenylthio (PhC(S)S-), etc.), mercaptoaminooxy (preferably a mercaptoaminooxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms) For example, N-methylbenzyl arylaminooxy (PhC(0)N(CH3)0-), acetylaminooxy (CH3C(0)NH0.), etc.), thiamine oxime Acidic acid group (preferably, thiocarbamic acid having a carbon number of 1 to 20, such as n, N-diethylthiocarbamate, etc.), dithiocarbamate group ( Preferably, the number of carbon atoms is 1-2 thiol phthalic acid vinegar such as N-phenyldithiocarbamic acid vinegar, N,N-methyldithiocarbamic acid, N,N-diethyldithiocarbamate, N,N-dibenzyldithiocarbamate, etc., thiocarbonate group (preferably sulfur having 1 to 20 carbon atoms) a carbonate group such as a thiocarbonate group or the like, a dithiocarbonate (preferably a dithiocarbonate having a carbon number of 1 to 2 Å, such as a diethyl carbonate group (C^OC(8)S_), etc.) a sulfonium trithiocarbonate group (preferably a trithiocarbonate-branched group having a carbon number of 1 to 2 Å, such as a dithiouric acid ethyl group (C2H5SC(S)S-), etc.), a sulfhydryl group ( Preferred is a fluorenyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, such as an ethyl sulfonyl group or a benzamidine group, a thiocyanate SslSb group, an isothiocyanate group, a murine acid group, and an isocyanate group. Base, cyano group, 201211165 jyuzopif alkylthio group (preferably an alkylthio group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, such as methylthio group, ethylenedisulfide group, etc.), arylthio group (preferably carbon) An arylthio group having an atomic number of 6 to 2 Å, such as a phenylthio group or a phenylene group An alkoxy group (preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms, such as a decyloxy group) and an aryloxy group (preferably having a carbon number of 6 to 2 Å) a group of a group consisting of an oxy group such as a phenoxy group, a quinoline-8-hydroxy group, or the like, a coordinated monodentate or a 2-dentate ligand, or a halogen atom (preferably a chlorine atom, bromine Atom, iodine atom, etc.), carbonyl (...CO), dialkyl ketone (preferably a dialkyl ketone having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, such as acetone ((CH3)2C〇...), etc.), 1,3-diketone (preferably a 1,3-, diketone having a carbon number of 3 to 2 Å, such as acetamidine (CH3C (0. &quot;) CH = c(0-)ch3), three Fluoroacetone acetone (CF3C(0...)CH=C(0-)CH3), bis(trimethylethlyl) oxime (tC4H9C(0...)CH=C(0-)t- C4H9), diphenyl decyl decane (PhC(0...)CH = C(0-)Ph), 3-chloroacetoneacetone (CH3C(0...)CC1 = C(0-)CH3 Carboxylamamine group (preferably amidino group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms, such as CH3N=C(CH3)0-, -OC(=NH)-C(= ΝΗ)0 -etc.), thiocarboxyguanamine group (preferably sulfur having 1 to 2 carbon atoms) Carboxylamido group, such as CH3N=C(CH3)S-, etc., or thiourea (preferably thiourea having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, such as NH(...) = C(S-)NH2 And CH3N(...) = C(S-)NHCH3, (ch3)2n-c(s...)n(ch3)2, etc.). In addition, "..." indicates a coordinate key. The ligand X is preferably selected from the group consisting of a decyloxy group, a thioindolethio group, a mercaptoaminooxy group, a dithioamino decanoate group, a dithiocarbonate group, a trithiocarbonate group, and a thiocyanate group. Acid ester group, isothiocyanate group, cyanate group, isocyanate 31 201211165. j^u/.upif group, cyano group, sulfur group, arylthio group, alkoxy group and aryloxy group a coordinating ligand, or a fluorenyl group consisting of a halogen atom carbonyl group, an i-diketone or a sulfur group; the surface is selected from the group consisting of oxo-, decylaminooxy, dithiocarbamic acid The base of the group of thiocyanate, thiocyanate, isocyanate, cyanate, isocyanate, cyano or arylthio is used to coordinate the ligand, or (tetra) atom a ligand composed of 3 or a thiourea; particularly preferred is a composition selected from the group consisting of a diyl group, a thiocyanate, an isothiocyanate group, a cyanate group, and an isocyanic acid. a group of bases of the group, or a ligand composed of a self-atomic atom or a U-diketone; most preferably selected from the group consisting of dithiol groups, thiocyanate And the group of isothiocyanate g&quot; Group into play coordinating ligand 'or a diketone ligand constituted by a 153_. Further, in the case where the ligand X contains a silk, a silk, a silk, a thiol or the like, the groups may be linear or branched, and may be substituted or unsubstituted. Further, in the case of containing an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a cycloalkyl group or the like, these groups may be substituted or unsubstituted, and may be monocyclic or condensed. When X is a 2-dentate ligand, X is preferably selected from the group consisting of a decyloxy group, a stilbene thioloxy group, a thioindolethio group, a mercaptoaminooxy group, a thiomethionyl group, a dithiamine. a group of groups consisting of a sulfonate group, a thiocarbonate group, a dithiocarbonate group, a dithiocarbonate group, a fluorenyl group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, an alkoxy group, and an aryloxy group. A ligand at the position, or a (iv) ligand composed of a 1,3-diketone, an entrained aminoguanamine group, or a thiourea. When X is a monodentate ligand, X is preferably selected from the group consisting of a thiocyanate group, an isothiocyanate group, a cyanate group, an isocyanate group, a cyano group, and an alkyl sulfide 32 201211165. Arylthio group: a ligand which coordinates in the group of the group, and an atom, a county, a diterpenoid, and a sulfur riding configuration ligand. Among the #月之金属错物物s, x is particularly preferred as guanidinium isothiocyanate, "mouse ibu ester or iso-cyanate."

(A1-5)抗衡離子CJ 於通式(1 ) Φ,m ± T C[表示為了中和電荷而必須抗衡離 子之情糾的抗衡離子。—般情況下,色素為陽離子或陰 離子或者是否具有純淨之離子電荷,依存於色素中之金 屬、配位基以及取代基。 藉由使取代基具有解離性基等,通式(1)之色素亦可 解離而具有負電荷。於此情形時,通式⑴之色素整體之 電荷由於CI而成為電中性。 於抗衡離子CI為正的抗衡離子之情形時,例如抗衡離 子CI為無機或有機之銨離子(例如四烷基銨離子、咄啶鏽 離子等)、鹼金屬離子或質子。 於抗衡離子CI為負的抗衡離子之情形時,例如抗衡離 子CI可為無機陰離子亦可為有機陰離子。例如可列舉鹵素 陰離子(例如氟化物離子、氣化物離子、溴化物離子、碘 化物離f等)、經取代之芳基磺酸離子(例如對曱苯磺酸離 子、對氣苯確酸離子等)、芳基二磺酸離子(例如丨,3-苯二 碩酸離子、1,5-萘二磺酸離子、2,6-萘二磺酸離子等)、烷 基硫酸,子(例如甲基硫酸離子等)、硫酸離子、硫氰酸離 子、過氯酸離子、四氟硼酸離子、六氟磷酸鹽離子、苦味 酸離子(picric acid ion)、乙酸離子、三氟曱磺酸離子等。 33 201211165f 另外,作為電荷均衡抗衡離子,亦可使用離子性聚合物或 者具有與色素之相反電荷之其他色素,亦可使用金屬錯離 子(例如雙苯-1,2-二硫醇鎳(in)等)。 (Al_6)結合基 具有通式(1)所表示之結構的色素具有1個以上對於 半導體微粒子之表面而言適當之酸性基(結合基、 interlocking group)。亦即,於 LL1、LL2及 X 之至少 1 個 中具有至少1個酸性基。更佳的是於色素中具有1個〜6 個該結合基’特佳的是具有1個〜4個該結合基。作為上 述結合基,較佳的是於色素中具有羧基、磺酸基、羥基、 異羥肟酸基(例如-CONHOH等)、磷酸基(例如 -0Ρ(0)(0Η)2等)' 膦酿基(例如_p(〇)(〇h)2等)等酸性基 (具有解離性質子之取代基)。較佳的是於配位基Ll2上具 有上述酸性基。其中,較佳的是於配位基LL2上具有膦醯 基、叛基。 本發明中所使用之通式(1)所表示之金屬錯合物色素 之具體例如下所示,但本發明並不限定於該些具體例。另 外,於下述具體例中之色素包含具有質子解離性基之配位 基之情形時,該配位基亦可視需要解離而放出質子。 *表示於雜環上之鍵結部。**表示於烷基上之鍵結 部。 34 201211165 jyyjiLKjyif [化 20](A1-5) Counter ion CJ is in the formula (1) Φ, m ± T C [represents a counter ion which must be countered by the ion in order to neutralize the charge. In general, the pigment is a cation or an anion or has a pure ionic charge, depending on the metal, ligand, and substituent in the pigment. The dye of the formula (1) can also be dissociated to have a negative charge by allowing the substituent to have a dissociable group or the like. In this case, the charge of the entire dye of the formula (1) becomes electrically neutral due to CI. In the case where the counter ion CI is a positive counter ion, for example, the counter ion CI is an inorganic or organic ammonium ion (e.g., a tetraalkylammonium ion, an acridine rust ion, etc.), an alkali metal ion or a proton. In the case where the counter ion CI is a negative counter ion, for example, the counter ion CI may be an inorganic anion or an organic anion. For example, a halogen anion (for example, fluoride ion, vapor ion, bromide ion, iodide ion f, etc.), substituted arylsulfonate ion (for example, p-toluenesulfonate ion, p-benzoic acid ion, etc.) ), an aryl disulfonic acid ion (for example, anthracene, 3-phenylenedonic acid ion, 1,5-naphthalene disulfonic acid ion, 2,6-naphthalene disulfonic acid ion, etc.), alkyl sulfuric acid, a sub-such as Base sulfate ion, etc.), sulfate ion, thiocyanate ion, perchlorate ion, tetrafluoroboric acid ion, hexafluorophosphate ion, picric acid ion, acetate ion, trifluorosulfonate ion, and the like. 33 201211165f In addition, as the charge-balancing counter ion, an ionic polymer or other pigment having an opposite charge to the pigment may be used, and a metal counter ion (for example, bis-benzene-1,2-dithiol nickel (in) may also be used). Wait). (Al_6) Binding group The dye having the structure represented by the formula (1) has one or more acidic groups (binding groups) suitable for the surface of the semiconductor fine particles. That is, at least one acidic group is present in at least one of LL1, LL2 and X. More preferably, it has one to six such binding groups in the pigment. It is particularly preferable to have one to four such binding groups. The above-mentioned bonding group preferably has a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, a hydroxyl group, a hydroxamic acid group (for example, -CONHOH, etc.), a phosphoric acid group (for example, -0Ρ(0)(0Η)2, etc.) in the dye. An acidic group (a substituent having a dissociative proton) such as a stilbene (e.g., _p(〇)(〇h)2, etc.). It is preferred to have the above acidic group on the ligand L12. Among them, it is preferred to have a phosphinium group and a rebel group on the ligand LL2. Specific examples of the metal complex dye represented by the formula (1) used in the present invention are as follows, but the present invention is not limited to these specific examples. Further, in the case where the pigment in the following specific examples contains a ligand having a proton-dissociable group, the ligand may also be dissociated to release protons as needed. * indicates the bonding moiety on the hetero ring. ** indicates the bond on the alkyl group. 34 201211165 jyyjiLKjyif [化 20]

RaRa

f^N^I Ψχ co2hf^N^I Ψχ co2h

Ra Rb Rc na nb X A-1 H H H 1 1 NCS A-2 c6h13 H H 1 1 NCS A-3 c6h13 cbh13 H 2 2 NCS A-4 c6h5 H CeH】7 2 2 NCO A-5 H H 1 1 NCS —05II” A-6 H C,H5 c2h5 1 1 I A-7 CiaH37 H H 3 3 Br A-8 H H 1 1 NCS A-28 DNJ〇 幸 H H 1 1 NCS 35 201211165 jyuzopif [化 21] c6h13Ra Rb Rc na nb X A-1 HHH 1 1 NCS A-2 c6h13 HH 1 1 NCS A-3 c6h13 cbh13 H 2 2 NCS A-4 c6h5 H CeH】7 2 2 NCO A-5 HH 1 1 NCS —05II A-6 HC, H5 c2h5 1 1 I A-7 CiaH37 HH 3 3 Br A-8 HH 1 1 NCS A-28 DNJ Lucky HH 1 1 NCS 35 201211165 jyuzopif [化21] c6h13

B A-9 A-10 ♦- - A-11 *-〇- ** A-12 A-13 * &quot;*COO™ ** A-14 一 CONH— 36 201211165.B A-9 A-10 ♦- - A-11 *-〇- ** A-12 A-13 * &quot;*COOTM ** A-14 A CONH— 36 201211165.

[化 22][化22]

Ra Rb Rc na nb X A-15 C9H19 H c5H” 2 2 NCS A-16 c9h19 H c5h„ 2 1 NCS A-17 C3F7 H H 1 1 NCSe A-18 H H 1 1 Cl A-19 ch3 ch3 ch3 5 5 CN A-20 H H H 1 1 NCS A-21 c2h5 H H 1 1 NCS A-22 c5h„ H H 1 1 NCS A-27 G10H21 I I °w° 3 3 NCS 37 201211165 [化 23] γ~ 6Ra Rb Rc na nb X A-15 C9H19 H c5H” 2 2 NCS A-16 c9h19 H c5h„ 2 1 NCS A-17 C3F7 HH 1 1 NCSe A-18 HH 1 1 Cl A-19 ch3 ch3 ch3 5 5 CN A-20 HHH 1 1 NCS A-21 c2h5 HH 1 1 NCS A-22 c5h„ HH 1 1 NCS A-27 G10H21 II °w° 3 3 NCS 37 201211165 [化23] γ~ 6

co2hCo2h

Y X fYV* Α-23 NCS Α-24 C5H11~\X^~* NCS A-25 NCO A-26 NCO 38 201211165 j^uzopif [化 24]Y X fYV* Α-23 NCS Α-24 C5H11~\X^~* NCS A-25 NCO A-26 NCO 38 201211165 j^uzopif [Chem. 24]

X A-29 NCS A-30 IX A-29 NCS A-30 I

[化* 25] 201211165 jyuzupif 本發明之通式(l)所表示之色素可使用藉由各種偶合 反應(coupling reaction)而調製之配位基,來昭曰太直 特開麵-細4號公報或該公報中所引用二 而且,具有通式(1)之結構的色素於溶液中之長波長 側之峰值的最大吸收波長為500nm〜1〇〇〇nm之範圍,更 佳的是550 nm〜800 nm之範圍。 另外通式(1)所表不之金屬錯合物色素之光吸收波 段較佳的是350 nm〜1200 nm之範圍,更佳的是4〇〇 nm〜 1200 nm之範圍。 另外,於本說明書中,關於化合物(包括錯合物、色 素)之表示,驗以下之含義:除了該化合物自身以外, 亦包含其鹽、錯合物(於為錯合物以外時)、其離子。而且, 還表示於起到所期望之效果的範圍内包含以規定之形態 ,行了改性的化合物。^且,於本說明書巾,關於未明文 記,經取代、未纟輝代的取代基表示於該基巾亦可具有 任意之取絲。關於未明文記載經取代、未_代的化合 物’亦與此同義。較佳之取代基之例可列舉作為R3及R4 之例而列舉的取代基。 (A2)具有通式(13)所表示之結構的色素 b於本發明之光電轉換元件及光電化學 電池中,較隹的 上述具有通式⑴之結構的色素—同使用具有下述通 式(丨3)所表示之結構的色素。 201211165. jyuzopif Μ^η)^ν2)ηη(Χ^ . CI11 通式(13 ) 具有通式(13)之結構的色素是於金屬原子上配位有 配 基LLu及/或配位基LL〗2、視情況之特定之官能基 X11 ’於必要之情形時藉由CI11而保持為電中性。 (A2-1)金屬原子Mz Μ z表示金屬原子。M z較佳的是可進行4配位或6配 位之金屬,更佳的是Ru、Fe、〇s、Cu、W、、Mq、Ni、 Pd、Pt、Co、lr、Rh、Re、Mn 或 Zn。特佳的是 Ru、〇s、 Zn或Cu ’最佳的是Ru。 (A2-2)配位基 LL11 配位基LL11是下述通式(μ)所表示之2牙或3牙之 配位基,較佳的是2牙配位基。表示配位基LLn之數的 mil是〇〜3之整數,較佳的是i〜3,更佳的是丨。於 為2以上時,LLu可相同亦可不同。其中,瓜丨丨與後述的 表示配位基LL12之數的ml2中的至少一方為丨以上之整 數。因此,於金屬原子上配位有配位基LLll及/或配位基 LL12。 另外,通式(14)所表示之配位基中並不包含與通式 (2)所表示之配位基之結構相同的配位基。 通式(14)中之R101及Ri〇2分別獨立地表示酸性基。 酸性基可列舉羧基、磺酸基、羥基、異羥肟酸(hydr〇xamic acid)基(較佳的是碳原子數為丨〜如之異羥肟酸基例 如-CONHOH、-CONCH3〇H 等)、磷酸基(例如_〇p(〇)(〇h)2 等)或膦醯基(例如_P(0)(0H)2等)。較佳的是羧基、膦醯 201211165 jyu^opif 基,更植的是列舉叛基。RQ1及R1G2可對*定環上之任意 碳原子進行取代。而且,該些酸性基亦可經由連結基而J 入至。比定彡衣上 [化 26][Chemistry * 25] 201211165 jyuzupif The dye represented by the formula (1) of the present invention can be prepared by using a coupling reaction prepared by various coupling reactions. Or the reference numeral 2 in the publication, and the maximum absorption wavelength of the peak of the dye having the structure of the general formula (1) on the long wavelength side in the solution is in the range of 500 nm to 1 〇〇〇 nm, more preferably 550 nm. The range of 800 nm. Further, the light absorption band of the metal complex dye represented by the formula (1) is preferably in the range of 350 nm to 1200 nm, more preferably in the range of 4 Å to 1200 nm. In addition, in the present specification, the meaning of the compound (including the complex compound and the coloring matter) is as follows: in addition to the compound itself, a salt or a complex thereof (when it is other than the complex compound), ion. Further, it is also indicated that a compound which has been modified in a predetermined form is contained within a range in which the desired effect is achieved. Further, in the specification sheet, regarding the unclear, the substituted or unsubstituted substituents indicate that the base sheet may have any yarn taken. It is also synonymous with respect to the unsubstituted and unsubstituted compounds. Examples of preferred substituents include the substituents exemplified as R3 and R4. (A2) The dye b having the structure represented by the general formula (13) is used in the photoelectric conversion element and the photoelectrochemical cell of the present invention, and the above-mentioned dye having the structure of the general formula (1) has the following formula (丨 3) The pigment of the structure indicated. 201211165. jyuzopif Μ^η)^ν2)ηη(Χ^ . CI11 General formula (13) The pigment having the structure of the general formula (13) is coordinated with a ligand LLu and/or a ligand LL on a metal atom. 2. The specific functional group X11' as the case may be electrically neutral by CI11 if necessary. (A2-1) The metal atom Mz Μ z represents a metal atom. M z is preferably 4 Or a 6-coordinate metal, more preferably Ru, Fe, 〇s, Cu, W, Mq, Ni, Pd, Pt, Co, lr, Rh, Re, Mn or Zn. Particularly preferred is Ru, 〇s, Zn or Cu' is preferably Ru. (A2-2) Coordination LL11 The ligand LL11 is a 2- or 3-dentate ligand represented by the following formula (μ), preferably It is a 2-dentate ligand. The mil indicating the number of the ligand LLn is an integer of 〇~3, preferably i~3, more preferably 丨. When it is 2 or more, LLu may be the same or different. In the meantime, at least one of ml2 indicating the number of the ligands LL12 to be described later is an integer of 丨 or more. Therefore, the ligand LL11 and/or the ligand LL12 are coordinated to the metal atom. The ligand represented by the formula (14) is not included in the ligand The ligand having the same structure as the ligand represented by the formula (2): R101 and Ri〇2 in the formula (14) each independently represent an acidic group. Examples of the acidic group include a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, and a hydroxyl group. , hydrazine xamic acid group (preferably having a carbon number of 丨~ such as a hydroxamic acid group such as -CONHOH, -CONCH3〇H, etc.), a phosphate group (for example, _〇p (〇) (〇h)2, etc.) or a phosphinium group (for example, _P(0)(0H)2, etc.). Preferred is a carboxyl group, a phosphine quinone 201211165 jyu^opif group, and a more planted one is a rebel group. RQ1 and R1G2 can be substituted for any carbon atom on the *ring ring. Moreover, the acidic groups can also be introduced into the ring via the linking group.

通式(14) 於式中,R R为別獨立地表示取代基。所述取 代基之具體例較佳的是烷基(較佳的是碳原子數為 之烷基,例如甲基、乙基、異丙基、第三丁基、戊基、庚 基、1-乙基戊基、苄基、2-乙氧基乙基、1叛基甲基等)、 烯基(較佳的是碳原子數為2〜20之烯基,例如乙稀基、 稀丙基、油烯基等)、炔基(較佳的是碳原子數為^2〇 之炔基,例如乙炔基、丁二炔基、苯基乙炔基等)、環烷基 (較佳的是碳料數為3〜2〇之環絲,例如環丙基、環 戊基、環己基、4-甲基環己基等)、芳基(較佳的是碳原子 數為6〜26之芳基’例如苯基、i•萘基、4_曱氧基苯基、 ,氣苯基、3·甲基笨鱗)、雜環基(難的是碳原子數為 :20之雜環基’例如2_辦基、4_如定基小米。坐基、 坐基、2令坐基、2_。惡唾基等)、院氧基(較佳的 子數為1〜2G之烧氧基,例如甲氧基、乙氧基、異 土、节氧基等)、芳氧基(較佳的是碳原子數為6〜26 42 201211165 ^yu^opif 之芳氧基,例如苯氧基、1_萘氧基、3_甲基苯氧基、冬甲 氧基苯氧基等)、烷氧基羰基(較佳的是碳原子數為2〜20 之烷氧基羰基,例如乙氧基羰基、2_乙基己氧基羰基等)、 胺基(較佳的是碳原子數為〇〜2〇之胺基,例如胺基、N,N_ 二甲基胺基、N,N-二乙基胺基、N-乙基胺基、苯胺基等)、 %醯胺基(較佳的是碳原子數為〇〜2〇之磺醯胺基,例如 N,N-一甲基磺醯胺基、N—苯基磺醯胺基等)、醯氧基(較 佳的是碳原子數為丨〜劝之醯氧基,例如乙醯氧基、苯曱 醯氧基等)、胺曱醯基(較佳的是碳原子數為之胺甲 醯基,例如N,N-二曱基胺甲醯基、队苯基胺甲醯基等)、 ^基胺基(較佳的是碳原子數為丨〜2()之醯基胺基,例如 ^蕴基胺基、苯甲祕胺基等)、氰基、或_素原子(例如 氟原子、氯原子、絲子、峨原子等),更佳的是院基、稀 基、芳基、雜縣、綠基、芳氧基、絲基、胺基、 醯基胺,、氰基或自素原子,特佳的是絲、縣、雜環 基、烧氧基、絲絲基、胺基、醯基絲或氰基。 於配位基LL11包含錄、烯基料,該些基可為直鏈 狀亦了為支鏈狀’可經取代亦可未經取代。Μ,於配位 f Lt-f ff環基等時,該些基可為單環亦可為縮 裱,可經取代亦可未經取代。 於通式(14)中,Rl〇:5及及1〇6八 _ ^ 及厌刀別獨立地表示烷基、 方基、或崎基。於通式(14) +,絲、芳基、及 基亦=_立地進—步具有取代基。絲較佳的是碳原 子數為〜18(較佳的是6〜18、更佳的是6〜12)之烧基: 43 201211165 例如可列舉il': 更佳的是6〜18)之芳基, ,佳的是碳原子數為3〜3。(較佳的:m佳 读7^〜2G)之5員環或6員環之雜環基,例如可列舉2-2比B各基、2咪絲、卜咪哇基、4·°比咬基、3_ ^基。而且’心及RlG6亦可為由上述之絲、芳基、 及雜環基之2個以上組合而成之基。 R及R106較佳的是具有取代基之芳基或雜環基。芳 ς或雜環基上之取代基較佳的是絲、職、炔基、環烧 土 1〇3、烷氧基、芳氧基、胺基、醯基胺基(以上較佳之例與 R及Rl04之情形相同)或羥基,更佳的是烷基、烷氧基、 胺基或羥基,特佳的是烷基。R1〇5與Rl〇6可相同亦可不同, 車父佳的是相同。 R105與R1G6亦可直接鍵結於吡咬環上。Ri〇5與Rl〇6亦 可經由L·11及/或乙12而鍵結於。比啶環上。 此處,L11及L12分別獨立地表示由選自亞芳基、亞雜 芳基、亞乙烯基及亞乙炔基之至少1種而構成之共軛鏈。 亞乙稀基亦可具有取代基。於亞乙烯基具有取代基之情形 時,該取代基較佳的是烷基,更佳的是甲基。作為亞芳基 之例較佳的是作為L1或L2之例所列舉之例。亞雜芳基之 例可列舉亞噻吩基。 L11及L12分別獨立地較佳的是碳原子數為2個〜6個 的共軛鏈’更佳的是亞乙烯基、亞丁二烯基、亞乙炔基、 201211165 w· 一分v卜X上 亞丁二快基、甲基亞乙烯基或二甲基亞乙烯基,特佳的是 亞乙烯基或亞丁二烯基,最佳的是亞乙烯基。L11與L·12讦 相同亦可不同,較佳的是相同。另外,於共軛鏈包含破- 碳雙鍵之情形時,各雙鍵可為反式體亦可為順式體,亦町 為該些之混合物。 dll及dl2分別獨立地表示〇〜5之整數。dll及dl2 較佳的是1〜3,更佳的是1〜2。於dll為2以上時,L·11 可相同亦可不同。於dl2為2以上時,L12可相同亦可不同。 於通式(14)中,dl3表示0或1,較佳的是1。 於通式(14)中,all及al2分別獨立地表示〇〜3之 整數。於all為2以上時,Rioi可相同亦可不同,於al2 為2以上時’ Rl02可相同亦可不同。all較佳的是〇或1, al2較佳的是0〜2之整數。特別是於du為〇時,較佳的 疋a12為1或2 ’於dl3為1時,較佳的是al2為〇或1。 all與al2之和較佳的是〇〜2之整數。 bll及bl2分別獨立地表示〇〜3之整數,較佳的是〇 2之整數。於bll為2以上時,R103可相同亦可不同, 亦可相互連結而形成環。於bl2為2以上時,r1(j4可相同 亦可不同’亦可相互連結而形成環。而且,於bll及bl2 =為1以上時’ R 03與r104亦可連結而开》成環。所形成之 裒的較佳例可列舉笨環、π比唆環、d塞吩環、吼洛環、環己 烷環、環戊燒環等。 於all與al2之和為丨以上,且配位基LLll具有至少 1個酸性基時’通式(13)中之mil較佳的是2或3,更 45 201211165 jyuzopif 佳的是2。 (A2-3)配位基 LL12 於通式(13)中,LL12表示2牙或3 示配位基LL12之數的ml2為0〜2之整數 1。於ml2為2時,LL12可相同亦可不同 所述表示配位基LL11之數的mil中之至少 整數。 牙之配位基。表 ,較佳的是〇或 。其中,ml2與 —方為1以上之 配位基LL12 配位基。 [化 27] 是下述通式(15)所表示 之2牙或3牙之In the formula, R R is independently a substituent. The specific example of the substituent is preferably an alkyl group (preferably an alkyl group having a carbon number such as methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, heptyl, 1- Ethylpentyl, benzyl, 2-ethoxyethyl, 1 degylmethyl, etc.), alkenyl (preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, such as ethylene, propyl , oleyl group, etc.), alkynyl group (preferably an alkynyl group having a carbon number of 2, such as ethynyl, butadiynyl, phenylethynyl, etc.), cycloalkyl (preferably carbon) Ring number of 3~2〇, such as cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 4-methylcyclohexyl, etc.), aryl (preferably aryl having 6~26 carbon atoms) For example, phenyl, i-naphthyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, phenyl, 3, methyl sulfenyl, heterocyclic (difficult is a heterocyclic group having 20 carbon atoms) such as 2 _ Doing base, 4_ such as fixed base millet. Sitting base, sitting base, 2 sitting base, 2_. sputum base, etc., hospital oxygen (preferably the number of sub-1 to 2G alkoxy, such as methoxy Base, ethoxy group, iso-equivalent, oxy-oxyl group, etc.), aryloxy group (preferably carbon number) 6~26 42 201211165 ^ yu^opif aryloxy group, such as phenoxy, 1-naphthyloxy, 3-methylphenoxy, towoxyphenoxy, etc.), alkoxycarbonyl (preferably An alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, such as an ethoxycarbonyl group, a 2-ethylhexyloxycarbonyl group, etc., an amine group (preferably an amine group having a carbon number of 〇~2〇) , for example, an amine group, N,N-dimethylamino group, N,N-diethylamino group, N-ethylamino group, anilino group, etc.), % guanamine group (preferably having a carbon number of 〇) ~2〇 sulfonamide, such as N,N-monomethylsulfonylamino, N-phenylsulfonylamino, etc.), decyloxy (preferably carbon number is 丨~ advised 醯An oxy group such as an ethoxy group, a phenoxy group, or the like, an amine fluorenyl group (preferably an amine carbaryl group having a carbon number, such as an N,N-didecylamine fluorenyl group, a team Phenylaminocarboxamyl or the like), an alkylamino group (preferably a mercaptoamine group having a carbon number of 丨~2 (), such as an alkylamino group, a benzylamino group, etc.), a cyano group Or a _ atom (for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a silk atom, a ruthenium atom, etc.), more preferably Affiliation, dilute, aryl, heterogeneous, green, aryloxy, silk, amine, mercaptoamine, cyano or self-priming atom, especially silk, county, heterocyclic, burning An oxy group, a silk group, an amine group, a fluorenyl group or a cyano group. The ligand LL11 contains a olefinic material which may be linear or branched. The substituent may be substituted or unsubstituted. In the case of the coordination of the L L-fff ring group or the like, the groups may be monocyclic or condensed, and may be substituted or unsubstituted. In the formula (14), R1〇:5 and 1〇6八_^ and the knives independently represent an alkyl group, a square group, or a succinyl group. In the formula (14) +, the silk, the aryl group, and the group also have a substituent. The filament is preferably a burnt group having a carbon number of -18 (preferably 6 to 18, more preferably 6 to 12): 43 201211165 For example, il': more preferably 6 to 18) Base, and preferably, the number of carbon atoms is 3 to 3. (preferably: m good reading 7^~2G) of a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring heterocyclic group, for example, 2-2 to B groups, 2 mils, bimivir, 4° ratio Bite base, 3_ ^ base. Further, the core and RlG6 may be a combination of two or more of the above-mentioned silk, aryl, and heterocyclic groups. R and R106 are preferably an aryl group or a heterocyclic group having a substituent. The substituent on the aryl or heterocyclic group is preferably a silk, a benzyl group, an alkynyl group, a ring-burning earth 〇3, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an amine group or a decylamino group (the above preferred examples and R) It is the same as in the case of R10, or a hydroxyl group, more preferably an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an amine group or a hydroxyl group, and particularly preferably an alkyl group. R1〇5 and Rl〇6 can be the same or different, and the car is the same. R105 and R1G6 can also be directly bonded to the pyridine ring. Ri〇5 and Rl〇6 can also be bonded via L·11 and/or B12. On the ring of pyridine. Here, L11 and L12 each independently represent a conjugated chain composed of at least one selected from the group consisting of an arylene group, a heteroarylene group, a vinylidene group and an ethynylene group. The ethyleneylene group may also have a substituent. In the case where the vinylidene group has a substituent, the substituent is preferably an alkyl group, more preferably a methyl group. The arylene group is preferably exemplified as an example of L1 or L2. Examples of the heteroarylene group include a thienylene group. L11 and L12 are each independently preferably a conjugated chain having 2 to 6 carbon atoms. More preferably, it is a vinylidene group, a butadiene group, an ethynylene group, and a 201211165 w· A butadiene, a methylvinylidene or a dimethylvinylidene group, particularly preferably a vinylidene or butadienylene group, most preferably a vinylidene group. L11 and L·12讦 may be the same or different, and are preferably the same. Further, in the case where the conjugated chain contains a broken-carbon double bond, each double bond may be a trans form or a cis form, and is also a mixture of these. The dll and dl2 independently represent integers of 〇5. The dll and dl2 are preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 to 2. When the dll is 2 or more, the L·11 may be the same or different. When dl2 is 2 or more, L12 may be the same or different. In the formula (14), dl3 represents 0 or 1, and is preferably 1. In the formula (14), all and al2 each independently represent an integer of 〇~3. When all is 2 or more, Rioi may be the same or different, and when al2 is 2 or more, 'Rl02 may be the same or different. All is preferably 〇 or 1, and al2 is preferably an integer of 0 to 2. Particularly when du is 〇, a preferred 疋a12 is 1 or 2'. When dl3 is 1, it is preferred that al2 is 〇 or 1. The sum of all and al2 is preferably an integer of 〇~2. Bll and bl2 each independently represent an integer of 〇3, preferably an integer of 〇2. When bll is 2 or more, R103 may be the same or different, and may be connected to each other to form a ring. When bl2 is 2 or more, r1 (j4 may be the same or different) may be connected to each other to form a ring. Further, when bll and bl2 = 1 or more, 'R 03 and r104 may be connected to each other to form a ring. Preferable examples of the enthalpy of formation include a stupid ring, a π-pyr ring, a d-cembole ring, a fluorene ring, a cyclohexane ring, a cyclopentene ring, etc. The sum of all and al2 is 丨 or more, and coordination When the group LL11 has at least one acidic group, the mil in the formula (13) is preferably 2 or 3, and more preferably 45, 201211165 jyuzopif is 2. (A2-3) the ligand LL12 is in the formula (13) Wherein, LL12 represents the number of 2 or 3 of the ligands LL12, and ml2 is an integer 1 of 0 to 2. When ml2 is 2, LL12 may be the same or different from the mil indicating the number of ligands LL11. At least an integer. The ligand of the tooth. The table is preferably ruthenium or — wherein the group 2 and the ligand of the ligand LL12 are one or more. The formula is represented by the following formula (15). 2 teeth or 3 teeth

通式(15) 於通式(15)中,Zd、Ze及訂分別獨立 成5員環或ό員環約非金屬原子群。所形成之$員環° / 員環可經取代亦可未經取代,可為單環亦可縮環。心= 及Zf較佳的是由碳原子、氫原子、氮原子、氧原子、硫原 子、鱗原子及/或#素原子而構成,較佳的是形成芳香族 環。於5員環之情形時,較佳的是形成咪唑環、π惡唾璟、' 噻唑環或三唑環,於6員環之情形時,較佳的是形成吡啶 環、嘧啶環、噠嗪環或吡嗪環。其中,更佳的是咪唑環或 °比啶環。 一 46 201211165 jyuzvpif 較佳所絲之非金制子群村具有取代基, ^具有酸性基。取代基可列舉作為通式⑴之r: 羥某=而列舉之基。酸性基例如可列舉縣、續酸基、 ^職基、磷酸基及膦醯基等。而且,該些酸性 土'、為經由連結基而導入之酸性基。 式(15)巾’ f表示G或卜[較佳的是0,LLl2 較佳的疋2牙配位基。 同。通式(15)之較佳之態樣與通式(7)之較佳之態樣相 (A2-4)配位基χΗ 一於通式(13)中,X&quot;表示單牙或2牙之配位基。表 ,配位基X11之數的ml3表示〇〜2之整數,瓜13較佳的 是或2。於X11為單牙配位基時,ml3較佳的是2,於 X&quot;為2牙配位基時,較佳的是^。於為2時, X可相同亦可不同,X&quot;彼此之間亦可連結。 配位基X11可列舉作為通式(D之X之例而列舉之取 代基,其較佳之範圍亦相同。 (Α2-5)抗衡離子C]:11 通式(14)中之CI11表示為了中和電荷而必須抗衡離 子之情形時的抗衡離子。一般情況下,色素為陽離子或陰 離子或者是否具有純淨之離子電荷,依存於色素中之金 屬、配位基以及取代基。 藉由使取代基具有解離性基等,通式(14)之色素亦 可解離而具有負電荷。於此情形時,通式(14)之色素整 201211165 體之電荷由於CI11而成為電中性。 作為抗衡離子Cl&quot;,可列舉作為通式(1)之〇之例 而列舉者,其較佳之範圍亦相同。 (A2-6)結合基 具有通式(13)所表示之結構的色素具有【個以上對 於半導體微粒子之表面而言適當之酸性基(結合基、 interlocking group)。亦即,於 LLU、LL12及 X11 之至少 i 個中具有至少1個酸性基。更佳的是於色素中具有丨個〜6 個该結合基,特佳的是具有1個〜4個該結合基。作為上 述結合基,較佳的是於色素令具有鲮基、磺酸基、羥基、 異羥肪酸基(例如-CONHOH等)、墙酸基(例如 -0Ρ(0)(0Η)2等)、膦醯基(例如·ρ(〇)(〇Η)2等)等酸性基 (具有解離性質子之取代基)。較佳的是於配位基LLu上 具有上述酸性基。其中,較佳的是於配位基LLi2上具有膦 醯基、羧基。而且,該些酸性基亦可為經由連結基而導入 之酸性基。 本發明中所使用之具有通式(13)所表示之結構的色 素的具體例如下所示’但本發明並不限定於該些具體例。 另外,於下述具體例中之色素包含具有質子解離性基之配 位基之情形時,該配位基亦可視需要解離而放出質子。 48 201211165 j^uzopif [化 28] co2hIn the formula (15), Zd, Ze and each are independently formed into a 5-membered ring or an oxime ring in a non-metal atomic group. The formed member ring / member ring may be substituted or unsubstituted, and may be a single ring or a condensed ring. Preferably, the core = and Zf are composed of a carbon atom, a hydrogen atom, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a scaly atom and/or a ? atom, and it is preferred to form an aromatic ring. In the case of a 5-membered ring, it is preferred to form an imidazole ring, a π oxoxime, a 'thiazole ring or a triazole ring. In the case of a 6-membered ring, it is preferred to form a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyridazine ring. Ring or pyrazine ring. Among them, an imidazole ring or a pyridine ring is more preferred. A 46 201211165 jyuzvpif The non-gold subgroup of the preferred silk has a substituent, and has an acidic group. The substituent may be exemplified as r: hydroxy to the formula (1). Examples of the acidic group include a county, a repeating acid group, a functional group, a phosphoric acid group, and a phosphonium group. Further, the acidic soils ' are acidic groups introduced through the linking group. The formula (15) towel 'f' denotes G or 卜 [preferably 0, LLl2 preferred 疋2 tooth ligand. with. The preferred aspect of the formula (15) is the preferred phase of the formula (7) (A2-4). The ligand χΗ is in the formula (13), and the X&quot; represents a single tooth or a 2 tooth. Bit base. In the table, ml3 of the number of the ligand X11 represents an integer of 〇~2, and the melon 13 is preferably or 2. When X11 is a monodentate ligand, ml3 is preferably 2, and when X&quot; is a 2-dentate ligand, it is preferably ^. When it is 2, X can be the same or different, and X&quot; can also be linked to each other. The ligand X11 is exemplified by the substituents exemplified as the general formula (X of the formula D), and the preferred range thereof is also the same. (Α2-5) Counterion C]: 11 CI11 in the formula (14) is represented by a counter ion in the case where the charge must be counterbalanced. In general, the pigment is a cation or an anion or has a pure ionic charge, depending on the metal, ligand, and substituent in the dye. The dissociable group or the like, the dye of the formula (14) can also be dissociated to have a negative charge. In this case, the charge of the pigment of the formula (14) 201211165 is electrically neutral due to CI11. As a counter ion Cl&quot; It is exemplified as an example of the oxime of the formula (1), and the preferred range thereof is also the same. (A2-6) The dye having the structure represented by the formula (13) having a binding group has [more than one semiconductor fine particle Suitable for the surface of the acidic group (binding group), that is, at least one acidic group in at least one of LLU, LL12 and X11. More preferably, there are one to six in the pigment. The binding group It has 1 to 4 such a bonding group. As the above-mentioned bonding group, it is preferred that the dye has a mercapto group, a sulfonic acid group, a hydroxyl group, a heterohydroxy acid group (for example, -CONHOH, etc.), and a wall acid group ( For example, -OΡ(0)(0Η)2, etc.), an acidic group such as a phosphinium group (for example, ρ(〇)(〇Η)2, etc.) (a substituent having a dissociative proton). Preferably, it is coordinated. The LLu group has the above-mentioned acidic group. Among them, it is preferred to have a phosphinium group or a carboxyl group on the ligand LLi2. Further, the acidic groups may be an acidic group introduced via a linking group. Specific examples of the dye having the structure represented by the formula (13) are as follows. However, the present invention is not limited to these specific examples. Further, the pigment in the following specific examples contains a proton-dissociable group. In the case of a bit group, the ligand can also be dissociated to release protons. 48 201211165 j^uzopif [化28] co2h

C02NBu4C02NBu4

^N/. : ^NCS^N/. : ^NCS

,1U、CS ho2c, 1U, CS ho2c

C02NBu4 R-2 OCgHisC02NBu4 R-2 OCgHis

C6H13n C6Hi3nC6H13n C6Hi3n

co2hCo2h

R-3R-3

NBu4NBu4

co2h C104. ho2c ho2cCo2h C104. ho2c ho2c

49 201211165 本發明之通式(13)所表示之色素可參考曰本專利特 開2001-291534號公報或該公報中所引用之方法而合成。 具有通式(13)之結構的色素於溶液中之最大吸收波 長較佳的是300 nm〜1000 nm之範圍,更佳的是35〇 nm〜 950 nm之範圍’特佳的是370 nm〜900 nm之範圍。 另外,通式(13)所表示之金屬錯合物色素之光吸收 波段較佳的是350 nm〜1200 nm之範圍,更佳的是4〇〇 nm 〜900 nm之範圍。 (A3 )其他色素 於本發明之光電轉換元件及光電化學電池中,亦可與 上述具有通式(1)之結構的色素或具有通式(13)之結構 的色素一同併用通常之色素。 於本發明之光電轉換元件及光電化學電池中,使用具 有通式(1)之結構的金屬錯合物色素作為必須成分。更佳 的是藉由併用具有通式(13)之結構的色素,可利用較廣 範圍之波長的光’可確保高的轉換效率且減低轉換效率之 降低率。 作為具有通式(1)之結構的金屬錯合物色素與具有通 式(13 )之結構的色素的調配比例,若將前者設為R,將 後者設為S ’以莫耳百分比計而言,r/s = 90/10〜10/90, 較佳的是R/S = 80/20〜20/80 ’更佳的是R/s = 70/30〜 30/70,進一步更佳的是R/S = 60/40〜40/60,最佳的是r/s = 55/45〜45/55 ’通常等莫耳地使用兩者。 (B)電荷移動體 201211165, ^發明之光電轉換元件中所使用之電解質組成物中, 作為氧化還原對(她:、eGuple),例如可列料與礙化物 (例=碘化鋰、四丁基碘化銨、四丙基碘化銨等)之組合、 1基紫?(例如甲基紫精氣化物、己基紫觀化物、节基 紫,四氟嫩鹽〕與魏原體植合、㈣絲類(例二 對苯二酚、萘二酚等)與其氧化體之組合、2價與3價之 ,錯a物(例如赤血鹽與黃血鹽)之組合等。該些組人 較佳的是峨與峨化物之組合。 陽齙Ϊ鹽Ϊ陽離子較佳的是5M環或6㈣之含氮芳香族 ^離子。特別是於以通式⑴所表示之化合物並非蛾鹽之 w_8456 號、日本專利“ ^ 543號^報、電化學,第65卷,第11號,第923 鹽年)等中所記載之吡啶11鹽、咪唑鏽鹽、三唑鏘 中,電轉換S件中所使用之電解質組成物 較佳的疋3有雜環四級鹽化合物以及碘。 組成物整體而言較佳的是0.lwt%〜20二相 更佳的疋0.5 wt%〜5 vv^。 人右in光電轉換树中所使用之電解質組成物亦可 ^之::電解質組成物中之溶劑含量較佳的是組成物整 以下。wt。以下’更佳的是3〇wt%以下,特佳的是10wt% =彳触的是財低麟子遷料高、或者可以 電吊數而提〶有效载子濃度、或者兩料可料現出優異 51 201211165 之離子導電性之溶劑。此種溶劑可列舉碳酸酯化合物(碳 酸乙二酯、碳酸丙二酯等)、雜環化合物(3_甲基_2_噁唑 烷酮等)、醚化合物(二噁烷、二乙醚等)、鏈狀醚類(乙 二醇二烷基醚、丙二醇二烷基醚、聚乙二醇二烷基醚、聚 丙二醇二烷基醚等)、醇類(T醇、乙醇、乙二醇單烷基醚、 丙二醇單烷基醚、聚乙二醇單烷基醚、聚丙二醇單烷基醚 等)、多元醇類(乙二醇、丙二醇、聚乙二醇、聚丙二醇、 =三醇等)、腈化合物(乙腈、戊二腈、甲氧基乙腈'丙腈、 苄腈、雙氰基乙醚等)、酯類(羧酸酯、磷酸酯、膦酸酯等)、 非質子性極性溶劑(二甲基亞颯(Dmso)、環丁砜等)、 水、日本專利特開2002-110262中所記載之含水電解液、 曰本專利特開2000-36332號公報、日本專利特 0-243134號公報、及再公表w〇/〇〇 54361號公報中 »己載之電解質溶劑等。該些溶劑亦可混合# Um49 201211165 The dye represented by the formula (13) of the present invention can be synthesized by referring to the method cited in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2001-291534 or the publication. The maximum absorption wavelength of the dye having the structure of the general formula (13) in the solution is preferably in the range of 300 nm to 1000 nm, more preferably in the range of 35 〇 nm to 950 nm, and particularly preferably 370 nm to 900. The range of nm. Further, the light absorption band of the metal complex dye represented by the formula (13) is preferably in the range of 350 nm to 1200 nm, more preferably in the range of 4 Å nm to 900 nm. (A3) Other dyes In the photoelectric conversion element and the photoelectrochemical cell of the present invention, a usual dye may be used together with the dye having the structure of the formula (1) or the dye having the structure of the formula (13). In the photoelectric conversion element and the photoelectrochemical cell of the present invention, a metal complex dye having a structure of the formula (1) is used as an essential component. More preferably, by using a dye having a structure of the general formula (13), it is possible to utilize a wide range of wavelengths of light to ensure high conversion efficiency and to reduce the reduction rate of conversion efficiency. The ratio of the ratio of the metal complex dye having the structure of the general formula (1) to the dye having the structure of the general formula (13), if the former is R and the latter is S' in terms of the percentage of moles , r / s = 90/10 ~ 10 / 90, preferably R / S = 80 / 20 ~ 20 / 80 'More preferably R / s = 70 / 30 ~ 30 / 70, further better is R/S = 60/40 to 40/60, and the best is r/s = 55/45 to 45/55 'usually use both in a molar manner. (B) Charge-moving body 201211165, ^In the electrolyte composition used in the photoelectric conversion element of the invention, as a redox pair (her:, eGuple), for example, can be classified and an inhibitor (for example, lithium iodide, tetrabutyl) Combination of ammonium iodide, tetrapropylammonium iodide, etc., 1 base purple? (eg methyl violet essence, hexyl violet, quaternary violet, tetrafluoronium salt) and Wei original body, (4) silk (such as two hydroquinone, naphthalenediol, etc.) and its oxidant Combination, two-valent and three-valent, a combination of a substance (for example, red blood salt and yellow blood salt), etc. These groups are preferably a combination of cerium and cerium. It is a nitrogen-containing aromatic ion of 5M ring or 6 (four). Especially, the compound represented by the general formula (1) is not a moth salt, w_8456, Japanese Patent No. 543, Electrochemistry, Vol. 65, No. 11 In the pyridine 11 salt, the imidazole rust salt, and the triazole oxime described in the 923th salt year, etc., the ruthenium 3 which is preferably used in the electrotransformation of the S material has a heterocyclic quaternary salt compound and iodine. The composition as a whole is preferably 0.1% by weight to 20%, more preferably 疋0.5 wt% to 5 vv^. The electrolyte composition used in the human right in the photoelectric conversion tree can also be: electrolyte composition The solvent content in the material is preferably less than or equal to the composition. wt. The following is more preferably less than 3 wt%, and particularly preferably 10 wt%. The solvent is high, or it can be lifted to increase the effective carrier concentration, or the two materials can be used to produce the excellent ion conductivity of 51 201211165. Such a solvent can be cited as a carbonate compound (ethylene carbonate, propylene carbonate). Diesters, etc., heterocyclic compounds (3-methyl-2-oxazolidinone, etc.), ether compounds (dioxane, diethyl ether, etc.), chain ethers (ethylene glycol dialkyl ether, propylene glycol II) Alkyl ether, polyethylene glycol dialkyl ether, polypropylene glycol dialkyl ether, etc., alcohols (T alcohol, ethanol, ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether, polyethylene glycol monoalkane Alkyl ether, polypropylene glycol monoalkyl ether, etc.), polyols (ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, = triol, etc.), nitrile compounds (acetonitrile, glutaronitrile, methoxyacetonitrile' Acetonitrile, benzonitrile, dicyandiethyl ether, etc.), esters (carboxylates, phosphates, phosphonates, etc.), aprotic polar solvents (dimethylammonium (Dmso), sulfolane, etc.), water, The aqueous electrolyte described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2002-110262, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2000-36332, Patent Unexamined Publication No. 0-243134, and Re-publication w〇 / thousand and Publication No. 54,361 »hexyl carrier of the electrolyte solvent and the like. These solvents may be mixed with the # Um

於藉由添加聚合物而使電解質 時,可添加聚合電解質參考-1及2 解質組成物凝膠化之情形 及 2 (Polymer Electrolyte 52 201211165 jyyjz.KjpifWhen the electrolyte is added by adding a polymer, the gelation of the polyelectrolyte reference-1 and 2 solution can be added and 2 (Polymer Electrolyte 52 201211165 jyyjz.Kjpif

Reviews-1 及 2) ( J. R. MacCallum 與 C. A. Vincent 共同編 著、ELSEVIER APPLIED SCIENCE)中所記載之化合物 等。於此情形時,較佳的是使用聚丙烯腈或聚偏二氟乙稀。 於藉由添加油凝膠劑而使電解質組成物凝膠化之情形 時,油凝膠劑可使用曰本化學學報,工業化學學報(j Chem.Reviews-1 and 2) (J. R. MacCallum and C. A. Vincent co-edited, ELSEVIER APPLIED SCIENCE) compounds and the like. In this case, it is preferred to use polyacrylonitrile or polyvinylidene fluoride. In the case where the electrolyte composition is gelled by the addition of an oil gel, the oil gel can be used by the Journal of Industrial Chemistry, j Chem.

Soc. Japan,Ind. Chem. Soc. ),46779 ( 1943 );美國化學學 會會刊(J_ Am. Chem. Soc.) 111,5542 ( 1989);化學學 會會刊’化學通訊(J· Chem· Soc.,Chem. Commun.) 390 ( 1993 ),應用化學國際英文版(Angew chem. Int. Ed. Engl.) 35, 1949 ( 1996);化學快報(Chem. Lett ) 885, (1996);化學學會會刊,化學通訊(j chem s〇c ,Chem.Soc. Japan, Ind. Chem. Soc. ), 46779 (1943); Journal of the American Chemical Society (J_Am. Chem. Soc.) 111, 5542 (1989); Journal of the Chemical Society's Chemical Communications (J·Chem· Soc., Chem. Commun.) 390 (1993), English in Applied Chemistry (Angew chem. Int. Ed. Engl.) 35, 1949 (1996); Chem. Lett 885, (1996); Chemistry Society Journal, Chemical Newsletter (j chem s〇c, Chem.

Comnrnn.) 545,( 1997)等中所記載之化合物,較佳的是 使用具有醯胺結構之化合物。 於藉由多官能單體類之聚合而使電解質組成物凝膠化 之情形時’較佳的是由多官能單體類、聚合紗劑、電解 質及》谷劑而调製溶液,藉由洗鑄法、塗佈法、浸潰法、含 浸法等方^於承财色素之電極上形成溶雜之電解質 層’其後藉單體之自由基聚合岐其凝膠化之方 法。多g #單體類較佳的是具有2個以上乙烯性不飽和基 之化&amp;物較佳的疋二乙烯基苯、乙二醇二丙稀酸醋、乙 二醇二曱基丙烯酸酯、二乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、二乙二醇二 曱基丙烯酸酯、三乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、三乙二醇二曱基丙 烯酸醋、季戊四醇三__旨、三經曱基三丙嫦酸醋 等。 53 201211165 J 〆 V 知 凝膠電解質亦可藉由除上述多官能單體類以外亦包含 單官能單體之混合物之聚合而形成。單官能單體可使用丙 烯酸或α-烷基丙烯酸(丙烯酸、曱基丙烯酸、伊康酸等) 或該些化合物之酯或醯胺(丙烯酸甲酯、丙烯酸乙酯、丙 烯酸正丙酯、丙稀酸異丙酯、丙烯酸正丁酯、丙稀酸異丁 酯、丙烯酸第三丁酯、丙烯酸正戊酯、丙烯酸_3_戊酯、丙 烯酸第三戊酯、丙烯酸正己酯、丙烯酸_2,2_二甲基丁醋、 丙稀酸正辛醋、丙稀酸-2-乙基己g旨、兩缚酸曱美_2丙 基戊酯、丙烯酸十六烷基酯、丙烯酸正十八烧基醋、丙稀 酸環己S旨、丙烯酸環戊醋、丙稀酸苄g旨、丙稀酸經基乙醋、 丙烯酸-2-羥基丙酯、丙烯酸-2-曱氧基乙酯、丙稀^酸—^乙 氧基乙醋、丙稀酸-2-甲氧基乙氧基乙酯、丙烯酸苯氧基乙 醋、丙烯酸-3-曱氧基丁醋、乙基卡必醇丙烯酸酯、丙烯酸 -2-甲基-2-硝基丙酯、丙烯酸-2,2,2-三氟乙酯、丙烯酸八氟 戊醋、丙稀酸十七敗癸醋、甲基丙烯酸甲酯、甲基丙烯酸 正丁酯、甲基丙烯酸異丁酯、曱基丙烯酸第三丁醋、甲基 丙烯酸第三戊酯、甲基丙烯酸正十八烷基酯、甲基丙稀二 苄酯、甲基丙烯酸羥基乙酯、曱基丙烯酸_2_經基丙醋、甲 基丙稀酸-2-曱氧基乙S旨、甲基丙婦酸-2-乙氧基乙醋、甲基 丙烯酸-2-甲氧基乙氧基乙酯、甲基丙稀酸二曱基胺基乙 酯、曱基丙稀酸-2,2,2-二氟乙酯、曱基丙埽酸四氣丙酯、 曱基丙烯酸六氟丙酯、甲基丙烯酸十七氟癸g旨、乙二醇乙 基碳酸酯甲基丙烯酸酯、甲基丙烯酸-2-異冰片基醋、甲基 丙烯酸-2-降冰片基甲酯、甲基丙烯酸降冰片稀_2_基甲 54 201211165 α^υζ,υρίί 酯、曱基丙烯酸-3-曱基-2-降冰片基曱酯、丙烯醯胺、Ν-異丙基丙烯酿胺、Ν-正丁基丙烯醯胺、Ν_第三丁基丙烯醯 胺、Ν,Ν-二曱基丙烯醯胺、Ν-經曱基丙烯醯胺、雙丙酮丙 烯醯胺、2-丙烯醯胺基-2-曱基丙磺酸、丙烯醯胺基丙基三 曱基氣化錄、曱基丙烯醯胺、Ν-曱基曱基丙烯醯胺、Ν-羥 曱基甲基丙烯醯胺等)、乙烯酯類(乙酸乙烯酯等)、馬來 或虽馬酸或由該些酸而衍生之醋類(馬來酸· 一曱S曰、馬 來酸二丁酯、富馬酸二乙酯等)、對苯乙烯磺酸之鈉鹽、丙 稀腈、曱基丙烯腈、二烯類(丁二烯、環戊二烯、異戊二 烯等)、芳香族乙烯系化合物(苯乙烯、對氣苯乙烯、第三 丁基苯乙烯、α·曱基苯乙烯、苯乙烯磺酸鈉等)、Ν-乙烯基 甲酿胺、:Ν-乙烯基-Ν-曱基曱醯胺、Ν-乙烯基乙醯胺、Ν-乙烯基-Ν_曱基乙醯胺、乙烯基磺酸、乙烯基磺酸鈉、烯丙 基%酸鈉、曱基丙烯基磺酸鈉、偏二氟乙烯、偏二氯乙烯、 乙烯基烷基醚類(曱基乙烯醚等)、乙烯、丙烯、丁烯、異 丁烯、Ν-苯基馬來醯亞胺等。 夕s能單體之調配量相對於單體整體而言較佳的是 〇-5wt%〜70wt%,更佳的是l.Owt%〜50wt%。上述單體 可藉由大津贿、木下雅悅共同編著之「高分子合成之實 =」(化學同人}或大津隆行「講座聚合反應論丨自由基 ^ ϋ(化卵人)情記狀料-般高分子合成法 或,子束而進行自由基聚合,= 于ΊΤ由基聚合’特別是藉由加熱而進行自由基聚合 55 20121m 22 ίΐ ΐ. 5 广偶氮雙異丁腈、2,2,_偶氮雙(2,4-二甲基戊腈)、22,偶 氮雙(2_甲基丙酸)m2,·偶氮雙異丁酸二曱§旨等偶= ΐί=: 化月桂基、過氧化苯甲醯、過氧辛酸第三 上始劑等。聚合起始劑之較佳添加量相 對於早體u量而言為_ wt%〜2() wt% wt%〜l〇wt%。 《V 疋 υ] 單體於凝膠電解質中所佔之重量組成範圍較佳的是 〇·5 Wt%〜70 Wt%。更佳的是1.0 wt%〜50 Wt%。藉由聚人 ,之交聯反應而使電解質組成物凝膠化之情形時f較佳二 是於組成物+添加具村交狀反應縣的聚合物及交 劑。較佳之反應性基為吡啶環、咪唑環、噻唑環、噁唑環、 二嗤環、㈣環K環、斜環㈣氮雜環,較佳之交 聯劑是具有2個以上可對氮原子進行親核攻擊之官能基 化合物(親電子劑),例如2官能以上之齒化燒、齒化芳 磺酸酯、酸酐、醯氣、異氰酸酯等。 兀 本發明之電解質組成物中亦可添加金屬碘化物(LiI、 Nal、ΚΙ、Csl、Cal2 等)、金屬溴化物(LiBr、NaBr、KBr、 GBr、CaBr*2等)、四級銨溴鹽(四烷基溴化銨、溴化吡啶 等)、金屬錯合物(亞鐵氰酸鹽_鐵氰酸鹽、二茂鐵-二茂鐵 鑌離子等)、硫化合物(多硫⑽、絲贿·絲二硫化 物等)、紫紐色素、對苯二等。該些化合物亦^混 合使用。 而且,於本發明中,亦可添加美國陶瓷學會會刊(J Am 56 201211165 jyuzopifThe compound described in Comnrnn.) 545, (1997) or the like is preferably a compound having a guanamine structure. In the case where the electrolyte composition is gelled by polymerization of a polyfunctional monomer, it is preferred to prepare a solution from a polyfunctional monomer, a polymeric yarn, an electrolyte, and a granule by washing Casting method, coating method, dipping method, impregnation method, etc., forming a molten electrolyte layer on the electrode of the coloring pigment, followed by a radical polymerization of the monomer, and a gelation method thereof. The polyg # monomer is preferably a ruthenium divinyl benzene, ethylene glycol diacetic acid vinegar or ethylene glycol dimercapto acrylate having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups. , diethylene glycol diacrylate, diethylene glycol dimercapto acrylate, triethylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol dimercapto acrylate vinegar, pentaerythritol three __ purpose, three sulfhydryl propylene Sour and so on. 53 201211165 J 〆 V The gel electrolyte may also be formed by polymerization of a mixture of monofunctional monomers in addition to the above polyfunctional monomers. As the monofunctional monomer, acrylic acid or α-alkylacrylic acid (acrylic acid, mercaptoacrylic acid, itaconic acid, etc.) or esters or guanamines of such compounds (methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, n-propyl acrylate, propylene) can be used. Isopropyl acrylate, n-butyl acrylate, isobutyl acrylate, tert-butyl acrylate, n-amyl acrylate, _3-pentyl acrylate, third amyl acrylate, n-hexyl acrylate, acrylic acid 2, 2 _Dimethyl butyl vinegar, acrylic acid n- vinegar, acrylic acid 2-ethylhexyl, two bound acid _2 _2 propyl propyl ester, hexadecyl acrylate, acrylic acid Base vinegar, acrylic acid cyclohexene S, acrylic acid cyclopentyl vinegar, acrylic acid benzyl g, acrylic acid ethyl acetonate, 2-hydroxypropyl acrylate, 2-methoxyethyl acrylate, C Dilute acid-^ethoxyethoxyacetic acid, -2-hydroxyethoxyethyl acrylate, phenoxyacetic acid acrylate, 3-methoxy butyl acrylate, ethyl carbitol acrylate , 2-methyl-2-nitropropyl acrylate, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl acrylate, octafluoropentyl acrylate, hexacylic acid, methyl methacrylate, methyl methacrylate N-butyl acrylate, isobutyl methacrylate, tert-butyl methacrylate, third amyl methacrylate, n-octadecyl methacrylate, methyl propylene dibenzyl ester, methacrylic acid hydroxyl group Ethyl ester, methacrylic acid _2_ propyl acetoacetate, methyl propyl -2- methoxy ethoxy group, methyl propyl phthalate-2-ethoxy acetoacetate, methacrylic acid-2-methyl Oxyethoxyethyl ester, dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate, 2,2,2-difluoroethyl thioglycolate, tetramethyl propyl decyl decanoate, fluorenyl Hexafluoropropyl acrylate, heptafluorophosphonium methacrylate, ethylene glycol ethyl carbonate methacrylate, -2-isobornyl methacrylate, methacrylic acid-2-norbornyl methyl ester , methacrylic acid borneol thin _2_ keel 54 201211165 α^υζ, υρίί ester, methacrylic acid-3-mercapto-2-norbornyl decyl acrylate, acrylamide, hydrazine-isopropyl acrylamide , Ν-n-butyl acrylamide, hydrazine _ tert-butyl acrylamide, hydrazine, hydrazine-dimercapto acrylamide, hydrazine- mercapto acrylamide, diacetone acrylamide, 2-propene hydrazine Amino-2-mercaptopropanesulfonic acid Propyl tridecyl gasification, mercapto acrylamide, fluorenyl fluorenyl decylamine, hydrazine-hydroxymethyl methacrylate, etc., vinyl esters (vinyl acetate, etc.), horse Or tartaric acid derived from horse acid or derived from the acid (maleic acid, monoterpene maleate, dibutyl maleate, diethyl fumarate, etc.), sodium salt of p-styrenesulfonic acid, Acrylonitrile, mercapto acrylonitrile, diene (butadiene, cyclopentadiene, isoprene, etc.), aromatic vinyl compound (styrene, p-styrene, tert-butyl styrene, α·decyl styrene, sodium styrene sulfonate, etc.), fluorene-vinyl amide, Ν-vinyl-fluorene-mercaptoamine, hydrazine-vinyl acetamide, hydrazine-vinyl- Ν_mercaptoacetamide, vinyl sulfonic acid, sodium vinyl sulfonate, sodium allylate, sodium decyl propylene sulfonate, vinylidene fluoride, vinylidene chloride, vinyl alkyl ether (mercapto vinyl ether, etc.), ethylene, propylene, butylene, isobutylene, fluorene-phenyl maleimide, and the like. The amount of the s-energy monomer is preferably from 〇-5 wt% to 70 wt%, more preferably from 1.0 wt% to 50 wt%, based on the whole of the monomer. The above-mentioned monomers can be jointly edited by Dajin Bribe and Muxia Yayue, "The Reality of Polymer Synthesis" (Chemical Tongren) or Otsu Takayuki "Lecture Polymerization Reaction, Radicals, Free Radicals (Eggs)" The general polymer synthesis method or the sub-beam is used for radical polymerization, and the polymerization is carried out by radical polymerization. In particular, radical polymerization is carried out by heating. 55 20121m 22 ΐ ΐ 5 5 azoazobisisobutyronitrile, 2, 2 , _ azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile), 22, azobis(2-methylpropionic acid) m2, azobisisobutyric acid dioxime, etc. = ΐί=: Lauryl, benzoyl peroxide, peroxyoctanoic acid third initiator, etc. The preferred addition amount of the polymerization initiator is _wt%~2() wt% wt%~l with respect to the amount of early body u 〇wt%. The weight composition of the monomer in the gel electrolyte is preferably 〇·5 Wt% to 70 Wt%, more preferably 1.0 wt% to 50 Wt%. In the case where the cross-linking reaction is carried out to gel the electrolyte composition, f is preferably used in the composition + the addition of the polymer and the agent in the village of the reaction state. Preferably, the reactive group is a pyridine ring. Imidazole ring, thiazole ring, An azole ring, a dioxan ring, a (iv) ring K ring, a slant ring (tetra) nitrogen heterocycle, preferably a crosslinker is a functional group (electrophilic agent) having two or more nucleophilic attacks on a nitrogen atom, such as a bifunctional group. The above-mentioned toothed calcination, toothed aryl sulfonate, acid anhydride, helium gas, isocyanate, etc. 金属 Metal electrolytes (LiI, Nal, cesium, Csl, Cal2, etc.) and metal bromine may also be added to the electrolyte composition of the present invention. Compounds (LiBr, NaBr, KBr, GBr, CaBr*2, etc.), quaternary ammonium bromide salts (tetraalkylammonium bromide, brominated pyridine, etc.), metal complexes (ferrocyanide_ferricyanide) , ferrocene-ferrocene ruthenium ion, etc., sulfur compounds (polysulfuric acid (10), silk brittle silk disulfide, etc.), purple neodymium pigment, p-benzoic acid, etc. These compounds are also used in combination. In the present invention, a journal of the American Ceramic Society (J Am 56 201211165 jyuzopif) may also be added.

Ceram. Soc.),8〇, ( 12),3157-3171 ( 1997)中所記載 之第二丁基°比啶、或2-甲基吡啶、2,6-二曱基吡啶等鹼性 化合物。添加鹼性化合物時之較佳濃度範圍為0.05 Μ〜2 Μ。 而且 於本發明中’電解質亦可使用包含電洞導體物 質之電荷傳輪層。電洞導體物質可使用9,9'-螺二第衍生物 等。 而且,可依序積層電極層、光電轉換層、電洞傳輸層、 導電層、相對電極層。可具有作為ρ型半導體而發揮作用 的電洞傳輸材料作為電洞傳輸層。較佳之電洞傳輸層例如 可使用無機系或有機系之電洞傳輸材料。無機线洞傳輸 =料可列舉、Cu0、㈣等。而且,有機系電洞傳輸 舉问分子系與低分子系之有機系電洞傳輸材料, 尚/刀子糸有機系電洞傳輪材料例如可列舉聚乙烯咔唑、多 =如烧等。而且’低分子系有機系電洞傳輸村 基胺衍生物、奸生物、騎生物、捧 生鱗。其巾,有絲魏與先前之 石反糸间分子不同,沿主鏈之Si 恭徨墓,ϋ·» Μ # 1而非局化之σ電子有助於光 电傳導具有南的電洞遷移率,因此較佳 2818 ( 1987))。 V ays. Rev. Β,33, 本發明中之導電層若為導電 有機導 施趙材料與受體材料所C荷;:=是: 57 201211165 W ^ V w ^ :,可較佳地使用由有機施體(donor)與有機受體 (acceptor)所形成之分子間電荷移動供人 施體㈣較佳的是於分子結構内電子充裕之施體材 料。例如,有機施體材料可列舉於分子之π電子系中具有 經取代或未經取代之胺基、織、、喊硫原子的有 機施體材料,具體而言可列舉笨基胺系、三笨曱烷系、咔 唑系、酚系、四硫富瓦烯系材料。受體材料較佳:是於分 子結構内電衫足之受體磐。例如,有麵师料可列 舉富勒稀,於好之π電子彡巾具㈣基、祕、祕或 齒基等取代基之有機受體材料,具體而言可列舉pCBM、 苯酿系、萘I系等覼系、_系、四氣苯酿系、四漠苯酿 系、四氰基對醌二甲烷系、于卜今シアッy工千系等。 導電層之厚度並無特別之限定,較佳的是可將多孔質 完全填上的程度。 (C)導電性支撐體 如圖1所示,於本發明之光電轉換元件中,於導電性 支撐體1上形成有於多孔質半導體微粒子22上吸附色素 ^而成之感光體2。如後所述,例如將半導體微粒子之分 月文液塗佈於導電性支撐體上加以乾燥後,浸潰於本發明之 色素溶液中,藉此可製造感光層。 作為導電性支撐體,可使用如金屬般支撐體自身具有 導電性之支揮體’或者於表面具有導電膜層之玻璃或高分 子材,。較佳的是導電性支撐體實質上透明。所謂實質上 透明是表示光之透射率為10%以上,較佳的是50%以上, 58 201211165 J^vz.upif 特佳的是80%以上。導電性支撐體可使用於玻璃或高分子 材料上塗設有導電性金屬氧化物而成之支撐體。此時之導 電性金屬氧化物之塗佈量較佳的是於每1 m2玻璃或高分 子材料之支撐體中為〇.1 g〜1〇〇 g。於使用透明導電性支 樓體之情形時’較佳的是使光自支撐體側入射。可較佳地 使用之高分子材料之一例可列舉四乙醯基纖維素(TAC)、 聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯(pEN)、 對排聚苯乙烯(SPS)、聚苯硫醚(PPS)、聚碳酸酯(PC)、 聚芳酯(PAR)、聚砜(PSF)、求&quot;才y (PES)、聚醚醯亞胺(ρΕΙ)、環狀聚烯烴、溴化苯氧基等。 於導電性支上’亦可對表面實施光管理功能,例如可 列舉日本專利特開2003-123859中所記載之交互積層有高 折射臈以及低折射率之氧化物_抗反射膜、日本專利特 開2002-260746中所記載之光導功能。 除此以外,亦可較佳地使用金屬支撐體。其一例可列 j、紹、銅、錄、鐵、不_。該些金屬亦可為合金。 更佳的是H銅,特麵是鈦或銘。 心Ϊ佳岐使導電性支撐體上具有晴紫絲之功能。 使可將紫外光變為可見光之螢光材料存在於 收劑的^法。或透明支顧表_方法或者使用紫外線吸 …本專利特開平 較佳的導電膜可列舉金屬(例如麵、金、銀、銅、紹、 59 201211165r 物、於氧化mm1獅(銦·錫複合氧化 0.03 μη^層^厚f較佳的是0.01哗〜30阿,更佳的是 導電性支樓體之ΓΙί0.05μιη〜20μιη。 之範圍為50 ^ Ϊ阻越低越好。較佳之表面電阻 并也 乂下’更佳的是10 Ω/cm2以下。且下限 並無巧之限制,通常為(UHW左右。 下 署崖:t面積變大料電膜之電阻值變大,因此亦可配 。於切體與透明導賴之間亦可配置阻氣膜 3 擴散防止膜。阻氣層可使用樹脂膜或無機膜。 :且’亦可設置透明電極與多孔質半導體電極光觸媒 ^有曰。透日辑電層亦可為制結構,作為祕之方法例 如可於ΙΤΟ上積層FT〇。 (D)半導體微粒子 口如圖1所示,於本發明之光電轉換元件中,於導電性 支樓體1上形成有在多孔質半導體餘子22上吸附色素 21而成之感光層2。如後所述,例如將半導體微粒子之分 散液塗佈於所述導電性支撐體上加以乾燥後,浸潰於本發 明之色素溶液中,藉此可製造感光體。 半導體微粒子較佳的是使用金屬之硫屬化合物(例如 氧化物、硫化物、硒化物等)或鈣鈦礦之微粒子。金屬之 硫屬化合物較佳的是鈦、錫、鋅、鎢、鍅、铪、锶、銦、 鈽、釔、鑭、釩、鈮、或鈕之氧化物、硫化鎘、硒化鎘等。 #51 太礦較佳的是列舉欽酸錯、鈦酸約等。該些中特佳的是 201211165 ^yuzopif 氧化鈦、氧化鋅、氧化錫、氧化鎢。 半導體存在有與導電相關之載子為電子之η型與載子 為電洞之ρ型,於本發明之元件中,自轉換效率之方面考 慮較佳的是使用η型。η型半導體除了不具雜質能階之導 電帶電子與價電帶電洞之載子濃度相等的固有半導體(或 本徵半導體)以外,還存在有由於源自雜質之結構缺陷而 使電子載子濃度高之η型半導體。於本發明中較佳地使用 之 η 型無機半導體為 Ti02、TiSr03、ZnO、Nb203、Sn02、 W03、Si、CdS、CdSe、V205、ZnS、ZnSe、SnSe、KTa03、 FeS2、PbS、InP、GaAs、CuInS2、CuInSe2 等。該些中最 佳的n型半導體為Ti02、ZnO、Sn02、W03以及Nb203。 而且,亦可較佳地使用該些半導體之多種複合而成之半導 體材料。 之大的粒子。於此情形時,大粒 之3有率較佳的疋+均粒徑為5 〇 nm以 佳的是2°%以下。以上述目== 作為半導體微粒子之粒徑,為了較高地保持半導體微 粒子分散液之黏度,一次粒子之平均粒徑較佳的是2 以上50 mn以下’且更佳的是—次粒子之平均粒徑為2唧 以上30 nm以下之超微粒子。亦可混合粒徑分布不同之2 種以上微粒子,於此情料較佳的是小的好之平均尺 ,5 nm以下。而且,為了使入射光散射而提高光捕 !:,含有率添加或於其他層塗佈相對於上述超“子 nm以上,更佳的是25〇 之大粒子的平均粒徑較佳的是1〇〇 61 201211165 nm以上。 較佳的是藉由使用光散射用大粒子而使霧度率成為 6一〇/°以上。所謂霧度率以(漫透射率)+ (總透光率)而表 3半導體微粒子之製作法較佳的是作花濟夫之「溶膠_ 凝膠法之科學」Agune_sh〇fu公司(1998年)等中所記載 2膠-溶膠法。而且,將Deg_公司開發之氣化物於酸 虱二中藉由高溫水解而製作氧化物之方法亦較佳。於半導 體微粒,為氧化狀情形時,上雜膠.郷法、凝膠-溶 膠法、、氯化物於酸氫鹽中之高溫水解法均較佳,另外亦可 學之「氧化欽物性與應用技術」技報堂出版 ㈣本年)巾所記載之硫酸法域化法。糾,作為溶膠 -凝膠法,Barbe等之美國陶究學會會刊(J〇urnal 〇f theCeram. Soc.), 8〇, (12), 3157-3171 (1997), a basic compound such as a second butyl pyridine or a 2-methylpyridine or a 2,6-dimercaptopyridine . The preferred concentration range for the addition of the basic compound is 0.05 Μ~2 Μ. Further, in the present invention, the electrolyte may also use a charge transfer layer containing a conductor material of a hole. The conductor material of the hole can be a 9,9'-spirodi derivative or the like. Further, the electrode layer, the photoelectric conversion layer, the hole transport layer, the conductive layer, and the counter electrode layer may be laminated in this order. A hole transporting material that functions as a p-type semiconductor can be used as the hole transport layer. A preferred hole transport layer may be, for example, an inorganic or organic hole transport material. Inorganic hole transport = material can be listed, Cu0, (four) and so on. Further, the organic hole transports the organic system hole transporting material of the molecular system and the low molecular system, and the material of the organic hole transporting material of the shovel/knife shovel is, for example, polyvinyl carbazole, and more, such as burning. Moreover, the low-molecular organic hole transports the amine derivative, the traitor, the creature, and the scale. Its towel, which is different from the stone of the previous stone, is along the main chain of Si Gongyi tomb, ϋ·» Μ #1 instead of localized σ electrons contribute to the photoelectric transmission with south hole mobility Therefore, it is better to 2818 (1987)). V ays. Rev. Β, 33, the conductive layer in the present invention is a conductive organic conductive material and a C charge of the acceptor material; := is: 57 201211165 W ^ V w ^ :, can be preferably used by The intermolecular charge transport formed by the organic donor and the acceptor is suitable for the donor body. (IV) Preferably, the donor material is electron-rich in the molecular structure. For example, the organic donor material may be exemplified by an organic donor material having a substituted or unsubstituted amine group, a woven or a sulfur atom in a π-electron system of a molecule, and specifically, a stupid amine system and a triple stupid A decane-based, carbazole-based, phenol-based, or tetrathiafulvalene-based material. Preferably, the acceptor material is a receptor 电 in the electron structure of the molecular structure. For example, there may be enumerated organic fat acceptor materials such as fullerene, such as pCBM, benzene brewing system, and naphthalene. I system is the 覼 system, _ series, four gas benzene brewing system, four desert benzene brewing system, tetracyanoquinone quinone dimethane system, Yu Bujin y y ji system. The thickness of the conductive layer is not particularly limited, and it is preferred that the porous material be completely filled. (C) Conductive support member As shown in Fig. 1, in the photoelectric conversion element of the present invention, the photoreceptor 2 in which the dye is adsorbed on the porous semiconductor fine particles 22 is formed on the conductive support 1. As described later, for example, a semiconductor liquid fine particle liquid is applied onto a conductive support and dried, and then impregnated into the dye solution of the present invention, whereby a photosensitive layer can be produced. As the conductive support, a support such as a metal having a conductive body or a glass or a high-molecular material having a conductive film layer on the surface can be used. Preferably, the electrically conductive support is substantially transparent. The term "substantially transparent" means that the transmittance of light is 10% or more, preferably 50% or more, and 58 201211165 J^vz.upif is particularly preferably 80% or more. The conductive support can be used as a support for coating a glass or a polymer material with a conductive metal oxide. The coating amount of the conductive metal oxide at this time is preferably 〇1 g to 1 〇〇 g per 1 m 2 of the support of the glass or polymer material. In the case of using a transparent conductive branch body, it is preferable to make light incident from the side of the support. Examples of the polymer material which can be preferably used include tetraethyl fluorenyl cellulose (TAC), polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene naphthalate (pEN), and para-polyphenylene. Ethylene (SPS), polyphenylene sulfide (PPS), polycarbonate (PC), polyarylate (PAR), polysulfone (PSF), and quot; y (PES), polyether quinone imine (ρΕΙ) , cyclic polyolefin, brominated phenoxy group, and the like. The surface of the conductive support can also be subjected to a light management function, and for example, an alternating layer of a high refractive index and a low refractive index oxide as described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2003-123859 can be cited. The light guide function described in 2002-260746 is opened. In addition to this, a metal support can also be preferably used. An example of this can be listed in j, Shao, copper, recorded, iron, and not _. The metals may also be alloys. More preferred is H copper, the special surface is titanium or Ming. The heart Ϊ 岐 makes the conductive support have the function of clear purple silk. A method in which a fluorescent material that changes ultraviolet light into visible light is present in a collecting agent. Or transparently watch the table _ method or use ultraviolet light absorption. The preferred conductive film of this patent can be exemplified by metal (such as surface, gold, silver, copper, sho, 59 201211165r, oxidized mm1 lion (indium-tin composite oxidation) The thickness of 0.03 μη^ layer is preferably 0.01哗3030, more preferably 0.050.05μιη~20μιη of the conductive branch body. The range is 50^ The lower the resistance, the better. The better surface resistance Also, it is better than 10 Ω/cm2. The lower limit is not limited. It is usually (UHW or so.) Under the cliff: the electric resistance of the electric film becomes larger, so it can be matched. A gas barrier film 3 diffusion preventing film may be disposed between the cut body and the transparent guide. The gas barrier layer may be a resin film or an inorganic film: and 'a transparent electrode and a porous semiconductor electrode photocatalyst may be provided. The electric layer can also be a structure. As a secret method, for example, FT can be laminated on the crucible. (D) The semiconductor microparticle port is shown in Fig. 1, in the photoelectric conversion element of the present invention, in the conductive branch body 1 is formed by adsorbing the pigment 21 on the porous semiconductor remainder 22 The photosensitive layer 2. As described later, for example, a dispersion of semiconductor fine particles is applied onto the conductive support, dried, and then impregnated into the dye solution of the present invention, whereby a photoreceptor can be produced. It is preferred to use a metal chalcogenide (such as an oxide, a sulfide, a selenide, etc.) or a perovskite microparticle. The metal chalcogenide is preferably titanium, tin, zinc, tungsten, rhenium, iridium, Oxide, indium, antimony, bismuth, antimony, vanadium, antimony, or niobium oxide, cadmium sulfide, cadmium selenide, etc. #51 Tai Mine is preferably listed as acid, titanium, etc. It is preferred that 201211165 ^yuzopif titanium oxide, zinc oxide, tin oxide, tungsten oxide. The semiconductor has a conductivity-related carrier, the electron is n-type and the carrier is a p-type of a hole, in the component of the present invention, It is preferable to use the n-type in terms of conversion efficiency. In addition to the intrinsic semiconductor (or intrinsic semiconductor) having the same carrier concentration of the valence band and the carrier concentration of the valence band, the n-type semiconductor has a Structure derived from impurities An n-type semiconductor having a high electron carrier concentration due to defects. The n-type inorganic semiconductor preferably used in the present invention is Ti02, TiSr03, ZnO, Nb203, Sn02, W03, Si, CdS, CdSe, V205, ZnS, ZnSe. , SnSe, KTa03, FeS2, PbS, InP, GaAs, CuInS2, CuInSe2, etc. The most preferable n-type semiconductors are TiO2, ZnO, Sn02, W03, and Nb203. Moreover, it is also preferable to use the semiconductors. A plurality of composite semiconductor materials. Large particles. In this case, the 疋+ average particle diameter of the large particles is preferably 5 〇 nm or less, preferably 2% or less. In order to maintain the viscosity of the semiconductor fine particle dispersion with the above target == as the particle diameter of the semiconductor fine particles, the average particle diameter of the primary particles is preferably 2 or more and 50 mn or less and more preferably the average particle of the secondary particles. Ultrafine particles with a diameter of 2 唧 or more and 30 nm or less. It is also possible to mix two or more kinds of fine particles having different particle diameter distributions, and in this case, a small good average size of 5 nm or less is preferable. Further, in order to scatter the incident light, the light trapping is improved:: the content is added or applied to the other layer, and the average particle diameter of the large particles of 25 Å or more, more preferably 25 Å, is preferably 1 〇〇61 201211165 nm or more. It is preferable to use a large particle for light scattering to have a haze ratio of 6 〇/° or more. The so-called haze ratio is (diffuse transmittance) + (total light transmittance). The method for producing semiconductor fine particles is preferably a 2-gel-sol method described in "The Science of Sol-Gel Method" by Agatsu-Sh〇fu Co., Ltd. (1998). Further, a method of producing an oxide by hydrolyzing at a high temperature in a gasification product developed by Deg_ Company is also preferred. In the case of semiconductor microparticles, in the case of oxidation, the high-temperature hydrolysis method of the upper gel, the gel-sol method, and the chloride in the acid hydrogen salt is preferred, and the oxidation property and application can also be learned. Technology Technology News published (4) This year, the method of sulfuric acid localization described in the towel. Correction, as a sol-gel method, Barbe et al., Journal of the American Academy of Ceramic Research (J〇urnal 〇f the

Amencan Ceramic s〇ciety),第 8〇 卷第 i2 號第祀7 第3171頁⑽7年)中所記載之方法,或者b卿此 專人之材料化學(ChemiStry〇fMaterials),第1()卷 號,第2419頁〜第2425頁中所記載之方法亦較佳。 除此以外,作為半導體微粒子之製造方法,例如 化鈦奈米粒子之製造方法錄岐列舉 : 焰水解之方法、四氣化鈦之揪燒法、穩定夕放;化鈦之火 合物之水解、正鈥酸之水解、由可溶;與不忒= 後將可溶部溶解除去之方法、過氧化物= 粒方ί利用溶膠·凝膠法之芯/殼結構之氧化欽微 62 201211165 二氧化鈦之晶體結構可 金紅石型,較佳的是叙Η牛兄鈦翻、板鈦礦型、或 士 祝_疋缺礦型、板鈦礦型。 亦可將二氧化鈦奈米管、、 化鈦微粒子中。 Α、’、不米棒混合於二氧 二雜。作為於二氧化 (―g)之黏合劑或為了防正反向電頸縮 添加之添加劑。較佳之添加劑之例可列舉=於表面所 子、晶鬚、纖維狀石墨、碳夺米營、 0、Sno粒 纖維,、/、g虱化鋅頸縮結合子、 .,戴维素錢綠物質、金屬、有機♦、十 矽烷化合物等電荷移動結合分 ^本兴-夂 合物等。 刀卞及電位傾斜型樹枝狀聚 處理、脫氮處理、紫外線-臭氧、氧電 (Ε)半導體微粒子分散液 …於本發明中,將半導體微粒子以外之固形 半導體微粒子分餘整體之1G wt%以下所構成之^ 微粒子分散液塗佈於所述導電性支撐體上,進 熱,藉此可獲得多孔質半導體微粒子塗佈層。 又σ 製=半導體微粒子分散液之方法除了上述之溶膠-凝 ,法以外’可列舉如下之方法:於合成半導體時在 析出為微粒子而直接使用之方法、對微粒子照射超音波等 63 2〇l2Hl65 .u 」碎為超錄子之方法、_者使料磨機或研蛛等而進 =魏械性粉碎磨碎之方法等°分散溶劑可使用水及/或各種 =劑。有機溶劑可列舉甲醇、乙醇、異丙醇、香茅醇、 公油醇等醇類,丙酮等酮類,乙酸乙醋等 乙腈等。 於刀政時,亦可視需要少量使用例如聚乙二醇、經乙 基纖維素、羧甲基纖維素這樣的聚合物、界面活性劑、酸、 或螯合解作為分散助劑。㈣,較佳的是該些分散助劑 =在導電性支碰上成膜之步驟之前,藉由喊法或使用 分離膜之方法、或者離^分離法等而事先除去大部分。作 為^導體微粒子分散液,可使半導體微粒子以外之固形物 之3量為分政液整體之1〇 wtOA以下。該濃度較佳的是5% 以下,更佳的是3%以下,特佳的是1%以下。進一步更佳 的是0.5%以下,特佳的是〇.2%。亦即,於半導體微粒子 分散液中,可使溶劑與半導體微粒子以外之固形物為半導 體微粒子分散液整體之10wt%以下。較佳的是實質上僅由 半導體微粒子與分散溶劑而構成。 若半導體微粒子分散液之黏度過高,則分散液凝聚而 不月b成膜,相反,若半導體微粒子分散液之黏度過低,則 液體流動而不能成膜。因此,分散液之黏度較佳的是於 25 C下為10 N · s/m2〜300 N · s/m2。更佳的是於25°c下 為 50 N · s/m2〜200 N · s/m2。 作為半導體微粒子分散液之塗佈方法,應用系之方法 可使用滾筒法、浸潰法等。而且,計量系之方法可使用氣 64 201211165ir 刀法、到刀法等。而且,作為將應用系方法與計量系方法 合成同一部分之方法’較佳的是日本專利特公昭58-4589 號中揭示之線棒塗佈法、美國專利2681294號說明書等十 所記載之滑動料斗法、擠出法、幕簾法等。而且,使用通 用機而藉由旋塗法或喷霧法而進行塗佈之方法亦較佳。濕 式印刷方法較佳的是以凸版、平版及凹版這3大印刷法為 首之凹版、膠版、絲網印刷等。可根據液體黏度或濕厚度 而自該些方法t選擇較佳之成膜方法。而且,由於本發明 之半導體微粒子分散液之黏度高、且具有黏稠性,因此存 在凝聚力強,於塗佈時並不與支撐體良好地溶合之情形。 於此情料’藉由UV臭氧處理輯行表面之清潔與親水 化,藉此使職佈之半導體餘子分散液與導電性支撐體 表面之結著力增加,半導雜好分散液之塗佈變得容易 谁。 =體錄子經狀触之厚度為G 刚 从;^導體微粒子層之厚度更佳的是i叫〜30哗,進- 之以〜25卿。半導體微粒子於每1 m2支撐體 ==疋〇·5 g〜_ g,更佳的是5 g〜励g。 對於所塗佈之半導體微粒 粒子之間的電子接觸二士了強化+導體微 所塗佈之样㈣μ #體之密接性,且為了使 /r㈣之+導體微拉子分散液乾燥 由該加熱處理可形成多孔質半 貫力,,、、处理。藉 微粒子層。例如,可知日本知之方法形成半導體 …、本專和特開2001-291534號公 65 201211165 jyuzopif 報中所記載之材料或補綠、製作方法而引用於本說明 書中。 而且,除了加熱處理以外亦可使用光之能量。例如, 於使用^fb鈦作為半導賴好之情形時,可藉由賦予如 紫外光這樣的半導體微好可吸收之光輯表面進行活 化’亦可藉由雷射光等而僅僅對半導體餘子表面進行活 化。藉由對半導體微粒子照射該微粒子可吸收之光,粒子 表,所吸附之雜質由於粒子表面之活化而分解,可成為用 、、,貫見上述目的之較佳狀態。於組合使用加熱處理與紫外 光之情形時’難岐—面對半導體微粒子騎該微粒子 可吸收之光’。-面於庸C以上,。C以下或較佳的是 100 C以上150 c以下而進行加熱。如上所述,藉由對半導 體微粒子進行光激發,可藉由光分解而清洗狀至微粒子 層内之雜質,且可增_粒子間之物理接合。 —而且,將半導體微粒子分散液塗佈於所述導電性支撐 體上,除了進行加熱或光照射以外亦可進行其他處理。較 佳之方法例如可列舉通電、化學處理等。 於塗佈後亦可施加壓力,施加壓力之方法可列舉曰本 專利特表2003-500857號公報等。光照射之例子可列舉日 本專利特開2001-357896號公報等。電漿、微波、通電之 例子可列舉日本專利特開2⑻2_353453號公報等。化學處 理例如可列舉日本專利特開2001-357896號公報。 、作為將上述半導體微粒子塗設於導電性支樓體上之方 法’除了將上述半導體微粒子分散液塗佈於導電性支撐體 66 20121 US, 上之方法以外,亦可使用如下之方法:日本專利第2664194 唬公報中所記載之將半導體微粒子之前驅物塗佈於導電性 支撐體上’藉由空氣巾之水分進行水解而獲得半導體微粒 子膜之方法等。 前驅物例如可列舉(NH4)2TiF6、過氧化鈦、金屬醇鹽、 金屬錯合物、金屬有機酸鹽等。 而且了列舉.塗佈共存有金屬有機氧化物(烧醇鹽等) 之漿料,藉由加熱處理、光處理等而形成半導體 特別規定使無機系前驅物共存之漿料、衆料之pH與分散 之二氧化録子之性狀的方法。該些㈣巾亦可添加少量 之黏合劑,黏合劑可列舉纖維素、a聚合物、交聯樹膠、 聚鈦酸丁酯、羧甲基纖維素等。 作為與半導體微粒子或其前驅物狀形成相關的技 術’可列舉:藉由電暈放電、電襞、紫外線等物理性方法 ;利用驗或聚乙稀二氧蝴聚苯乙 歸滅專之化學處理;形絲苯胺等之接合財間膜等。 作為將半導體微粒子塗設於導電性支樓體上之方法, 亦可將上叙⑴濕式法與⑺乾式法、⑶其他方法 ⑺乾式法較佳的是列舉日本專利特開2_韻943 \ a艮等。(3)其他方法較佳的是 2002-13彻號公鱗。 轉㈣開 ^ 法可列舉馳或濺鍍、氣膠沈積法等。而且,亦 可使用電泳法、電沈積法。 而且’亦可使用在耐熱基板上暫時製作塗膜後,轉印 67 201211165 jyuzopif 至塑膠等之薄膜上的方法。較佳的是 =咖號公報中所記載之經由隱而轉開 特開薦__7號公報中所記載之於包含可藉 導體声暮劑而除去之無機鹽的犧牲基板上形成半 導電層後,轉印至有機基板上,除去犧牲基板: 半導體微粒子為了可吸附較多之色素而較佳 ,大的半_絲子。例如於將半導體錄子塗設於 大?L細,於投影面積而言較佳的是二 ^當A _ 疋⑽倍以上。其上限並無制之限制, =為編倍左右。較佳之半導體微 本專利特開2001-93591號公報等。 #T歹揮日 H兄下’半導體微粒子H度越大則每單位 ώ认可承載之色素之置越增大而使光之吸收效率變高,但 所、II斤產^之電子的㈣轉增加喊心於電荷再結: k成之知耗亦變大。半導體微粒子層 =途而不同,典型的是― 池而使用之情形時,較佳的是i μιη〜50帅,更 疋3 _〜3〇卿。半導體微粒子於塗佈於支樓體上之 為了使粒子彼此之間密接,亦可於lOOt〜800。(:之溫度 :加,1G分鐘〜1G小時。於使用玻璃作為支樓體之情形 ’ ’成膜溫度較佳的是4〇〇。〇〜6〇〇。〇。 於使用高分子材料作為支樓體之情形時,較佳的是於 以下進行成膜後加熱。於此情形時之成膜方法可為 68 201211165 A 11 ⑴濕式法、(2)乾式法、⑴電泳法(包含電沈積法) 之任意種’較佳的是⑴濕式法或⑺乾式法,更佳的 是(1)濕式法。 另外,半導體微粒子於每丨m2支撐體上之塗佈量較佳 的是〇.5 g〜500 g,更佳的是5 g〜100 g。 口為了使色素吸附於半導體微粒子上,較佳的是將充分 乾燥之半導體微粒子長時間浸潰於包含溶液與本發明之色 素之色素吸附用色素溶液中。色素吸附用色素溶液中所使 用之溶液若為可溶解本發明之色素的溶液則可無特別限制 地使用。例如可使用乙醇、甲醇、異丙醇、曱苯、第三丁 醇、乙腈、丙酮、正丁醇等。其中可較佳地使用乙醇、 苯。 包含溶液與本發明之色素的色素吸附用色素溶液亦可 視需要而加熱至50。(:〜100。(:。色素之吸附可於半導體微 粒子之塗佈前進行亦可於塗佈後進行。而且,亦可同時塗 佈半導體微粒子與色素而使其吸附。未吸附之色素可藉由 清洗而除去。於進行塗佈膜之煅燒之情形時,較佳的是於 炮燒後進行色素之吸附。特佳的是於緞燒後,於塗佈膜表 面吸附水之前迅速地吸附色素。所吸附之色素可為上述色 素A1之1種,亦可進一步混合色素A2,亦可進一步混合 其他色素。為了儘可能地擴廣光電轉換之波段,對所混合 之色素加以選擇。於混合色素之情形時,為了使所有之色 素溶解,較佳的是製成色素吸附用色素溶液。 色素之使用量,整體而言於每1 m2支撐體中較佳的是 69 201211165 ^yuzopif 〇·〇1毫莫耳〜100毫莫耳,更佳的是〇·1毫莫耳〜50毫莫 耳,特佳的是0.1毫莫耳〜10毫莫耳。於此情形時,較佳 的是本發明之色素之使用量為5莫耳。/。以上。 而且,色素之相對於半導體微粒子之吸附量較佳的是 相對於半導體微粒子1 g而言為0.001毫莫耳毫莫耳, 更佳的是0.1毫莫耳〜0.5毫莫耳。 、 藉由設為該色素量,可充分獲得半導體之增感效果。 對此,若色素量少則增感效果變得不充分,若色素量過多 則未附著於半導體上之色素浮動而成為使增感效果減低之 砀J雄低沛S寻色素之間的相互作用,亦可共 吸附無色之化合物。共吸附之疏水性化合物可列舉具有^ 基之類固醇化合物(例如膽酸、特戊酸㈤義此⑽等。 於吸附色素後,亦可使用胺類對半導體微粒子之表面 ^處理。較佳之胺類可列舉第三丁基邮、比 =她該些化合物為賴讀料可雜錢,亦可溶解 於有機溶劑中而使用。 ,向電極是作為光電化學電池之正極工作之電極。對 持所述之導電性支撐體同義,但在充分保 構成中未必需要切體。然而,具有支撐體者於 電性言f利。對向電極之材料可列麵、碳、導 = 較佳例可列舉10、碳、導電性聚合物。 可列舉日^^=的,集電效果高之結構。較佳例 j符開+ 1〇-505192號公報等。 201211165 3yU2bpif 受光電極亦可使用氧化鈦與氧化錫(Ti〇2/Sn〇2)等 複合電極,一氧化欽之混合電極例如可列舉日本專利特 2000-113913號公報等。二氧化鈦以外之混合電極例如^ 列舉日本專利特開雇-觀43號公報、日本 2003-282164號公報等。 付间 而且,作為元件之構成,亦可具有依序積層有第i ♦ 極層、第1光電轉換層、導電層、第2光電轉換層1 電極層之結構。於此情料,於第丨光電轉換層^ 電轉換層中所使狀色素可相同或者不同,之情^ 件另外,可適_此_ 為了提高入射光之利用率等,受光電極可 型。較佳之縱列型之構成例可列舉日本專利特 2之0Γ0989、日本專利特開雇姻9號公報等中所記^ 反射於之受部亦可設置可有效率地進行光散射、 為了防止電解液與電極直接接觸所造成之反产, 電t支樓體與多孔質半導體微粒子層之:;形 號公報等。a。較佳财贿日本專利_平G6·507999 2 了 ^^止受光電極射目對電極之 間隔物或辑綱可_日物^Γ.28= 71 201211165., 號公報。 樹脂早二封= 圭二是:於聚異丁烯系熱硬化 氧樹脂、離子聚合物樹脂(/。性(甲基)丙稀酸_旨、環 聚進行雷射败方法等。於使= :樹二者。、可為將粉末玻璃混合於成為黏合劑之丙稀 [實例] 以下,基於實例對本發明加以更詳細之說明但本發 明並不限定於該些實例。 &lt;例示色素之調製&gt; 作為本發明之金屬錯合物色素調製以下之色素。 一於以下之說明中,NBS表示Ν-溴丁二醯亞胺、DMF 表不Ν,Ν-二甲基甲醯胺、pph表示三苯基膦、dme表示 一甲喊、THF表示四氫呋喃、dppp表示ι,3-雙(二苯基膦Amencan Ceramic s〇ciety), Vol. 8 pp. i2 祀 7, pp. 3171 (10) 7 years), or the material chemistry of this special person (ChemiStry〇fMaterials), Volume 1 (), The methods described in pages 2419 to 2425 are also preferred. In addition, as a method for producing semiconductor fine particles, for example, a method for producing titanium nitride nanoparticles is exemplified by a method of flame hydrolysis, a calcination method of titanium tetrahydride, a stable evening discharge, and a hydrolysis of a titanium compound. Hydrolysis of n-decanoic acid, soluble; and method of dissolving and removing soluble part after non-忒 = peroxide = granules 氧化 oxidized by core/shell structure of sol-gel method 2012 201216165 Titanium dioxide The crystal structure can be rutile type, preferably the Η Η 兄 钛 钛 、 、, brookite type, or Shi Zhu _ 疋 lack of ore type, brookite type. It is also possible to use a titanium dioxide nanotube or a titanium nitride microparticle. Α, ', 不米棒 mixed with dioxane. It is used as a binder for dioxide (-g) or as an additive for preventing reverse necking. Examples of preferred additives include: surface, whiskers, fibrous graphite, carbon rice camp, 0, Sno fiber, /, g-zinc-zinc-bonded, ,, Daweisu money green matter, Charge transfer complexes such as metal, organic ♦, and decalidane compounds, etc. In the present invention, the solid semiconductor fine particles other than the semiconductor fine particles are more than 1 G wt% or less of the entire solid semiconductor fine particle dispersion other than the semiconductor fine particles, and the slanting and densification-type dendritic polycondensation treatment, the denitrification treatment, and the ultraviolet-ozone-oxygen (Ε) semiconductor fine particle dispersion liquid. The fine particle dispersion liquid is applied onto the conductive support and heated to obtain a porous semiconductor fine particle coating layer. Further, the method of sigma=semiconductor fine particle dispersion liquid may be exemplified by a method of directly using a method of depositing fine particles when synthesizing a semiconductor, or irradiating an ultrasonic wave with a fine particle 63 2〇l2Hl65 in addition to the above-described sol-condensation method. .u ” 碎 碎 碎 碎 碎 碎 碎 碎 碎 碎 碎 碎 碎 碎 碎 碎 碎 碎 碎 碎 碎 碎 碎 碎 碎 碎 碎 碎 碎 碎 碎 碎 碎 碎 碎 碎 碎 碎 碎 碎 碎 碎 碎 碎 碎Examples of the organic solvent include alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, citronellol, and male oleyl alcohol, ketones such as acetone, and acetonitrile such as ethyl acetate. In the case of Knife, it is also possible to use a small amount of a polymer such as polyethylene glycol, ethyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, a surfactant, an acid, or a chelate solution as a dispersing aid. (4) Preferably, the dispersing aids = before the step of forming a film on the conductive support, are removed in advance by a shouting method or a method using a separation membrane, or a separation method or the like. As the conductor fine particle dispersion, the amount of the solid matter other than the semiconductor fine particles can be 1 〇 wtOA or less of the entire chemical liquid. The concentration is preferably 5% or less, more preferably 3% or less, and particularly preferably 1% or less. Further preferably, it is 0.5% or less, and the most preferable one is 〇.2%. In other words, in the semiconductor fine particle dispersion, the solid matter other than the solvent and the semiconductor fine particles can be made 10% by weight or less of the entire semiconductor fine particle dispersion. Preferably, it consists essentially of only semiconductor fine particles and a dispersing solvent. When the viscosity of the semiconductor fine particle dispersion is too high, the dispersion aggregates and the film does not form a film. On the other hand, if the viscosity of the semiconductor fine particle dispersion is too low, the liquid flows and the film cannot be formed. Therefore, the viscosity of the dispersion is preferably 10 N · s/m 2 to 300 N · s/m 2 at 25 C. More preferably, it is 50 N · s/m 2 to 200 N · s/m 2 at 25 ° C. As a method of applying the semiconductor fine particle dispersion liquid, a roll method, a dipping method, or the like can be used as a method of application. Moreover, the method of the metering system can use the gas 64 201211165ir knife method, the knife method, and the like. Further, as a method of synthesizing the same portion of the application system method and the measurement system method, it is preferable that the wire rod coating method disclosed in Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 58-4589, and the sliding material described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 2,681,294, etc. Bucket method, extrusion method, curtain method, etc. Further, a method of applying by a spin coating method or a spray method using a general machine is also preferable. The wet printing method is preferably a gravure plate, an offset plate, a screen printing or the like which is mainly a printing method of a relief plate, a lithographic plate and a gravure. A preferred film formation method can be selected from these methods t depending on the viscosity or wet thickness of the liquid. Further, since the semiconductor fine particle dispersion of the present invention has high viscosity and is viscous, it has a strong cohesive force and does not satisfactorily fuse with the support at the time of coating. In this case, the cleaning and hydrophilization of the surface by the UV ozone treatment is performed, thereby increasing the binding force of the semiconductor residual dispersion and the surface of the conductive support, and coating the semiconductive miscible dispersion. Who is easy to become. = The thickness of the body record is G just from; ^ The thickness of the conductor particle layer is better, i is ~30哗, into -25cm. The semiconductor microparticles are supported on every 1 m2 of support ==疋〇·5 g~_g, more preferably 5 g~excited g. The electron contact between the coated semiconductor fine particle particles is enhanced by the adhesion of the two conductors (4) μ body, and the heat treatment of the +r (four) + conductor micro-sheet dispersion is performed by the heat treatment. It can form a porous semi-continuous force, and can be processed. Borrow the microparticle layer. For example, it is known that the method known in the art of forming a semiconductor, the material described in the Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2001-291534, or the greening method, and the production method are referred to in the present specification. Moreover, the energy of light can be used in addition to the heat treatment. For example, when using ^fb titanium as a semi-conducting case, it can be activated by imparting a lightly absorbable surface of a semiconductor such as ultraviolet light, or by laser light or the like The surface is activated. By irradiating the semiconductor fine particles with light which can be absorbed by the fine particles, the particles and the adsorbed impurities are decomposed by activation of the surface of the particles, and can be used in a preferred state for the above-mentioned purpose. When combined with heat treatment and ultraviolet light, it is difficult to face the semiconductor particles to ride on the particles. - Faced above the C,. Heating below C is preferably 100 C or more and 150 c or less. As described above, by photoexcitation of the semiconductor fine particles, impurities in the fine particle layer can be washed by photolysis, and physical bonding between the particles can be increased. Further, the semiconductor fine particle dispersion liquid is applied onto the conductive support, and other treatments may be performed in addition to heating or light irradiation. A preferred method is, for example, electrification, chemical treatment, or the like. The pressure may be applied after the application, and the method of applying the pressure may be exemplified in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2003-500857. Examples of the light irradiation include Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2001-357896 and the like. Examples of the plasma, the microwave, and the electric current are exemplified by Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2(8) No. 2-353453. For the chemical treatment, for example, JP-A-2001-357896 can be cited. As a method of applying the semiconductor fine particles to the conductive branch body, in addition to the method of applying the semiconductor fine particle dispersion to the conductive support 66 20121 US, the following method may be used: Japanese Patent In the method of applying a semiconductor fine particle precursor to a conductive support described in the publication of the Japanese Patent Publication No. 2664194, a method of obtaining a semiconductor fine particle film by hydrolysis of water by an air towel is used. Examples of the precursor include (NH4)2TiF6, titanium peroxide, a metal alkoxide, a metal complex, a metal organic acid salt, and the like. In addition, a slurry in which a metal organic oxide (such as an alkoxide) is coexisted, and a semiconductor is prepared by heat treatment or light treatment, and the pH of the slurry and the bulk material in which the inorganic precursor is coexisted is specified. A method of dispersing the properties of a oxidized record. These (four) towels may also be added with a small amount of a binder, and examples of the binder include cellulose, a polymer, crosslinked gum, polybutyl titanate, carboxymethyl cellulose, and the like. As a technique related to the formation of semiconductor fine particles or precursors thereof, physical methods such as corona discharge, electrophoresis, and ultraviolet rays can be cited; chemical treatment using a test or polyethylene dioxane polyphenylene bromide A bonded film such as a silk aniline. As a method of coating semiconductor fine particles on a conductive branch body, the above-mentioned (1) wet method and (7) dry method, and (3) other methods (7) dry method are preferably listed as Japanese Patent Special Publication 2_韵943 a艮 and so on. (3) Other methods are better in 2002-13. Turn (four) open method can be cited as galloping or sputtering, gas deposition method. Further, an electrophoresis method or an electrodeposition method can also be used. Further, a method of temporarily transferring a coating film on a heat-resistant substrate and transferring the film from 201201165 jyuzopif to a film of plastic or the like can be used. Preferably, after the semiconductive layer is formed on the sacrificial substrate including the inorganic salt which can be removed by the conductor sonicating agent described in the Japanese Patent Publication No. __7, which is described in the Japanese Patent Publication No. Transfer to the organic substrate to remove the sacrificial substrate: The semiconductor fine particles are preferably larger in order to adsorb more pigments, and larger semi-filaments. For example, when the semiconductor recording is applied to a large size, it is preferable that the projection area is two times when A _ 疋 (10) times or more. There is no limit to the upper limit, and = is about doubled. A preferred semiconductor micro-patent is disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2001-93591. #T歹歹日H兄下' The larger the H particle of the semiconductor microparticles, the higher the absorption of the dye per unit ώ of the approved carrier, the higher the absorption efficiency of light, but the increase of the electrons of the II Calling for the charge to re-knot: k into the knowledge of the consumption has also become larger. The semiconductor fine particle layer = different in the way, typically in the case of "pool", it is preferable that i μιη~50 handsome, and more 疋3 _~3〇卿. The semiconductor fine particles are applied to the support body so that the particles can be in close contact with each other, and may be from 100 to 800. (: Temperature: plus, 1G min ~ 1G hour. In the case of using glass as the branch body '' The film forming temperature is preferably 4 〇〇. 〇 ~6 〇〇. 〇. Using polymer materials as a support In the case of a building body, it is preferred to carry out film formation and post-heating in the following cases. In this case, the film forming method may be 68 201211165 A 11 (1) wet method, (2) dry method, (1) electrophoresis method (including electrodeposition) Any of the methods 'preferably' (1) wet method or (7) dry method, more preferably (1) wet method. Further, the amount of semiconductor fine particles coated on each m2 support is preferably 〇 .5 g to 500 g, more preferably 5 g to 100 g. In order to adsorb the pigment on the semiconductor fine particles, it is preferred to impregnate the sufficiently dried semiconductor fine particles for a long time in the solution containing the pigment of the present invention. In the dye solution for dye adsorption, the solution used for the dye solution for dye adsorption can be used without particular limitation as long as it is a solution which can dissolve the dye of the present invention. For example, ethanol, methanol, isopropanol, benzene, and the like can be used. Tributyl alcohol, acetonitrile, acetone, n-butanol, etc. Ethanol or benzene can be preferably used. The dye solution for dye adsorption containing the solution and the dye of the present invention can be heated to 50 as needed. (: ~100. (: The adsorption of the dye can be carried out before the application of the semiconductor fine particles. It is also possible to carry out the coating, and it is also possible to simultaneously apply the semiconductor fine particles and the dye to adsorb it. The unadsorbed pigment can be removed by washing. In the case of performing the calcination of the coated film, it is preferred. The adsorption of the pigment is carried out after the calcination. It is particularly preferable to rapidly adsorb the pigment before the water is adsorbed on the surface of the coating film after the satin is burned. The adsorbed pigment may be one of the above-mentioned pigments A1, and the pigment A2 may be further mixed. Further, other pigments may be further mixed. In order to expand the wavelength band of the photoelectric conversion as much as possible, the mixed coloring matter is selected. In the case of mixing the coloring matter, in order to dissolve all the pigments, it is preferred to prepare the pigment for adsorption. Pigment solution. The amount of the pigment used is preferably 69 201211165 ^yuzopif 〇·〇1 millimolar to 100 millimolar, and more preferably 〇·1 millimole per 1 m2 of support. ~50 millimolar, particularly preferably 0.1 millimolar to 10 millimolar. In this case, it is preferred that the pigment of the present invention is used in an amount of 5 mol% or more. The amount of adsorption of the semiconductor fine particles is preferably 0.001 millimole millimole, more preferably 0.1 millimolar to 0.5 millimole, relative to 1 g of the semiconductor fine particles. When the amount of the pigment is small, the sensitization effect is insufficient, and if the amount of the pigment is too large, the pigment that does not adhere to the semiconductor floats, and the sensitization effect is reduced. The interaction between the dyes and the dyes may also co-adsorb the colorless compounds. The co-adsorbed hydrophobic compound may be exemplified by a steroid compound (for example, cholic acid, pivalic acid (5), and the like (10). After adsorbing the pigment, the surface of the semiconductor fine particles can also be treated with an amine. Preferred amines include a third butyl group, a ratio = some of these compounds may be miscellaneous for reading materials, and may be used by dissolving in an organic solvent. The counter electrode is an electrode that operates as a positive electrode of a photoelectrochemical cell. It is synonymous with the above-mentioned conductive support, but it is not necessary to have a cut body in sufficient construction. However, those who have a support are interested in electricity. The material of the counter electrode can be listed, carbon, and conductivity. Preferred examples thereof include carbon, a conductive polymer. The structure of the day ^^=, which has a high current collecting effect, can be cited. The preferred example is J-opening + 1〇-505192 and the like. 201211165 3yU2bpif The photoreceptor electrode may be a composite electrode such as titanium oxide or tin oxide (Ti〇2/Sn〇2). Examples of the mixed electrode of the monooxygen group include JP-A-2000-113913. The mixed electrode other than titanium dioxide is exemplified by Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 43-A No. Hei. No. 2003-282164. Further, as a configuration of the element, a structure in which the i-th pole layer, the first photoelectric conversion layer, the conductive layer, and the second photoelectric conversion layer 1 electrode layer are laminated in this order may be employed. In this case, the dyes in the photoelectric conversion layer of the Dijon photoelectric conversion layer may be the same or different, and the conditions may be different. In order to improve the utilization of incident light, the light receiving electrode may be shaped. Examples of the configuration of the preferred column type include the Japanese Patent Application No. 0 Γ 0 989, and the Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Hei. No. 9 and the like. The reflection portion can be provided to efficiently perform light scattering and to prevent electrolysis. The counter-production caused by direct contact between the liquid and the electrode, the electric t-branched body and the porous semiconductor micro-particle layer:; a. It is better to pay a bribe to the Japanese patent _ flat G6·507999 2 ^ ^ The stop of the light-receiving electrode on the opposite electrode or the outline can be _ 日物^Γ.28= 71 201211165., Bulletin. The second resin is sealed = the second is: polyisobutylene-based thermosetting oxygen resin, ionic polymer resin (/. (meth)acrylic acid _ purpose, cyclopolymerization, laser failure method, etc. The powder glass may be mixed with propylene which is a binder. [Examples] Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail based on examples, but the present invention is not limited to these examples. <Illustration of Pigment Modulation> As The metal complex dye of the present invention prepares the following pigments. In the following description, NBS represents Ν-bromobutaneimine, DMF, Ν-dimethylformamide, and pph represents triphenyl. Phosphine, dme means a scream, THF means tetrahydrofuran, dppp means ι,3-bis(diphenylphosphine)

基)丙烷·、bpy表示聯吡啶、TMS表示三甲基矽烷基、TEA 表不二乙胺。 (中間體A-l5a之調製) 依照下述之方法而調製中間體A-15a。 [化 29] 72 201211165 jyu/opif y〇 〇^B. A_15f 'c#” ^ NBS.^19^. Br 〇9Hi9 DMF DME,75uC,3hr 1 C5H11 A 0ςΗ^4 C9H19 A-15d CsH^ A-15e csHii ?®s ‘ C9Hl91i^_^C5丨Propane·, bpy represents bipyridine, TMS represents trimethyldecyl, and TEA represents diethylamine. (Preparation of Intermediate A-l5a) Intermediate A-15a was prepared according to the method described below. 72 201211165 jyu/opif y〇〇^B. A_15f 'c#” ^ NBS.^19^. Br 〇9Hi9 DMF DME, 75uC, 3hr 1 C5H11 A 0ςΗ^4 C9H19 A-15d CsH^ A-15e csHii ?®s ' C9Hl91i^_^C5丨

DMFDMF

.CjH^ n-BuLi C9H19 ClSn(n-Bu)-^ THF.CjH^ n-BuLi C9H19 ClSn(n-Bu)-^ THF

CsHn A-I5g'iHiCsHi1 CsH^ Sn(r&gt;-Bu)3 A-I5i 呢A.15k OVl5j C9H19 Pd(PPl^k •噁烧CsHn A-I5g'iHiCsHi1 CsH^ Sn(r&gt;-Bu)3 A-I5i A.15k OVl5j C9H19 Pd(PPl^k • Bad Burning

A-15e之調製Modulation of A-15e

使 A-15d 28 g 溶解於 DMF 3〇〇 mLDissolve A-15d 28 g in DMF 3〇〇 mL

g ’於室,下騎5终其後,添加水與乙酸乙° NB = 縮有機層。藉由管柱層析法對其進行純化,獲J A-15g之調製 hmft'15: 3〇 g、A」5f 25 g溶解於以二甲氧基乙烷 i 100mL)中之後’添加觸媒量之Pd(PPh3)4、10%Na2C〇3 鞋^ 75C下授掉20小時。添加乙酸乙醋與水, 心I媒^析去對於分液萃取後進行了濃縮的有機相進行 純化而獲得A-15g34g。 A-15h之調製 73 201211165 g,_ 350 mL 中,添加 NBS 15 A /m ^ 小時。其後,添加水與乙酸乙酯,對分 1 機層進行遭縮。藉由管柱層析法對其進行純 化,獲得 A-15h35g。 A-15i之調製 •7rc^mg溶解於™f i〇00 mL中而冷卻至 ^氣 於其中滴加u m正丁基链之己 K mL使其成為室溫後進行1小時之授拌。再次 i;n;7?if^DC1Sn(n'Bu)325-^^ @ ]杨水與二乙鍵,於分液萃取後進行濃 縮,错由管柱層析法對其進行純化,獲得A_i5i45g。 A-15k之調製 於盆,A-151 36 g、A l5j 13 g 溶解於二°惡院 500 mL 中。 :二:加觸:量之華h3)4 ’於氮氣環境化進行加熱回 =拌五小時。冷卻至室溫後,添加乙酸乙酯、敗化鉀 =液而 3G分鐘,然後進行分液,進—步以水對有機 ,進订m由管柱層析法對其進行純化喊得a韻 15 g。 A-I5a之調製 將 A-15k 15 g、Mg 0.8 g 於 THF 3〇〇 mL t、5〇t 下 ^小時之授拌。於50t下,於其中滴加Α·151 4 g、觸媒 罝之NlCl2(dppp)之THF溶液。對_拌5小時後,添加 j乙轉水,鋪綠萃取之有機相進行㈣。藉由 柱層析法對其進行純化,獲得A_15a2Qg。 74 201211165 例示色素A-15之調製 將上述所得之化合物A-15a 11.7 g、Z-1 3.2 g添加於 DMF 120 ml中,於氮氣環境下、70°C下攪拌4小時。其後, 添加 4-4’-(COOH)2-2,2’·聯比《定 2.4 g、DMF 50 m卜於氮氣 環境下、160°C下進行3.5小時之加熱攪拌。其後,添加硫 氰酸銨53.2 g ’於氮氣環境下、130°C下攪拌5小時。於濃 縮後’添加水5 ml而進行過濾,以二乙醚加以清洗。使粗 純化物與TBAOH (四丁基氫氧化録)一同溶解於甲醇溶 液中,藉由SephadexLH-20管柱進行純化。回收主層之餾 分而進行濃縮後,添加硝酸〇·2 Μ,將沈澱物過濾後,以 水及二乙醚進行清洗,獲得Α-15之四丁基銨鹽1.5 g。將 純化物溶解於甲醇溶液中,添加硝酸1 Μ而將沈澱物過濾 後’以水及二乙醚進行清洗,獲得Α-15 1.3 g。MS-ESIm/z =1644.61 (M-H) + [化 30]g 'in the room, after riding down 5, then add water and acetic acid B NB = shrink the organic layer. It was purified by column chromatography to obtain J A-15g prepared hmft'15: 3〇g, A"5f 25 g dissolved in dimethoxyethane i 100mL) after adding catalyst The amount of Pd (PPh3) 4, 10% Na2C 〇 3 shoes ^ 75C was given 20 hours. Ethyl acetate and water were added, and the organic phase was separated and purified by liquid separation to obtain A-15g (34 g). Modulation of A-15h 73 201211165 g, _ 350 mL, add NBS 15 A /m ^ hours. Thereafter, water and ethyl acetate were added to shrink the layer of the machine. It was purified by column chromatography to obtain A-15h35g. Modulation of A-15i • 7rc^mg was dissolved in TMf i〇00 mL and cooled to ^ gas. K mL of u m n-butyl chain was added dropwise thereto to make it stand at room temperature for 1 hour. Again i;n;7?if^DC1Sn(n'Bu)325-^^ @ ] Yangshui and diethyl bond, concentrated after liquid separation extraction, and purified by column chromatography to obtain A_i5i45g . A-15k was prepared in a pot, A-151 36 g, A l5j 13 g was dissolved in 500 mL of 2° hospital. : 2: Touch: the amount of Hua h3) 4 'heated under nitrogen environment = mix for five hours. After cooling to room temperature, add ethyl acetate, potassium sulphate = liquid for 3G minutes, then carry out liquid separation, step by step with water to organic, and order m to purify it by column chromatography. 15 g. Modulation of A-I5a A-15k 15 g, Mg 0.8 g were mixed in THF 3〇〇 mL t at 5〇t for hr. At 50 t, a solution of 151·151 4 g of NlCl2 (dppp) in a catalyst was added dropwise thereto. After mixing for 5 hours, add j to water and apply the green extract to the organic phase (4). This was purified by column chromatography to obtain A_15a2Qg. 74 201211165 Preparation of the exemplified dye A-15 11.7 g of the compound A-15a obtained above and 3.2 g of Z-1 were added to 120 ml of DMF, and the mixture was stirred at 70 ° C for 4 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. Thereafter, 4-4'-(COOH)2-2,2'· was added and the mixture was heated and stirred at 160 ° C for 3.5 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere of 2.4 g and DMF 50 m. Thereafter, 53.2 g of ammonium thiocyanate was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred at 130 ° C for 5 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. After concentration, 5 ml of water was added and filtered, and washed with diethyl ether. The crude purified material was dissolved in a methanol solution together with TBAOH (tetrabutylphosphoric acid) and purified by a Sephadex LH-20 column. After the fraction of the main layer was collected and concentrated, cerium nitrate was added, and the precipitate was filtered, and washed with water and diethyl ether to obtain 1.5 g of tetrabutylammonium salt of hydrazine-15. The purified product was dissolved in a methanol solution, and 1% nitric acid was added thereto, and the precipitate was filtered, and washed with water and diethyl ether to obtain Α-15 1.3 g. MS-ESIm/z =1644.61 (M-H) + [Chem. 30]

75 201211165 (例示色素A-l之調製) 依照下述之流程之方法而調製A-la,以下與例示色素 A-15同樣地進行而調製A-1。MS-ESI m/z = 843.94 (M-Η) + [化 31]75 201211165 (Preparation of the exemplified dye A-1) A-la was prepared according to the method of the following scheme, and A-1 was prepared in the same manner as in the exemplified dye A-15. MS-ESI m/z = 843.94 (M-Η) + [Chem. 31]

A-ld A-lb K2C03 MeOH A-lf YV-rTVBr A-151A-ld A-lb K2C03 MeOH A-lf YV-rTVBr A-151

TMS-^ A-lc Pd(PPh3)2Cl2, CuI,TEA,THFTMS-^ A-lc Pd(PPh3)2Cl2, CuI, TEA, THF

Br A-ld之調製 使A-lb 16 g溶解於THF 500 mL中,添加觸媒量之Modulation of Br A-ld A-lb 16 g was dissolved in THF 500 mL, and the amount of catalyst was added.

Pd(PPh3)2Cl2、觸媒量之 CuI、TEA 80 mL 後,添加 A_lc 9 8 g ’於80°C下攪拌24小時後添加水與二氣甲烷,將分液萃 取之有機層加以濃縮後,藉由管柱層析法進行純化而 A-ld 14 g。 A-lf之調製 使lid 13 g溶解於Me0H 200 mL中,添加碳酸卸25 g ’於40 c下攪拌5小時。添加水與乙酸乙酯,將分液萃 取之有機相加以濃縮後’ #由管柱層析法而進行純化而獲 76After Pd(PPh3)2Cl2, the amount of catalyst CuI and TEA 80 mL, add A_lc 9 8 g ', stir at 80 ° C for 24 hours, add water and di-methane, and concentrate the organic layer after liquid separation. Purification by column chromatography followed by A-ld 14 g. Modulation of A-lf The lid 13 g was dissolved in Me0H 200 mL, and 25 g of carbonic acid was added and stirred at 40 c for 5 hours. Water and ethyl acetate were added, and the organic phase extracted by liquid separation was concentrated and concentrated, and purified by column chromatography to obtain 76.

II 201211165 得 A-lf 6.0 g 0 A-la之調製 使A-151 9 g溶解於THF 100 mL中,添加觸媒量之 Pd(PPh3)2Cl2、觸媒罝之Cul、TEA!20 mL之後,添加八-1【 6.0 g,於80°C下擾拌24小時’然後添加水與二氯甲烷, 將分液萃取之有機層加以濃縮後’藉由管柱層析法而進行 純化而獲得12 §。 (例示色素A-23之調製) 依照下述之流程之方法而調製A_23a,以下與例示色 素A-15同樣地進行而调製A-23°MS-ESIm/z = 108102 (M-H) + [化 32]II 201211165 A-lf 6.0 g 0 A-la was prepared by dissolving A-151 9 g in THF 100 mL, adding catalyst amount of Pd(PPh3)2Cl2, catalyst Cul, TEA!20 mL, Adding eight-1 [6.0 g, stirring at 80 ° C for 24 hours] then adding water and dichloromethane, and concentrating the organic layer by liquid separation, and purifying by column chromatography to obtain 12 §. (Preparation of exemplified dye A-23) A_23a was prepared according to the method of the following scheme, and was carried out in the same manner as in the exemplified dye A-15 to prepare A-23°MS-ESIm/z = 108102 (MH) + 32]

Cd&gt; A-23bCd&gt; A-23b

NRS , DMF ,0B A*15j 03&quot;Br 〇3^Sn(n-Bu)3 Pd(PPh3)4 , 〇J-Q-E '… 一姚 A-23e A-23c A-23dNRS , DMF , 0B A*15j 03&quot;Br 〇3^Sn(n-Bu)3 Pd(PPh3)4 , 〇J-Q-E '... 一姚 A-23e A-23c A-23d

CuI^TEAJHF A-23f A-23gCuI^TEAJHF A-23f A-23g

A-23c之調製 ,二tH13:4 g溶解於DMF 200祉中,添加NBS 18 ^液而至5小時。其後’添加水與乙酸乙醋,進行 刀液而義有機層。藉由管柱層析法對其進行純化而獲得 77 201211165 jyu^opif A-23c 19 g 〇 A-23d之調製 使A-23c 19 g溶解於THF 200 mL中而冷卻至_78ΐ。 於氮氣%境下,於其中滴加16Μ正丁基鋰之己烷溶液6〇 mL。使其成為室溫後擾拌丨小時。再次冷卻至_78它之後 添加ClSn(n-Bu)3 28 g。使其成為室溫後攪拌12小時,然 後添加水與二乙醚,於分液萃取後進行了濃縮,藉由管&amp; 層析法對其進行純化而獲得A-23d 26 g。 A-23e之調製 使 A-23d 21 g、A-15j 13 g 溶解於二噁烷 3〇〇 ml 中。 =其中添加觸媒量之Pd(PPh3)4,於氮氣環境下使其加熱回 流而授拌五小^冷卻至室溫後,添加乙酸乙§旨、氣化 水溶液而 3G分鐘,織進行分液,進—步以水對有機 相進行清洗。藉由管柱層析法對其進行純化而獲得A_23e 10 g。 A-23f之調製 使A-23e 7 g溶解於THF 1〇〇 mL _,於添加觸媒 Pd(m3)2Cl2、觸媒量之CuI、TEA2〇 mL之後添加a七2 $ g,於下_24小時後添加水與二氣曱燒,將分液萃 麵,藉由管柱層析法對其進行純化而 A_23g之調製 使6·〇 g溶解於Me〇H刚乱巾,添加碳酸卸 • g,於40C下授拌5小時。添加水與乙酸乙醋,將分液 78 201211165t ^ ^ \ΖΛ^\^ί/Λΐ. 萃取之有機相加以濃縮後藉由管柱層析法而進行純化,獲 得 A-23g 4.0 g。 A-23a之調製 使A-23h 2.3 g溶解於THF 50 mL中,於添加觸媒量 之 Pd(PPh3)2Cl2、觸媒量之 CuI、TEA 10 mL 之後添加 Aq5i 1.5 g,於80°C下攪拌24小時後,添加水與二氣曱燒,將 分液萃取之有機層加以濃縮後,藉由管柱層析法對其 _ 純化而獲得A-23a 2.5 g。 丁 (色素之最大吸收波長之測定) 測定所使用之色素之最大吸收波長。將其結果示於表 1中。使用分光光度計(U-4100 (商品名)、曰立高新技術 公司製造)而進行測定,溶液使用THF :乙醇=1 : 1,以 濃度成為2 μΜ之方式進行調整。 79 201211165 [表i] 表1 試樣編號 色素編號 長波長側最大吸收波長(nm) 長波長側吸收端 備考 1-1 A-1 546 732 本發明 1-2 A-9 585 800 本發明 1-3 A-15 574 792 本發明 1-4 A-20 548 735 本發明 1-5 A-21 550 740 本發明 1-6 A-22 552 740 本發明 1-7 A-23 552 788 本發明 1-8 A-24 578 805 本發明 1-9 A-25 598 812 本發明 1-10 A-26 605 820 本發明 1-11 A-27 605 820 本發明 1-12 B-1 535 705 比較例 M3 B-2 525 681 比較例 1-14 B-3 518 679 比較例 1-15 S-2 450 600 比較例 1-16 R-1 517 680 比較例 1-17 R-7 533 710 比較例 1-18 R-13 540 715 比較例 [實驗1] 以如下方式製作圖1中所示之光電轉換元件10。 於玻璃基板上,藉由濺鍍摻雜有氟之氧化錫而形成透 明導電膜,藉由雷射對其進行劃線,將透明導電膜分割為 2個部分。 其次,於水與乙腈以4 : 1之體積比而構成之混合溶劑 100 ml中調配銳鈦礦型氧化鈦(曰本Aerosil公司製造之 P-25 (商品名))32 g,使用自轉/公轉併用式之混合調節器 而均一地分散、混合,獲得半導體微粒子分散液。將該分 散液塗佈於透明導電膜上,以500°C進行加熱而製作受光 電極。 201211165 jyuzopif 其後,同樣地製作以4〇 :6〇(重量比)而含有二氧化 石夕粒子與金紅石型二氧化鈦的分散液,將該分散液塗佈於 所述丈光電極上’於5(Krc下進行加熱而形成絕缘性多孔 體。其次,形成碳電極作為相對電極。 其次’將上述形成有絕緣性多孔體之玻璃基板浸潰於 下述表2中所記載之增感色素的乙醇溶液(3χ1〇·4 m〇1/L) 中48小時。將染著有增感色素之玻璃於4_第三丁基吼。定 之10%乙醇溶液中浸潰3〇分鐘後,藉由乙醇進行清洗而 使其自然乾燥。由此而所得之感光體層之厚度為1〇 μιη, 半導體微粒子之塗佈量為20 g/m2。電解液使用碘化二曱基 丙基咪嗤鏽(0.5 mol/L)、碘(〇.1 m〇i/L)之甲氧基丙腈溶 液。 (轉換效率之測定) 藉由使500 W之氣氣燈(Ushio Inc.製造)之光通過 AMI.5G濾光片(商品名、〇riei公司製造)及斬波濾光片 (KenkoL-42、商品名)而產生不含紫外線之模擬太陽光。 該光之強度為89 mW/cm2。對所製作之光電轉換元件照射 該光’藉由電流電壓測定裝置(Keithley238型、商品名、 Keithley公司製造)而測定光電轉換特性。 將測定光電化學電池之轉換效率之結果示於下述表2 中。 將轉換效率為6.0%以上之情形表示為a,將5%以上 且不足6%之情形表示為B,將4%以上且不足5%之情形 表示為C ’將3%以上且不足4%之情形表示為D,將1.5% 81 201211165 以上且不足3%之情形表乔為E,將不足1.5%之情形表示 為F,將轉換效率為D以上之情形作為合格’將不足D之 情形作為不合格。 而且,將於45%RH下連續照射4〇〇小時後之轉換效 率相對於轉換效率之初始值評價為耐久性。將400小時後 之轉換效率相對於初始值而言為90%以上之情形評價為 A ’將85%以上且不足90%之情形評價為B,將80%以上 且不足85%之情形評價為C,將70%以上且不足8〇%之情 形評價為D,將不足70%之情形評價為e。 而且,及附穩疋性是對電解液之含水率被調整為 ,樣本]藉由200小時連續照射後之轉換效率相對於轉換 效率之初始值而進行評價。將相對於初始值之降低率為 10%以下之情形作為◎,將2〇%〜1〇%之情形作為〇,將 30%〜20%之情形作為△,將3〇%以上之情形作為X。 82 201211165 [表2] 表2 試樣編號 色素 轉換效率 耐久性 吸附穩定性 備考 2-1 A-1 C C ο 本發明 2-2 A-20 C B ο 本發明 2-3 A-21 C B ο 本發明 2-4 A-22 B A ◎ 本發明 2-5 A-15 A A ◎ 本發明 2-6 A-9 A B ◎ 本發明 2-7 A-23 A B .ο 本發明 2-8 A-24 A B ◎ 本發明 2-9 A-25 A B ◎ 本發明 2-10 A-26 A A ◎ 本發明 2-11 A-27 A A ◎ 本發明 2-12 B-1 D C Δ 比較例 2-13 B-2 D D Δ 比較例 2-14 B-3 E E X 比較例 [化 33]Modulation of A-23c, two tH13: 4 g was dissolved in DMF 200 Torr, and NBS 18 ̄ solution was added for 5 hours. Thereafter, water and ethyl acetate were added to carry out a knife liquid to define an organic layer. It was purified by column chromatography to obtain 77 201211165 jyu^opif A-23c 19 g 〇 A-23d Preparation A-23c 19 g was dissolved in THF 200 mL and cooled to _78 Torr. Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 6 〇 mL of a 16 hexane solution of n-butyllithium was added dropwise thereto. Allow it to stand at room temperature and stir it for a few hours. After cooling again to _78 it was added ClSn(n-Bu)3 28 g. After allowing to stand at room temperature, the mixture was stirred for 12 hours, and then water and diethyl ether were added thereto, and the mixture was subjected to liquid separation and concentrated, and purified by chromatography &amp; chromatography to obtain A-23d 26 g. Modulation of A-23e A-23d 21 g, A-15j 13 g were dissolved in dioxane 3 〇〇 ml. = Adding the amount of catalyst Pd(PPh3)4, heating it under nitrogen atmosphere, and mixing it for five hours. After cooling to room temperature, add acetic acid, vaporized aqueous solution for 3G minutes, and weaving for liquid separation. , step by step to wash the organic phase with water. It was purified by column chromatography to obtain A_23e 10 g. The preparation of A-23f dissolves A-23e 7 g in THF 1〇〇mL _, and adds a 7% 2 $ g after adding catalyst Pd(m3)2Cl2, catalyst amount of CuI, TEA2〇mL, After 24 hours, water and dioxane were added, and the surface was separated and purified by column chromatography. The preparation of A_23g dissolved 6·〇g in Me〇H just wiped the towel and added carbonic acid. g, mixing at 40C for 5 hours. Water and ethyl acetate were added to separate the liquid. The organic phase was concentrated and purified by column chromatography to obtain A-23 g of 4.0 g. A-23a was prepared by dissolving A-23h 2.3 g in THF 50 mL, adding Aq5i 1.5 g after adding catalyst amount of Pd(PPh3)2Cl2, catalyst amount of CuI, TEA 10 mL, at 80 °C After stirring for 24 hours, water and dioxane were added, and the organic layer obtained by liquid separation was concentrated, and then purified by column chromatography to obtain 2.5 g of A-23a. D (Measurement of the maximum absorption wavelength of the dye) The maximum absorption wavelength of the dye used was measured. The results are shown in Table 1. The measurement was carried out using a spectrophotometer (manufactured by U-4100 (trade name), manufactured by Toray High-Tech Co., Ltd.), and the solution was adjusted so that the concentration was 2 μΜ using THF:ethanol = 1:1. 79 201211165 [Table i] Table 1 Sample No. Pigment No. Long-wavelength side maximum absorption wavelength (nm) Long-wavelength side absorption end Preparation 1-1 A-1 546 732 The present invention 1-2 A-9 585 800 The present invention 1- 3 A-15 574 792 The present invention 1-4 A-20 548 735 The present invention 1-5 A-21 550 740 The present invention 1-6 A-22 552 740 The present invention 1-7 A-23 552 788 The present invention 1- 8 A-24 578 805 1-9 A-25 598 812 of the present invention 1-10 A-26 605 820 of the present invention 1-11 A-27 605 820 of the present invention 1-12 B-1 535 705 of the present invention Comparative Example M3 B -2 525 681 Comparative Example 1-14 B-3 518 679 Comparative Example 1-15 S-2 450 600 Comparative Example 1-16 R-1 517 680 Comparative Example 1-17 R-7 533 710 Comparative Example 1-18 R -13 540 715 Comparative Example [Experiment 1] The photoelectric conversion element 10 shown in Fig. 1 was produced in the following manner. On the glass substrate, a transparent conductive film was formed by sputtering a fluorine-doped tin oxide, and the transparent conductive film was divided into two portions by scribing the laser. Next, 32 g of anatase-type titanium oxide (P-25 (trade name) manufactured by Aimoto Aerosil Co., Ltd.) was blended in 100 ml of a mixed solvent of water and acetonitrile in a volume ratio of 4:1, and rotation/revolution was used. The semiconductor fine particle dispersion liquid was obtained by uniformly dispersing and mixing with a mixing regulator of the formula. This dispersion liquid was applied onto a transparent conductive film, and heated at 500 ° C to prepare a light-receiving electrode. 201211165 jyuzopif Thereafter, a dispersion containing cerium oxide particles and rutile-type titanium dioxide was prepared in a ratio of 4 〇:6 〇 (by weight), and the dispersion was applied to the galvanic electrode at 5 ( The insulating porous body is formed by heating under Krc. Next, a carbon electrode is formed as a counter electrode. Next, the glass substrate on which the insulating porous body is formed is immersed in an ethanol solution of the sensitizing dye described in Table 2 below. 48 hours in (3χ1〇·4 m〇1/L). The glass dyed with the sensitizing pigment was immersed in 4% tributyl hydrazine in a 10% ethanol solution for 3 minutes, and then ethanol. It was washed and allowed to dry naturally. The thickness of the photoreceptor layer thus obtained was 1 μm, and the amount of semiconductor fine particles applied was 20 g/m 2 . The electrolytic solution used dimercaptopropyl propylidene rust (0.5 mol/ L), iodine (〇.1 m〇i/L) methoxypropionitrile solution. (Measurement of conversion efficiency) By passing a 500 W gas lamp (manufactured by Ushio Inc.) through AMI.5G filter Light sheet (trade name, manufactured by 〇riei Co., Ltd.) and chopper filter (KenkoL-42, trade name) A simulated sunlight containing no ultraviolet rays. The intensity of the light is 89 mW/cm2. The light is applied to the produced photoelectric conversion element'. The photoelectricity is measured by a current-voltage measuring device (Keithley 238, trade name, manufactured by Keithley Co., Ltd.). Conversion characteristics The results of measuring the conversion efficiency of the photoelectrochemical cell are shown in the following Table 2. The case where the conversion efficiency is 6.0% or more is expressed as a, and the case where 5% or more and less than 6% is expressed as B, and 4 is The case of % or more and less than 5% is expressed as C', and the case where 3% or more and less than 4% is expressed as D, and the case where 1.5% 81 201211165 or more and less than 3% is expressed as E, and less than 1.5% is expressed. For F, the case where the conversion efficiency is D or more is regarded as acceptable. The case where the conversion efficiency is less than D is considered as the failure. Moreover, the conversion efficiency after the continuous irradiation for 4 hours at 45% RH is evaluated as the initial value of the conversion efficiency as Durability: A case where the conversion efficiency after 400 hours is 90% or more with respect to the initial value is evaluated as A 'the case where 85% or more and less than 90% is evaluated as B, and 80% or more and less than 85%. Evaluation is C, will be more than 70% The case where less than 8〇% is evaluated as D, and the case where less than 70% is evaluated as e. Moreover, the stability is that the moisture content of the electrolyte is adjusted to the conversion efficiency of the sample after continuous irradiation for 200 hours. The evaluation is performed with respect to the initial value of the conversion efficiency. The case where the reduction rate with respect to the initial value is 10% or less is ◎, the case of 2%% to 1%% is used as the 〇, and the case of 30% to 20% is taken as △, 3〇% or more is taken as X. 82 201211165 [Table 2] Table 2 Sample No. Pigment Conversion Efficiency Durability Adsorption Stability Preparation 2-1 A-1 CC ο 2-2 A-20 CB 2-3 A-21 CB of the present invention 2-4 A-22 BA of the present invention ◎ 2-5 A-15 AA of the present invention ◎ 2-6 A-9 AB of the present invention ◎ 2-7 A-23 AB of the present invention . OB 2-8 A-24 AB ◎ 2-9 A-25 AB ◎ 2-10 A-26 AA of the invention ◎ 2-11 A-27 AA of the invention ◎ 2-12 B-1 DC of the invention Δ Comparative Example 2-13 B-2 DD Δ Comparative Example 2-14 B-3 EEX Comparative Example [Chem. 33]

B-3 83 201211165 可知本發明之色素之轉換效率、耐久性優異,難以受 到由於水所造成之脫附等之影響且吸附穩定性優異。 [實驗2] 使用兩種色素,於以表3中所記載之濃度而溶解於乙 醇中的色素溶液中,對玻璃基盤進行浸透染著,除此以外 與實驗1同樣之方法而進行光電氣轉換元件之製成及測 定。將結果示於表3中。將轉換效率為7.0%以上之情形評 價為A,將6.0%以上且不足7.0%之情形評價為B,將5.0% 以上且不足6.0%之情形評價為C,將不足6.5%之情形評 價為D。 [表3] 表3 試樣No. % 5 1色素 第2色素 轉換效率 備考 色素No. 濃度 (xio-4 mol/L) 色素No. 濃度 (xlO·4 mol/L) 3-1 A-1 0.01 R-l 3 B 本發明 3-2 A-1 0.1 R-l 3 B 本發明 3-3 A-1 3 R-l 3 A 本發明 3-4 A-21 0.01 R-l 3 B 本發明 3-5 A-21 0.1 R-l 3 B 本發明 3-6 A-21 3 R-l 3 A 本發明 3-7 A-21 0.01 R-7 3 B 本發明 3-8 A-21 0.1 R-7 3 A 本發明 3-9 A-21 3 R-7 3 A 本發明 3-10 A-21 0.01 R-7 1 A 本發明 3-11 A-21 0.1 R-7 1 A 本發明 3-12 A-21 3 R-7 1 A 本發明 3-13 A-21 0.01 R-8 1 A 本發明 3-14 A-21 0.1 R-8 1 A 本發明 3-15 A-21 3 R-8 1 A 本發明 3-16 B-l 0.01 R-l 3 D 比較例 3-17 B-l 0.1 R-l 3 D 比較例 3-18 B-l 1 R-l 3 D 比較例 84 201211165 [實驗3] 於玻璃基板上製作IT〇膜 製作透明導電膜。其後 電犋’藉此 體多孔質膜,由此獲得透明=電成乳化物半導 板而製作光電化換效率;極 (1)〜(5)所述。 八乃忐如以下之 ⑴ΙΤΟ (氧化銦錫)_原料化合物 將氣化銦(m)四水合物5 58 g與氯化製 中,製成IT〇膜用原ϋ (2) FTO (摻氟氧化锡)顧原料化合物溶液之 將氣化錫(iv)五水合物0 701 g溶解於乙醇1〇㈤ 中,於其中添加氟化銨0.592 g之飽和水溶液,將該混合 物於超音波清洗機中以約20分鐘完全溶解,製成1^〇膜 用原料化合物溶液。 (3 ) ITO/FTO透明導電膜之製作 對厚度為2 mm之耐熱玻璃板的表面進行化學清洗, 加以乾燥後,將該玻璃板置於反應器内,以加熱器進行加 熱。於加熱器之加熱溫度成為450°C時,自口徑為0.3 mm 的管嘴以0.06 MPa的壓力,將距玻璃板之距離設為4〇〇 mm,而對(1)中所得之ITO膜用原料化合物溶液進行25 分鐘之喷霧。 於該ITO膜用原料化合物溶液之喷霧後,經過2分鐘 85 201211165 、間對玻縣板表面持續喷霧乙醇,以抑制基板表面溫 度之上升)’於加熱器之加熱溫度成為5抓時, 條1下對⑺中所得之FT。膜縣料化合物溶液進行2 分鐘3〇秒之噴霧。藉此於对熱玻璃板上依序形成厚度為 53〇 nm之ITO職厚度為n〇 nm之FT〇膜,獲得透明電 為了進行比較,於厚度為2 mm之对熱玻璃板上 地分別製作僅成臈有厚度為別⑽之⑽膜的透明電極 板、同樣地僅成财厚度為⑽⑽之刚膜的透明電極 板。 將該些3種透明電極板於加熱爐中、45〇它下進行2 小時之加熱。 (4)光電化學電池之製作 其次,使用上述3種透明電極板,製作日本專利第 4260494舰明書巾之圖2騎之結構的光電化學電池。 氧化物半導體多孔質膜之形成是將平均粒徑約為23〇⑽ $氧化鈦微粒子分散於乙腈中而製成糊劑(pasteagem), 藉由棒式塗佈法將其塗佈於透明電極u上使厚度為15 μιη,於乾燥後於450X:下進行1小時之烺燒。其後',‘於該 氧化物半導體多孔質膜上承載表4中所記載之色素。於色 素溶液中之浸潰條件與所述實驗1相同。 另外,於相對電極中使用於玻璃板上積層有ΙΤ〇膜與 FTO膜之導電性基板,於電解質層中使用由碘/硬化物之^ 水溶液所構成之電解液。光電化學電池之平面尺寸為25 86 201211165 jyuzopif mm&gt;&lt;25 mm ° (5)光電化學電池之評價 對(4 )中所得之光電化學電池照射模擬太陽光 (AM1.5),藉由與實驗1同樣之方法而測定光電轉換特 性,求出轉換效率。將其結果示於表4中。將轉換效率為 6.0%以上之情形表示為A,將5%以上且不足6%之情形表 示為B,將4%以上且不足5%之情形表示為C,將3%以上 且不足4%之情形表示為D,將1.5%以上且不足3%之情形 表示為E ’將不足1.5%之情形表示為F,將轉換效率為D 以上之情形作為合格’將不足D之情形作為不合格。而且, 作為耐久性,將400小時後之轉換效率相對於轉換效率之 初始值而言為90%以上之情形評價為A,將85%以上且不 足90%之情形評價為B,將80%以上且不足85%之情形評 價為C ’將70%以上且不足80%之情形評價為d,將不足 70%之情形評價為E。 [表4] 表4 試樣編號導電膜 僅ITO 第1色素 (濃度 lxlC^mol/L) A-20 ' 第2色素 (濃度 lxl^mol/L) 轉換效率耐久性B-3 83 201211165 It is understood that the dye of the present invention is excellent in conversion efficiency and durability, and is hardly affected by desorption due to water and the like, and is excellent in adsorption stability. [Experiment 2] Photoelectric conversion was carried out in the same manner as in Experiment 1 except that the glass substrate was impregnated with the dye solution dissolved in ethanol at the concentrations described in Table 3; The manufacture and measurement of components. The results are shown in Table 3. The case where the conversion efficiency is 7.0% or more is evaluated as A, the case where 6.0% or more and less than 7.0% is evaluated as B, the case where 5.0% or more and less than 6.0% is evaluated as C, and the case where less than 6.5% is evaluated as D. . [Table 3] Table 3 Sample No. % 5 1 Pigment Second Pigment Conversion Efficiency Preparation Pigment No. Concentration (xio-4 mol/L) Pigment No. Concentration (xlO·4 mol/L) 3-1 A-1 0.01 Rl 3 B The present invention 3-2 A-1 0.1 Rl 3 B The present invention 3-3 A-1 3 Rl 3 A The present invention 3-4 A-21 0.01 Rl 3 B The present invention 3-5 A-21 0.1 Rl 3 B The present invention 3-6 A-21 3 Rl 3 A The present invention 3-7 A-21 0.01 R-7 3 B The present invention 3-8 A-21 0.1 R-7 3 A The present invention 3-9 A-21 3 R-7 3 A 3-10 A-21 0.01 R-7 1 A The present invention 3-11 A-21 0.1 R-7 1 A The present invention 3-12 A-21 3 R-7 1 A The present invention 3-13 A-21 0.01 R-8 1 A 3-14 A-21 0.1 R-8 1 A of the present invention 3-15 A-21 3 R-8 1 A 3-16 Bl 0.01 Rl 3 D Comparative Example 3-17 Bl 0.1 Rl 3 D Comparative Example 3-18 Bl 1 Rl 3 D Comparative Example 84 201211165 [Experiment 3] An IT conductive film was formed on a glass substrate to prepare a transparent conductive film. Thereafter, the electroporation was used to form a porous film, whereby a transparent = electroformed emulsion semi-conductive plate was obtained to produce a photoelectric conversion efficiency; and the electrodes (1) to (5) were used.八乃忐 (1) ΙΤΟ (indium tin oxide) _ raw material compound indium trioxide (m) tetrahydrate 5 58 g and chlorination, made into the original yttrium for IT ϋ film (2) FTO (fluorine doped oxidation Tin) The solution of the raw material compound vaporized tin (iv) pentahydrate 0 701 g was dissolved in ethanol 1 〇 (5), and a saturated aqueous solution of 0.592 g of ammonium fluoride was added thereto, and the mixture was placed in an ultrasonic cleaning machine. The solution was completely dissolved in about 20 minutes to prepare a raw material compound solution for the film. (3) Production of ITO/FTO transparent conductive film The surface of a heat-resistant glass plate having a thickness of 2 mm was chemically cleaned, dried, and then placed in a reactor and heated by a heater. When the heating temperature of the heater is 450 ° C, the distance from the glass plate is set to 4 mm from a nozzle having a diameter of 0.3 mm at a pressure of 0.06 MPa, and the ITO film obtained in (1) is used. The raw material solution was sprayed for 25 minutes. After spraying the raw material compound solution for the ITO film, after 2 minutes 85 201211165, the surface of the glass plate is continuously sprayed with ethanol to suppress the rise of the surface temperature of the substrate) when the heating temperature of the heater becomes 5, The FT obtained in (7) under Article 1. The membrane compound solution was sprayed for 2 minutes and 3 seconds. In this way, an FT film having a thickness of 53 〇 nm and a thickness of n 〇 nm was sequentially formed on the hot glass plate, and a transparent electric power was obtained for comparison, and was separately fabricated on a pair of hot glass plates having a thickness of 2 mm. It is only a transparent electrode plate having a film having a thickness of (10) (10), and a transparent electrode plate having a thickness of only (10) (10). The three kinds of transparent electrode plates were heated in a heating furnace at 45 Torr for 2 hours. (4) Production of photoelectrochemical cell Next, using the above three kinds of transparent electrode plates, a photoelectrochemical cell of the structure of Fig. 2 of the Japanese Patent No. 4260494 was prepared. The oxide semiconductor porous film is formed by dispersing an average particle diameter of about 23 Å (10) of titanium oxide fine particles in acetonitrile to prepare a paste, which is applied to a transparent electrode by a bar coating method. The thickness was 15 μm, and after drying, it was calcined at 450X: for 1 hour. Thereafter, the pigment described in Table 4 was carried on the oxide semiconductor porous film. The impregnation conditions in the chromate solution were the same as in Experiment 1. Further, in the counter electrode, a conductive substrate in which a ruthenium film and an FTO film are laminated on a glass plate is used, and an electrolyte solution composed of an aqueous solution of iodine/hardened material is used for the electrolyte layer. The planar size of the photoelectrochemical cell is 25 86 201211165 jyuzopif mm&gt;&lt;25 mm ° (5) Evaluation of photoelectrochemical cell The photoelectrochemical cell obtained in (4) is irradiated with simulated sunlight (AM1.5) by experiment with In the same manner, the photoelectric conversion characteristics were measured to determine the conversion efficiency. The results are shown in Table 4. A case where the conversion efficiency is 6.0% or more is expressed as A, a case where 5% or more and less than 6% is expressed as B, and a case where 4% or more and less than 5% is expressed as C, and 3% or more and less than 4% are expressed. The case is represented by D, and the case where 1.5% or more and less than 3% is expressed as E' is expressed as F in the case of less than 1.5%, and the case where the conversion efficiency is D or more is regarded as qualified. In addition, as the durability, the case where the conversion efficiency after 400 hours is 90% or more with respect to the initial value of the conversion efficiency is evaluated as A, and the case where 85% or more and less than 90% is evaluated as B, and 80% or more. In the case of less than 85%, it is evaluated as C', and 70% or more and less than 80% is evaluated as d, and less than 70% is evaluated as E. [Table 4] Table 4 Sample No. Conductive film ITO only pigment (concentration lxlC^mol/L) A-20 '2nd pigment (concentration lxl^mol/L) conversion efficiency durability

87 201211165 jyKj^KJu 4-11 僅FTO A-27 - B B 未發明 4-12 ITO+FTO A-27 - A B 未發明 4-13 僅ITO B-3 - E D 比較例 4-14 僅FTO B-3 - E D 比較例 4-15 ITO+FTO B-3 - E D 比較例 4-16 僅ITO A-20 R-l C C 本發明 4-17 僅FTO A-20 _ R-l C c 本發明 4-18 ITO+FTO A-20 _ R-l B c 本發明 4-19 僅ITO A-20 R-7 B c 本發明 4-20 僅FTO A-20 R-7 B c 本發明 4-21 ITO+FTO Γ A-20 _ R-7 A c 本發明 4-22 僅ITO A-20 R-8 B c 本發明 4-23 僅FTO A-20 R-8 B c 本發明 4-24 ITO+FTO A-20 _ R-8 A c 本發明 可知:若為比較色素則轉換效率低,相對於此,使用 本發明之例示色素則顯示出良好之結果。作為透明電極 板,於使用積層有ιτο膜與FT〇膜之透明電極板的光電化 學電池中,與使用僅僅成膜有ITO膜或僅僅成膜有FTO膜 的透明電極板之情形相比而言,特別是轉換效率高,於本 發明之色素中此效果高。 [實驗4] 於FTO膜上配置集電電極,製作光電化學電池,評價 轉換效率。評價如下所述,使用試驗單元(i)與試驗單元 (iv)這2種。 (試驗單元(i)) 對長度10〇mmx寬度100mmx厚度2mm之耐熱玻: 表面,行化學清洗,於乾燥之後,將該玻璃板置於 藉由加熱器進行加熱後,自口徑為03 mm的 而斜μ 06 ΜΡ&amp;的壓力’將距玻璃板之距離設為 400 mm 化合物ί實驗2-中所調製之FT〇 (摻氧化錫) 膜用原 物喊進行25分鐘之«,準備附有FTO膜之玻 88 201211165 基板。 =其表面,藉由韻刻法而形成深度為5 μπ1之溝而使 ΐ為ί子電路圖案狀。於藉由光微影法而形成圖案後,使 進行爛。為了可進行電卿成而藉由減鑛法 於/、上形成金屬導電層(種子層(seedlayer)),進一步藉 ::加!鍍(addlt1Veplatlng)而形成金屬配線層。金屬配 、、良曰:透明基板表面形成為凸透鏡狀直至高度為3 μη。電路寬度為60帅。自其上,藉由spD法以働腿 =旱又^/成作為遮蔽層,製成電極基板⑴。另 2 04 ^(ϊ) 2004-146425巾之圖2中所示之形狀。 於電極基板⑴上塗佈平均練為25腿之氧化欽分 ’於450。。下進行1小時之加熱、燒結。 ^素表巾所不之色权乙_液巾浸潰4〇分鐘而承載 FTO Aik卜之熱錄料烴細旨薄板而使舶濺錢 向配置’使樹脂薄板部熱熔融而固 定兩極板。 θ 、自預先錢濺鍍極侧所開之電·之注液口, ϊ分1=5二之碟化鹽與〇.05 m之硬的曱氧基乙腈溶 。進一步使用環氧系密封樹脂對: 而製成試驗單元⑴。藉由與實驗丨同樣 單元⑴照射鑛·5之模擬太陽光n 其結果示於表5中。 得谀忒丰。將 89 201211165 jyuzopif (試驗單元(iv)) 藉由與試驗單元(i)同樣之方法’準備長度1〇〇mmx 寬度100 mm之附有FTO膜之玻璃基板。藉由附加電鍍法 於該FTO玻璃基板上形成金屬配線層(金電路)。嗲=屬 配線層(金電路)是於基板表面形成為格子狀,電路寬产 為50μηι,電路厚度為5μιη。藉由SPD法於其表面形成^ 度為300 nm的FTO膜而作為遮蔽層,製成電極基板$iv)。 使用SEM-mDX而確認電極基板(iv)之截面,結果於配 線底部存在由於電鍵保護層之褶邊所引起之潛入,於影部 分並未包覆FTO。 '如。 使用電極基板(iv),與試驗單元(i)同樣地製作試 驗單元(iv)。藉由與實驗1同樣之方法而照射am15之 模擬太陽光,測定轉換效率。將其結果示於表5。 將測定光電化學電池之轉換效率的結果示於下述表 5。將轉換效率為6.0%以上之情形表示為a,將5%以上且 不足6%之情形表示為B ’將4%以上且不足5%之情形表 示為C ’將3°/。以上且不足4%之情形表示為d,將1.5%以 上且不足3%之情形表示為E,將不足1.5%之情形表示為 F ’將轉換效率為D以上之情形作為合格,將不足d之情 形作為不合格。而且,作為财久性,將於45%RH下連續 照射400小時後之轉換效率相對於轉換效率之初始值而言 為90%以上之情形評價為A,將85%以上且不足90%之情 形評價為B ’將80%以上且不足85%之情形評價為C,將 70%以上且不足80%之情形評價為D,將不足70%之情形 評價為E。 201211165 39026pif [表5] 表587 201211165 jyKj^KJu 4-11 FTO only A-27 - BB Not invented 4-12 ITO+FTO A-27 - AB Not invented 4-13 ITO B-3 only - ED Comparative example 4-14 FTO only B-3 - ED Comparative Example 4-15 ITO+FTO B-3 - ED Comparative Example 4-16 ITO only A-20 Rl CC Present invention 4-17 FTO only A-20 _ Rl C c 4-18 ITO+FTO A of the present invention -20 _ Rl B c Invention 4-19 ITO A-20 R-7 B c Only 4-20 of the invention FTO A-20 R-7 B c 4-21 ITO+FTO Γ A-20 _ R of the present invention -7 A c 4-22 of the invention only ITO A-20 R-8 B c 4-23 of the invention only FTO A-20 R-8 B c 4-24 ITO+FTO A-20 _ R-8 A of the invention c According to the present invention, the conversion efficiency is low in the case of a comparative dye, and the use of the exemplary dye of the present invention shows a good result. As a transparent electrode plate, in a photoelectrochemical cell using a transparent electrode plate in which an ITO film and an FT film are laminated, compared with a case where a transparent electrode plate in which only an ITO film is formed or only an FTO film is formed is used. In particular, the conversion efficiency is high, and this effect is high in the pigment of the present invention. [Experiment 4] A collector electrode was placed on the FTO film to prepare a photoelectrochemical cell, and the conversion efficiency was evaluated. The evaluation was carried out as follows, and two types of test unit (i) and test unit (iv) were used. (Test unit (i)) For heat-resistant glass of length 10〇mmx width 100mmx thickness 2mm: surface, chemically cleaned, after drying, the glass plate is heated by a heater, and the diameter is 03 mm. And the pressure of the oblique μ 06 ΜΡ &amp; 'will be set to 400 mm from the glass plate. The compound FT 〇 (doped tin oxide) film prepared in Experiment 2 is shouted for 25 minutes with the original «, ready to be attached with FTO Film glass 88 201211165 substrate. = The surface is formed by a rhyme method to form a groove having a depth of 5 μπ1 and a 电路 sub-circuit pattern. After the pattern is formed by the photolithography method, it is made rotten. In order to be able to perform electroforming, a metal conductive layer (seed layer) is formed on the / ore reduction method, and further: A metal wiring layer is formed by plating (addlt1Veplatlng). Metal, and good: The surface of the transparent substrate is formed into a convex lens shape up to a height of 3 μη. The circuit width is 60 handsome. From this, the electrode substrate (1) was fabricated by the spD method using the squat leg = dry and ^/ as a shielding layer. Another 2 04 ^ (ϊ) 2004-146425 The shape shown in Figure 2 of the towel. An oxidized fraction of 25 legs was applied to the electrode substrate (1) at an average of 450. . Heating and sintering were carried out for 1 hour. The color of the towel is not colored. The liquid towel is immersed for 4 minutes to carry the FTO Aik. The heat of the recording material is thin, and the resin is splashed. The arrangement of the resin sheet is thermally melted to fix the two plates. θ, the liquid injection port of the electricity opened from the front side of the front side of the splashing, is divided into 1=5 two dish salt and 〇.05 m hard methoxy acetonitrile solution. Further, an epoxy-based sealing resin pair was used: A test unit (1) was produced. The simulated sunlight n of the mine 5 was irradiated by the same unit (1) as the experiment 其. The results are shown in Table 5. Get rich. 89 201211165 jyuzopif (test unit (iv)) A glass substrate with an FTO film having a length of 1 mmx and a width of 100 mm was prepared by the same method as the test unit (i). A metal wiring layer (gold circuit) is formed on the FTO glass substrate by an additional plating method.嗲=属 The wiring layer (gold circuit) is formed in a lattice shape on the surface of the substrate, and the circuit width is 50 μm and the circuit thickness is 5 μm. An electrode substrate $iv) was formed by forming an FTO film having a thickness of 300 nm on the surface thereof by an SPD method as a shielding layer. The cross section of the electrode substrate (iv) was confirmed using SEM-mDX, and as a result, there was a sneak at the bottom of the wiring due to the hem of the protective layer of the electric bond, and the shadow portion was not covered with the FTO. 'Such as. Using the electrode substrate (iv), a test unit (iv) was produced in the same manner as in the test unit (i). The conversion efficiency was measured by irradiating the simulated sunlight of am15 in the same manner as in Experiment 1. The results are shown in Table 5. The results of measuring the conversion efficiency of the photoelectrochemical cell are shown in Table 5 below. The case where the conversion efficiency is 6.0% or more is expressed as a, the case where 5% or more and less than 6% is expressed as B', and the case where 4% or more and less than 5% is expressed as C' will be 3 °/. The case where the above is less than 4% is expressed as d, and the case where 1.5% or more and less than 3% is expressed as E, and the case where less than 1.5% is expressed as F 'the case where the conversion efficiency is D or more is qualified, and less than d The situation is unqualified. Further, as a long-term property, the conversion efficiency after continuous irradiation for 4 hours at 45% RH is 90% or more with respect to the initial value of the conversion efficiency, and it is evaluated as A, and 85% or more and less than 90%. The evaluation was B', and 80% or more and less than 85% were evaluated as C, 70% or more and less than 80% were evaluated as D, and less than 70% was evaluated as E. 201211165 39026pif [Table 5] Table 5

一即使單元改變,本發明之色素亦相對於比較 顯不出向的性能。 ’' [實驗5] 本導過氧倾及氧化鈦微粒子’仙其而製作氧化物 +導體膜。使用該氧化物半導體膜而製作光電化風 (Α)〜光電化學電池(D),進行評價。 予电/ (光電化學電池(A)) (1)氧化物半導體膜形成用塗佈液(A)之調 將5 g之氫化鈦懸浮於1升之純水中以%二土 5 Wt%之過氧化氫溶液400 g,其次加熱至8(rc二,添加 調製過氧鈦酸之溶液。自該溶液之總量分取9〇 解而 加濃氨水而調整為ρΗ 9,放人至高壓爸中,於:(°下添 201211165 jyu^opif 行5小時之水熱處理而調製二氧化敍膠體 ίΠ 射線繞射可知所得之二氧化鈦膠體粒子 為、,,口日日性咼的銳鈦礦型氧化鈦。 其次,將上述所得之二氧化欽膠體粒 混合所述過氧紐溶液,將魏合液中之鈦換算 重量之3〇游°之方式添加經丙基纖 維素作為膜形成助劑,調製半導體膜形成用塗佈液。 (2) 氧化物半導體膜(A)之製作 其次’於將摻氟之氧化錫形成為電極層之 =所述塗佈液⑷),進行自然乾燥,繼而二: 而照射_〇邊1^之紫外線,使過氧酸分解而 吏=硬化,赋下對塗膜進行3G分鐘之加熱而進行 半;!)^解以及退火,於玻璃基板上爾 (3) 於氧化物半導體膜(A)上之色素之吸附 ^其次’調製本發明之色素的濃度為3xl〇-4莫耳/升之乙 為分光增感色素。藉由100 rpm之旋轉塗佈機將 =色素溶液塗佈於金屬氧化物半導體膜(A3)上而加以乾 燥。行5次該塗佈以及乾燥步驟。 (4) 電解質溶液之調製 於乙腈與碳酸乙二醋之體積比為1:5之混合溶劑中, =四丙基视紐其成為⑽莫耳/升,轉祕其成 马0.07莫耳/升之濃度,調製電解質溶液。 (5) 光電化學電池(A)之製作 92 201211165 f (3)巾所製作之職有吸时色素之氧化物半導體 形成為電為f::個電極’將摻氟之氧化錫 之透明玻璃基板,藉由樹脂對側面進行密封,於電極間 制^ 4)之電解質溶液,進―步藉由導線將電極間連接而 製作光電彳⑷。 (6)光電化學電池(A)之評價 作為光電化學電池(A),藉由太陽光模擬器照射100 m之強度之光’測定η(轉換效率)’將其結果示於表6。 (光電化學電池(Β)) _照射紫外線而使過氧酸分解,使膜硬化後進行Ar氣 體之離子照射(日新電氣公司製造之離子注入裝置、以2〇〇 eV照射10小時),除此以外與氧化物半導體膜(A)同樣 地進行而形成氧化物半導體膜(B)。 、與氧化物半導體膜(A)同樣地對氧化物半導體膜(B) 進行色素之吸附。 “其後,藉由與光電化學電池(Λ)同樣之方法而製成 光電化學電池(B),測定η。將其結果示於表6。 (光電化學電池(C)) 將18.3 g之四氣化鈦用純水加以稀釋,獲得以Ti〇2 換舁而言含有1·〇 wt%之水溶液。一面攪拌該水溶液,一 面添加濃度為15 wt%之氨水,獲得pH為9.5之白色漿料。 對該装料進行過濾清洗,獲得以Ti Ο 2換算而言為 10.2 wt% 之水合氧化鈦凝膠之塊狀物。將該塊狀物與5 wt%之過氧 93 201211165 ~J ^ \J4~t\j \ji 化氫溶液400 g加以混合,繼而加熱至8〇&lt;=c進行溶解而調 製過氧鈦酸之溶液。自該溶液之總量分取9〇 v〇1&lt;)/❶於其 中添加濃氨水而將pH調整為9,放入至高壓釜中,於25〇。〇 下、飽和蒸汽壓下進行5小時之水熱處理而調製二氧化鈦 膠體粒子(C)。 其次,使用上述所得之過氧鈦酸溶液與二氧化鈦膠體 粒子(C)而與氧化物半導體膜(A)同樣地進行而形成氧 化物半導體膜⑹,與金屬氧化物半導龍(A)同樣地 進行本發明之色素之吸附而作為分光增感色素。 其後,藉由與光電化學電池(A)同樣之方法而製作 光電化學電池(C) ’測定η。將其結果示於表6。 (光電化學電池(D)) 將18·3 g之四氣化鈦用純水加以稀釋,獲得以丁1〇2 換算而言含有1.0 wt%之水溶液。一面對其進行攪拌,一2 面添加15 wt%之氨水,獲得PH為9.5之白色漿料。對該 漿料進行過濾清洗後,懸浮於純水中而製成作為耵〇 2而^ 為0.6 wt%之水合氧化鈦凝膠之漿料,於其中添加鹽酸; ,pH為2之後,放入至高壓釜中,於丨肋它下、飽和蒸汽 壓下進行5小時之水熱處理而調製二氧化鈦膠體粒子(d)。 #其次,將二氧化鈦膠體粒子(D)濃縮至1〇wt%,以 換算為Ti〇2而言成為3〇 wt%之方式於其中添加羥丙基纖 ,素作為膜形成助劑而調製半導體膜形成用塗佈液。其 人於將推氟之氧化锡形成為電極層之透明玻璃基板上塗 佈所述塗佈液,進行自然乾燥,繼而使用低壓水銀燈而照 94 201211165 〇yvz.Oy\f 射6000 mJ/cm2之紫外線,使膜硬化。另外,於3〇〇«^下進 行30分鐘之加熱而進行羥丙基纖維素之分解以及退火,形 成氧化物半導體膜(D)。 其次’與氧化物半導體膜(Α)同樣地進行本發明之 色素之吸附而作為分光增感色素。其後,藉由與光電化學 電池(Α)同樣之方法而製作光電化學電池(D)。 關於光電化學電池(Α)〜光電化學電池(d),照射 模擬太陽光(ΑΜ1.5)’藉由與實驗1同樣之方法而測定光 電轉換特性’求出轉換效率。將轉換效率為6.0%以上之情 形表示為A,將5%以上且不足6%之情形表示為Β,將4% 以上且不足之情形表示為C,將3%以上且不足4%之 情形表示為D,將1.5%以上且不足3%之情形表示為Ε, 將不足1.5%之情形表示為f,將轉換效率為d以上之情形 作為合格,將不足D之情形作為不合格。 而且’作為耐久性,將於45%RH下400小時後之轉 換效率相對於轉換效率之初始值而言為9〇%以上之情形評 價為A,將85%以上且不足90%之情形評價為B,將8〇% 以上且不足85%之情形評價為C,將70%以上且不足8〇% 之情形評價為D,將不足70%之情形評價為E。 95 201211165 [表6] 表6 試樣編號 光電化學電池 第1色素 第2色素 轉換效率 耐久性 備考 6-1 (A) A-21 - B B 本發明 6-2 (B) A-21 - B B 本發明 6-3 (C) A-21 - B B 本發明 6-4 (D) A-21 - C B 本發明 6-5 (A) A-9 - A B 本發明 6-6 (B) A-9 - A B 本發明 6-7 (C) A-9 - A B 本發明 6-8 (D) A-9 - B B 本發明 6-9 (A) A-15 - A A 本發明 6-10 (B) A-15 - A A 本發明 6-11 (C) A-15 - A A 本發明 6-12 (D) A-15 - B A 本發明 6-13 (A) A-27 - A B 本發明 6-14 (B) A-27 - A B 本發明 6-15 (C) A-27 - A B 本發明 6-16 (D) A-27 - B B 本發明 6-17 (A) B-2 - D D 比較例 6-18 (B) B-2 - D D 比較例 6-19 (C) B-2 - D D 比較例 6-20 (D) B-2 - D D 比較例 6-21 (A) A-21 R-l A B 本發明 6-22 (B) A-21 R-l A B 本發明 6-23 (C) A-21 R-l A B 本發明 6-24 (D) A-21 R-l B B 本發明 6-25 (A) A-21 R-7 A B 本發明 6-26 (B) A-21 R-7 A B 本發明 6-27 (C) A-21 R-7 A B 本發明 6-28 (D) A-21 R-7 B B 本發明 6-29 (A) A-21 R-8 A B 本發明 6-30 (B) A-21 R-8 A B 本發明 6-31 (C) A-21 R-8 A B 本發明 6-32 (D) A-21 R-8 A B 本發明 根據表6可知:於本發明之色素之情形時,於使用光 電化學電池(A)〜光電化學電池(C)之情形時轉換效率 更高。 96 201211165 J^uzopif [實驗6] 改變方法而進行氧化鈦之調製’由所得之氧化欽製作 氧化物半導體膜,製成光電化學電池而進行其之評價。 (1) 利用熱處理法之氧化鈦之調製 (氧化鈦1(板鈦礦型)等) 使用市售之銳鈦礦型氧化鈦(石原產業公司製造、商 品名ST-01),將其加熱至約900°c而轉換為板鈦礦型氧化 鈦,進一步加熱至約1,200°C而製成金紅石型氧化鈦。分 別依序將其設為比較氧化鈦1 (銳鈦礦型)、氧化鈦i (板 鈦礦型)、比較氧化鈥2 (金紅石型)。 (2) 利用濕式法之氧化鈦之合成 (氧化鈦2 (板鈦礦型)) 將蒸顧水954 ml I入至附有回流冷凝器之反應样 中,加溫至95°C。一面將攪拌速度保持為約2〇〇 rpm了二 面於該蒸餾水中,將四氯化鈦(Ti含量為16 3 wt%、比重 為1.59、純度為99.9%)水溶液46 ml以約5 0 ml/min之 速度滴加至反應槽中。此時’注意使反應液之溫度不降低。 其結果’四鼠化欽濃度為0·25 mol/Ι (氧化欽換算為2 wt%)。於反應槽中滴加反應液之後,於開始白 度下繼續保持,於滴加結束後進一步進二 點附近(1〇4。〇,於該狀態下保持60分鐘而使反應完全結 束。 過遽藉由反應而所得之溶膠,其次使用60ΐ之真空乾 燥器而製成粉末。藉由X射線繞射法對該粉末進行定量分 97 201211165 析之結果,(板鈦礦型121面之峰值強度)/ (於三根重疊 之位置的峰值強度)比為〇 38,(金紅石型之主峰強度)/ (於二根重疊之位置的峰值強度)比為0.05。根據該些而 求出氧化鈦是板鈦礦型為約70 0 wt%、金紅石型為約1 2 wt%、銳鈦礦型為約28.8 wt%之結晶性。而且,藉由穿透 式電子顯微鏡而觀察該微粒子,結果是丨次粒子之平均粒 徑為 0.015 μιη。 (氧化鈦3 (板鈦礦型)) 藉由蒸餾水將三氣化鈦水溶液(Ti含量為28 wt%、比 重為1.5、純度為99.9〇/〇) _,製成鈦濃度換算而言為 0.25 mol/L之溶液。此時,進行冰冷以使液溫並不上升, 保持為50°C以下。其次,將5〇〇 ml該溶液投入至附有回 流冷凝器之反應射,-面升溫至抗—面自臭氧氣體產 生裝置以1 L/min而起泡(bubbling)純度為8〇%之臭氧氣 體,進行氧化反應。於5亥狀態下保持2小時,使反應完全 結束。對所得之溶膠進行過濾,加以真空乾燥而製成^末。 藉由X射線繞射法對該粉末進行定量分析之結果,(板鈦 礦型121面之峰值強度)/(於三根重疊之位置的峰值強度) 比為0.85,(金紅石型之主峰強度)/(於三根重疊之位置 的峰值強度)比為0。根據該些而求出之二氧化鈦是板鈦 擴型為約98 Wt%、金紅石型為〇 wt%、銳鈦礦型為〇 wt%, 約2%為非晶形。而且,藉由穿透式f子酿朗該微粒 子進行觀察,結果是1次粒子之平均粒徑為〇 〇5卜瓜。 (色素增感型光電轉換元件之製作及評價) 98 201211165 jyuzopif 導體將補之氧錄1〜氧錢3作為半 二==作使用具有曰本專利特開 換元件的光電化學電池之圖1所7^構成的光電轉 炻基板上塗佈換I之氧化錫,製成導電性透明電 佈法個氧化鈇粒子作為原料之糊劑,藉由棒式Ϊ =而於電極面上塗佈為厚5〇卿之後,於5〇 = 煅燒而形成膜厚約20 μηι之薄層。 仃 調製表7所示之色素之乙醇溶液(色素濃度為3x10.4 mol/L’於使用2種色素之情形時第i色素濃度設為 mol/L)於其中况潰上述形成有氧化鈦薄層之玻璃基板, 於室溫下㈣12小時。其結果,使該些色素吸附於氧化鈦 ί產屠F。 、使用四丙基銨之礙鹽與蛾化裡之乙猜溶液作為電解 液,將鉑作為相對電極而製作具有日本專利特開 2000-340269號公報之圖1所示之構成的光電轉換元件。 至於光電轉換,對上述元件照射160w之高壓水銀燈之光 (藉由濾光片而截止紅外線部),藉由與實驗〗同樣之方法 而測定轉換效率。將其結果示於表7。 將轉換效率為6.0%以上之情形表示為A,將5%以上 且不足6%之情形表示為B ’將4%以上且不足5%之情形 表示為C,將3%以上且不足4%之情形表示為d,將1.5% 以上且不足3%之情形表示為E ’將不足1.5%之情形表示 為F,將轉換效率為D以上之情形作為合格,將不足〇之 99 it 201211165 情形作為不合格。 而且,作為耐久性,將於45%RH下連續照射400小 時後的轉換效率相對於轉換效率之初始值而言為90%以上 之情形評價為A’將85%以上且不足90%之情形評價為B, 將80%以上且不足85%之情形評價為C,將70%以上且不 足80%之情形評價為d,將不足70%之情形評價為E。 [表7] 表7 試樣編说 氧化鈦 第1色素 第2色素 0.1 mM 轉換效率 耐久性 備考 7-1 氡化鈦i A-27 - A B 本發明 7-2 氣化鈦2 A-27 - A B 本發明 7-3 氧化鈦3 A-27 - A B 本發明 7-4 氧化鈦1 A-15 - A A 本發明 7-5 氧化鈦2 A-15 - A A 本發明 7-6 氧化鈦3 A-15 - A A 本發明 7-7 氧化鈦1 A-25 _ A A 本發明 7-8 氧化鈦2 Α·25 - A A 本發明 7-9 氣化鈦3 Α-25 - A A 本發明 7-10 氣化欽1 Α-1 - C C 本發明 7-11 氧化鈦2 Α·1 - C C 本發明 7-12 氡化鈦3 Α-1 - B c 本發明 7-13 氧化鈦1 B-l - D c 比較例 7-14 氡化鈦2 B-l - D c 比較例 7-15 氧化欽3 Β·1 备 D c 比較例 7-16 氧化欽1 Α-1 R-l B c 本發明 7-17 氣化鈦2 Α-1 R-l B c 本發明 7-18 氣化欽3 Α-1 R-l C c 本發明 7-19 氣化鈦1 Α-1 R-7 A c 本發明 7-20 氧化銀2 Α-1 R-7 A c 本發明 7-21 氧化欽3 Α-1 R-7 B c 本發明 7-22 氣化欽1 Α-1 R-8 A c 本發明 7-23 氧化:k 2 Α-1 R-8 A c 本發明 7-24 氧化鈦3 Α-1 R-8 A c 本發明 [實驗7] 使用下述粒徑不同之氧化鈦,製作分散有半導體微粒 100 201211165 子之=卜使用該糊劑而製作光電化學電池,評價其特性。 [糊劑之調製] (糊劑1) t形观粒子(銳鈦礦型、平均粒徑為25 nm、以 粒子n放人至俩溶液中進龍拌,藉 —氧化鈦㈣。其次於二氧化鈦㈣中添加作 机稠狀纖維素系黏合劑,進行混練而 劑卜 (糊劑2) =形Ti02粒子1與其他之球% Ti〇2粒子(銳鈦礦 至碰^粒徑為細請、以下稱為球形Ti〇2粒子2)放入 溶液中進行搜拌,藉此而調製二氧化欽㈣。其次, ^化鈦⑽中添加作為增_之纖維素系黏合劑,進 2練而調製_ 2 (τκ)2粒子丨之重量: 重量= 30: 70)。 (糊劑3) 將糊/11 1與棒狀之Ti〇2粒子(銳鈦礦型、直徑為1〇〇 =,橫比為5'以下稱為棒狀Ti〇2粒子〇加以混 =棒狀Ti〇2粒子i之重量:糊劑i之重量=1 糊劑3。 (糊劑4) i與棒狀Ti〇2粒子!加以混合,調製棒狀Ή〇2 *子1之重量:糊劑1之重量=30 : 7〇之糊劑4。 (糊劑5) 將糊劑1與棒狀Ti〇2粒子j加以混合,調製棒狀聊 101 201211165 粒子1之重!.糊劑J之重量=50 : 之糊劑5。 (糊劑6) 將糊劑1與板狀雲母粒子(直 6、以下稱為板狀帝母初工^、丄 ^只比為 子1之重量:_ΓΓΓ重量Γ混合,調製板狀雲母較 (糊劑7) 0:80之糊劑6。 將糊劑1與棒狀之™2粒子(銳鈦礦型、直徑 nm、縱橫比為6 3、 項乂且仅馬3〇The pigment of the present invention is relatively inferior to the performance even if the unit is changed. </' [Experiment 5] This is an oxide + conductor film prepared by peroxidizing and titanium oxide fine particles. Using this oxide semiconductor film, a photoelectricized wind (photovoltaic) to a photoelectrochemical cell (D) was produced and evaluated. Preheating / (Photoelectrochemical cell (A)) (1) Adjustment of coating liquid for forming an oxide semiconductor film (A) 5 g of titanium hydride was suspended in 1 liter of pure water at a concentration of 5 wt% of % soil 400 g of hydrogen peroxide solution, followed by heating to 8 (rc 2, adding a solution of peroxotitanic acid added. From the total amount of the solution, take 9 〇 solution and add concentrated ammonia to adjust to ρΗ 9, let go to high pressure dad In::(°下201211165 jyu^opif 5 hours of hydrothermal treatment to prepare a sulphur dioxide colloid Π ray diffraction can be seen that the obtained titanium dioxide colloidal particles are,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, Next, the dioxocene granules obtained above are mixed with the peroxygen solution, and the propylene cellulose is added as a film forming aid in the manner of the weight conversion of the titanium in the weihe solution to prepare a semiconductor. (2) Production of oxide semiconductor film (A) Next, 'the fluorine-doped tin oxide is formed as an electrode layer = the coating liquid (4)), and is naturally dried, and then: Irradiation _ 〇 1 1 ^ UV, decomposition of peroxyacid and 吏 = hardening, assigning 3G to the coating film The heating of the clock is carried out in half; and the annealing and the annealing are performed on the glass substrate (3) on the oxide semiconductor film (A). Next, the concentration of the dye of the present invention is adjusted to 3xl〇-4. Mo/L by B is a sensitizing dye. The pigment solution was applied to the metal oxide semiconductor film (A3) by a spin coater of 100 rpm to be dried. This coating and drying step was performed 5 times. (4) The electrolyte solution is prepared in a mixed solvent of acetonitrile and ethylene carbonate in a volume ratio of 1:5, = tetrapropyl fluorene is (10) mol / liter, and its secret is 0.07 mol / liter. The concentration of the electrolyte solution is adjusted. (5) Production of photoelectrochemical cell (A) 92 201211165 f (3) The oxide semiconductor produced by the film is formed as a f-:electrode's transparent glass substrate with fluorine-doped tin oxide. The resin is sealed on the side surface to form an electrolyte solution between the electrodes, and the electrodes are connected by wires to form a photoelectrode (4). (6) Evaluation of photoelectrochemical cell (A) As a photoelectrochemical cell (A), light of an intensity of 100 m was irradiated by a solar simulator to measure η (conversion efficiency), and the results are shown in Table 6. (Photoelectrochemical cell (Β)) _ Irradiation of ultraviolet peroxide to decompose peroxyacid, hardening of the film, and ion irradiation of Ar gas (Ion implantation apparatus manufactured by Nisshin Electric Co., Ltd., irradiation at 2 〇〇eV for 10 hours) Other than this, the oxide semiconductor film (B) is formed in the same manner as the oxide semiconductor film (A). The oxide semiconductor film (B) is adsorbed by the dye in the same manner as the oxide semiconductor film (A). "The photoelectrochemical cell (B) was then produced by the same method as the photoelectrochemical cell (B), and η was measured. The results are shown in Table 6. (Photoelectrochemical cell (C)) 18.3 g of the The vaporized titanium was diluted with pure water to obtain an aqueous solution containing 1·〇wt% in terms of Ti〇2, and the aqueous solution was stirred while adding a concentration of 15 wt% of ammonia water to obtain a white slurry having a pH of 9.5. The charge was filtered and washed to obtain a block of hydrated titanium oxide gel in an amount of 10.2 wt% in terms of Ti Ο 2 . The block was mixed with 5 wt% of peroxygen 93 201211165 ~J ^ \ J4~t\j \ji hydrogenation solution 400g is mixed, and then heated to 8〇&lt;=c to dissolve and prepare a solution of peroxotitanic acid. From the total amount of the solution, 9〇v〇1&lt;) / The concentrated ammonia water was added thereto to adjust the pH to 9, and it was placed in an autoclave at 25 ° C. The hydrothermal treatment was carried out for 5 hours under a saturated steam pressure to prepare titania colloidal particles (C). The peroxotitanic acid solution obtained above and the titania colloidal particles (C) are carried out in the same manner as the oxide semiconductor film (A). The oxide semiconductor film (6) is formed, and the dye of the present invention is adsorbed as a spectral sensitizing dye in the same manner as the metal oxide semiconductor (A). Thereafter, it is produced by the same method as the photoelectrochemical cell (A). Photoelectrochemical cell (C) 'Measurement of η. The results are shown in Table 6. (Photoelectrochemical cell (D)) The titanium oxide of 18·3 g was diluted with pure water to obtain a conversion of 丁1〇2. It contains 1.0 wt% of an aqueous solution, while stirring it, adding 15 wt% of ammonia water to the surface to obtain a white slurry having a pH of 9.5. The slurry is filtered and washed, and suspended in pure water. A slurry of hydrated titanium oxide gel as 耵〇2 and 0.6 wt% was added thereto, and hydrochloric acid was added thereto; after pH 2, it was placed in an autoclave, under a crucible rib and under a saturated vapor pressure. The titanium dioxide colloidal particles (d) were prepared by hydrothermal treatment for 5 hours. # Next, the titanium dioxide colloidal particles (D) were concentrated to 1% by weight, and hydroxy group was added thereto in a ratio of 3 〇% by weight in terms of Ti〇2. Preparation of a coating liquid for forming a semiconductor film by using a propyl group as a film forming aid The person applies the coating liquid on a transparent glass substrate in which fluorine-plated tin oxide is formed as an electrode layer, and performs natural drying, and then uses a low-pressure mercury lamp to irradiate 6000 mJ/cm 2 according to 94 201211165 〇yvz.Oy\f. Ultraviolet rays are used to cure the film. Further, the hydroxypropylcellulose is decomposed and annealed by heating for 30 minutes under a temperature of 3 Å to form an oxide semiconductor film (D). Next, an oxide semiconductor film (Α) The adsorption of the dye of the present invention is carried out in the same manner as a spectral sensitizing dye. Thereafter, a photoelectrochemical cell (D) was produced by the same method as the photoelectrochemical cell (Α). The photoelectrochemical cell (Α) to the photoelectrochemical cell (d) was irradiated with simulated sunlight (ΑΜ1.5). The photoelectric conversion characteristics were measured by the same method as in Experiment 1 to determine the conversion efficiency. The case where the conversion efficiency is 6.0% or more is expressed as A, the case where 5% or more and less than 6% is expressed as Β, the case where 4% or more and insufficient is expressed as C, and the case where 3% or more and less than 4% is expressed. In the case of D, 1.5% or more and less than 3% are represented as Ε, less than 1.5% is represented as f, conversion efficiency is d or more as a pass, and less than D is considered as a failure. Further, as the durability, the case where the conversion efficiency after 400 hours at 45% RH is 9% or more with respect to the initial value of the conversion efficiency is evaluated as A, and the case where 85% or more and less than 90% is evaluated as B, the case where 8〇% or more and less than 85% is evaluated as C, the case where 70% or more and less than 8〇% is evaluated as D, and the case where less than 70% is evaluated as E. 95 201211165 [Table 6] Table 6 Sample No. Photoelectrochemical Cell 1st Pigment 2nd Pigment Conversion Efficiency Durability Test 6-1 (A) A-21 - BB Present Invention 6-2 (B) A-21 - BB Invention 6-3 (C) A-21 - BB The present invention 6-4 (D) A-21 - CB The present invention 6-5 (A) A-9 - AB The present invention 6-6 (B) A-9 - AB The present invention 6-7 (C) A-9 - AB The present invention 6-8 (D) A-9 - BB The present invention 6-9 (A) A-15 - AA The present invention 6-10 (B) A- 15 - AA 6-11 (C) A-15 - AA of the present invention 6-12 (D) A-15 - BA of the present invention 6-13 (A) A-27 - AB of the present invention 6-14 (B) of the present invention A-27 - AB 6-15 (C) A-27 - AB of the present invention 6-16 (D) A-27 - BB of the present invention 6-17 (A) B-2 - DD Comparative Example 6-18 ( B) B-2 - DD Comparative Example 6-19 (C) B-2 - DD Comparative Example 6-20 (D) B-2 - DD Comparative Example 6-21 (A) A-21 Rl AB The present invention 6- 22 (B) A-21 Rl AB The present invention 6-23 (C) A-21 Rl AB The present invention 6-24 (D) A-21 Rl BB The present invention 6-25 (A) A-21 R-7 AB The present invention 6-26 (B) A-21 R-7 AB The present invention 6-27 (C) A-21 R-7 AB The present invention 6-28 (D) A-21 R-7 BB The present invention 6-29 (A) A-21 R-8 AB Invention 6-30 (B) A-21 R-8 AB The present invention 6-31 (C) A-21 R-8 AB The present invention 6-32 (D) A-21 R-8 AB The present invention is based on Table 6 In the case of the pigment of the present invention, the conversion efficiency is higher in the case of using the photoelectrochemical cell (A) to the photoelectrochemical cell (C). 96 201211165 J^uzopif [Experiment 6] Preparation of titanium oxide by changing the method The oxide semiconductor film was produced from the obtained oxidized crystal, and a photoelectrochemical cell was prepared and evaluated. (1) Preparation of titanium oxide by heat treatment method (titanium oxide 1 (brookite type), etc.) Using a commercially available anatase type titanium oxide (manufactured by Ishihara Sangyo Co., Ltd., trade name ST-01), it is heated to It was converted into brookite-type titanium oxide at about 900 ° C, and further heated to about 1,200 ° C to prepare rutile-type titanium oxide. These were sequentially compared to titanium oxide 1 (anatase type), titanium oxide i (brookite type), and comparative yttrium oxide 2 (rutile type). (2) Synthesis of titanium oxide by wet method (titanium oxide 2 (brookite type)) 954 ml of distilled water was placed in a reaction sample with a reflux condenser, and the temperature was raised to 95 °C. While maintaining the stirring speed at about 2 rpm and diversifying into the distilled water, 46 ml of an aqueous solution of titanium tetrachloride (Ti content of 16 3 wt%, specific gravity of 1.59, purity of 99.9%) was about 50 ml. The speed of /min was added dropwise to the reaction tank. At this time, it is noted that the temperature of the reaction liquid is not lowered. As a result, the concentration of the four mice was 0·25 mol/Ι (2 wt% in terms of oxidation). After the reaction solution was added dropwise to the reaction vessel, the reaction was continued at the beginning of the whiteness, and after the completion of the dropwise addition, it was further advanced to two points (1〇4. 〇, and kept in this state for 60 minutes to completely terminate the reaction. The sol obtained by the reaction was secondarily formed into a powder using a vacuum dryer of 60 Torr. The powder was subjected to quantitative analysis by the X-ray diffraction method. The result of the analysis of the powder was 97 201211165 (the peak intensity of the 121 surface of the brookite type) / (the peak intensity at the position where the three overlaps) The ratio of 〇38, (the main peak intensity of the rutile type) / (the peak intensity at the position where the two overlaps) is 0.05. From this, the titanium oxide is obtained as a plate. The titanate type is about 70% by weight, the rutile type is about 12% by weight, and the anatase type is about 28.8 wt%. Moreover, the fine particles are observed by a transmission electron microscope, and the result is 丨. The average particle diameter of the secondary particles is 0.015 μηη. (Titanium oxide 3 (brookite type)) An aqueous solution of titanium tri-titanate is distilled water (Ti content is 28 wt%, specific gravity is 1.5, purity is 99.9 〇/〇) _ A solution of 0.25 mol/L in terms of titanium concentration. Ice-cooling is performed so that the liquid temperature does not rise, and is kept below 50 ° C. Next, 5 〇〇 ml of the solution is poured into a reaction jet with a reflux condenser, and the surface temperature is raised to an anti-surface self-ozone gas generating device. Ozone gas having a purity of 8 〇% was bubbling at 1 L/min, and was subjected to an oxidation reaction. The reaction was completed in a state of 5 hr for 2 hours, and the reaction was completely completed. The obtained sol was filtered and vacuum dried. ^. At the end of the quantitative analysis of the powder by the X-ray diffraction method, (the peak intensity of the brookite-type 121 surface) / (the peak intensity at the position of the three overlaps) is 0.85, (rutile type The main peak intensity) / (the peak intensity at the position where the three overlaps) is 0. The titanium oxide obtained according to the above has a plate titanium expansion of about 98 Wt%, a rutile type of 〇wt%, and an anatase type. 〇wt%, about 2% is amorphous. Moreover, by observing the fine particles by penetrating f, the average particle size of the primary particles is 〇〇5. The dye-sensitized photoelectric conversion Production and evaluation of components) 98 201211165 jyuzopif conductor will make up Recording 1 ~ Oxygen 3 as a half-two == using a photoelectrochemical cell having a photo-electrochemical cell of the present invention, coating the tin oxide on the substrate of the phototransfer substrate of FIG. A transparent electric cloth method of cerium oxide particles as a raw material paste is applied to a thickness of 5 〇 〇 on the electrode surface by a bar Ϊ =, and then calcined at 5 〇 = to form a thin layer having a film thickness of about 20 μm.仃Prepare the ethanol solution of the pigment shown in Table 7 (the pigment concentration is 3x10.4 mol/L', and the ith pigment concentration is set to mol/L when two kinds of pigments are used) The glass substrate of the layer is at room temperature for four hours. As a result, the pigments are adsorbed to the titanium oxide. A photoelectric conversion element having a configuration shown in Fig. 1 of Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2000-340269 was produced by using a solution of a salt of a tetrapropylammonium salt and a solution of a molybdenum solution as an electrolytic solution and using platinum as a counter electrode. As for the photoelectric conversion, the above-mentioned element was irradiated with light of a high-pressure mercury lamp of 160 W (the infrared portion was cut by a filter), and the conversion efficiency was measured by the same method as the experiment. The results are shown in Table 7. The case where the conversion efficiency is 6.0% or more is expressed as A, the case where 5% or more and less than 6% is expressed as B', and the case where 4% or more and less than 5% is expressed as C, and 3% or more and less than 4% The case is expressed as d, the case where 1.5% or more and less than 3% is expressed as E ' is expressed as F in the case of less than 1.5%, and the case where the conversion efficiency is D or more is regarded as qualified, and the case of 99 it 201211165 which is insufficient is regarded as not qualified. Further, as the durability, the conversion efficiency after continuous irradiation for 4 hours at 45% RH is 90% or more with respect to the initial value of the conversion efficiency, and it is evaluated that A' is 85% or more and less than 90%. In the case of B, 80% or more and less than 85% are evaluated as C, 70% or more and less than 80% are evaluated as d, and less than 70% is evaluated as E. [Table 7] Table 7 Sample Preparation Titanium 1st Pigment 2nd Pigment 0.1 mM Conversion Efficiency Durability Test 7-1 Titanium Telluride i A-27 - AB The present invention 7-2 vaporized titanium 2 A-27 - AB 7-3 titanium oxide 3 A-27 - AB of the present invention 7-4 titanium oxide 1 A-15 - AA 7-5 titanium oxide 2 A-15 - AA of the present invention 7-6 titanium oxide 3 A- of the present invention 15 - AA 7-7 titanium oxide 1 A-25 _ AA of the present invention 7-8 titanium oxide 2 Α·25 - AA of the present invention 7-9 vaporized titanium 3 Α-25 - AA 7-10 gasification of the present invention钦1 Α-1 - CC 7-11 titanium oxide 2 Α·1 - CC of the present invention 7-12 titanium telluride 3 Α-1 - B c 7-13 of the present invention Titanium 1 Bl - D c Comparative Example 7 -14 Titanium telluride 2 Bl - D c Comparative Example 7-15 Oxidation 3 Β·1 Preparation D c Comparative Example 7-16 Oxidation 1 Α-1 Rl B c The present invention 7-17 vaporized titanium 2 Α-1 Rl B c The present invention 7-18 gasification qing 3 Α-1 Rl C c The present invention 7-19 vaporized titanium 1 Α-1 R-7 A c The present invention 7-20 silver oxide 2 Α-1 R-7 A c 7-21 Oxidation 3 Α-1 R-7 B c of the present invention 7-22 Gasification 1 Α-1 R-8 A c The present invention 7-23 Oxidation: k 2 Α-1 R-8 A c 7-24 titanium oxide 3 Α- 1 R-8 A c Inventive [Experiment 7] The semiconductor fine particles were produced by using the following titanium oxide having different particle diameters. 100 201211165 = The use of the paste to prepare a photoelectrochemical cell was carried out, and the characteristics were evaluated. [Preparation of paste] (Paste 1) T-shaped particles (anatase type, average particle size is 25 nm, particles n are put into the solution, and the mixture is mixed with titanium oxide (4). Secondly, titanium dioxide. (4) Adding a thick cellulose-based binder to the machine, and mixing it with the agent (paste 2) = shape Ti02 particles 1 and other balls% Ti〇2 particles (anatase to touch ^ particle size is fine, Hereinafter, the spherical Ti〇2 particles 2) are placed in a solution to be mixed, thereby preparing the dioxins (4). Secondly, the titanium (10) is added as a cellulose binder, and the preparation is carried out. _ 2 (τκ) 2 particle weight: Weight = 30: 70). (Paste 3) The paste/11 1 and the rod-shaped Ti〇2 particles (anatase type, diameter 1 〇〇 =, lateral ratio 5 Å or less are referred to as rod-shaped Ti 〇 2 particles 〇 mixed = rod Weight of Ti〇2 particle i: weight of paste i = paste 3. (Paste 4) i and rod-shaped Ti〇2 particles! Mix and modulate the shape of rod Ή〇2 *1 1 weight: paste The weight of the agent 1 = 30: 7 糊 paste 4. (Paste 5) The paste 1 and the rod-shaped Ti 〇 2 particles j are mixed to prepare a rod-shaped chat 101 201211165 The weight of the particle 1! Weight = 50 : Paste 5. (Paste 6) Paste 1 and slab-shaped mica particles (straight 6, hereinafter referred to as slab-like primordial ^, 丄 ^ only to the weight of sub-1: _ ΓΓΓ weight Γ mixing, modulating slab-like mica (paste 7) 0: 80 paste 6. Paste 1 and rod-shaped TM2 particles (anatase type, diameter nm, aspect ratio of 6 3, 乂Only horse 3〇

Hi棒t™2粒子2)加以思合, 糊劑7。 子2之重里.糊劑1之重量=30: 7〇之 (糊劑8) 將糊劑1與棒狀之呢粒 nm、縱糌fc卜盔、, 啊土 且1工馬5〇 ㈣下稱為棒狀Tl〇2粒子3)加以 &gt;見人 调製棒狀Ti02粒子3夕舌曰., 电公, 糊劑8。 子3之重!.糊劑I之重量=30、之 (糊劑9) 將糊劑I與棒狀之Tl〇2粒 nm、縱橫比為5.8、以下谧焱怯旦仫為75 調製棒狀⑽粒子=棒,粒子4)力,, 糊劑9。 千4之重量.糊劑I之重量=30 : 7〇之 (糊劑10) 字糊劑1與棒狀之Tl〇2粒子(銳鈦礦型、直徑為】 麵、縱橫比為5.2 調製棒狀™2粒子5之重:=〇2粒子5)加以成合, 之重量.糊劑1之重量=30 : 7〇之 102 201211165. j^uzopif 糊劑10。 (糊劑11) nm、縱 棒狀之™2粒子(銳鈦礦型、直徑為180 調製棒狀\〇2粒子以6下稱舌為^狀™2粒子6)加以混合, 糊劑11。 ’之重篁·糊劑1之重量=30 : 70之 (糊劑12) nm棒狀之™2粒子(銳鈦礦型、直徑為, 調製棒=::7下之稱= 糊劑12。 之重置.糊劑1之重量= 30: 70之 (糊劑13) 粒子(銳鈦礦型、直徑為no =^〇2粒子8之重量:糊们之重一。之 (糊劑14) 將糊劑1與棒狀之叫粒子(銳 伽制縱橫比為3·4、以下稱為棒狀Ti〇2粒子9) 調製棒狀Ti〇2粒子9之重量:糊劑2 ^, 糊劑14。 里里30 · 70之 (光電化學電池1) 藉由以下所示之順序,製 麗.74號公報之圖5中\作;;^日本專利特開 中所5己載之光電極12同樣之構 103 201211165, 成的光電極,進一步使用光電極,製作除了該光電極以外 具有與日本專利特開2002-289274號公報之圖3中所記載 之色素增感型太陽電池20同樣之構成的1〇mmxl〇mm之 標度(scale)的光電化學電池1。 準備於玻璃基板上形成有掺氟之Sn〇2導電膜(膜厚 為500 nm)的透明電極。 、、 於該Sn〇2導電臈上絲網印刷上述之糊劑2,其欠使其 乾燥。其後,於空氣中、45(rc之條件下進行般燒。、進一步 使用糊劑4而反覆進行該絲網印刷與般燒,藉此於⑽ 導電膜上形成具有與上述專利文獻之圖5所示之半導體雷 極2同樣構成的半導體電極(受光面之面積為1()麵_ mm、層厚為!〇卿、半導體層之層厚為6卿光散射声 為4 _、光散射層中所含有之棒狀Ti〇2粒子二 3有率為30 wt%),製作不含增感色素之光電極。 弁使色素以如下对而吸附於半導體電極上。首 第;色素之濃_ 苴次,於^農度為 L),調製色素溶液。 吸附總量約之色#,t 體電極上 極(穴_之屌声幻^電極同樣之形狀與大小的麵電 、厚度為100 nm)作為相對電極,嘴制^ 以及磁化鐘之蹲系氧化還原溶液作為電解質ΕΓ進 104 201211165 ^yuzopif 備具有與半㈣電極之大小吻合之形狀的杜邦公司製造的 間隔物S (商品名為「Surlyn」),如日本專利特開 2002-289274號公報之圖3所示那樣,介隔間隔物s而使 光電極10與相對電極CE對向,於内部填充上述之電解質 而完成光電化學電池1。 (光電化學電池2) 以如下之方式進行半導體電極之製造,除此以外藉由 與光電化予電池1同樣之順序而製作日本專利特開 2002-289274號公報中所記載之圖i所示之光電極,製 作具有與日本專顺開繼_·74號公報巾所記載之圖 斤’、色素礼感型太陽電池20同樣之構成的光電化學電 池2。 使用糊劑2作為半導體層形成用糊劑。繼而,於 =電膜爲_卩刷_ 2,其次使其乾燥 +、45()^條件下進行職,形成半導體層。 而且使= 丨作為光散射層之最内部之層形成用糊劑。 劑。繼而,與t作為光散射層之最外部之層形成用糊 散射層。^電化學電池1同樣地於半導體層上形成光 繼而,於Q A u 2002-289274 &gt; 2導電膜上形成具有與日本專利特開 浼公報中所記載之圖1所示之半導體電極2 :r:半導體電極(受光*之_=二 層之層厚為4⑽、半導體層之層厚為3卿、最内部之Hi rod tTM2 particles 2) think together, paste 7. The weight of the paste 2, the weight of the paste 1 = 30: 7 〇 (paste 8) The paste 1 and the rod-shaped grain nm, the vertical 糌 fc Helmet, the ah and the 1 work horse 5 〇 (four) It is called a rod-shaped Tl〇2 particle 3) and it is made to see a person modulating a rod-shaped TiO 2 particle 3 夕 tongue 曰., electric gong, paste 8. The weight of child 3! The weight of the paste I = 30, (paste 9) The paste I and the rod-shaped Tl 〇 2 grains nm, the aspect ratio is 5.8, the following 谧焱怯 仫 is 75 modulation rod shape (10) particles = rod, Particle 4) Force, Paste 9. Weight of 1000%. Weight of paste I=30: 7〇(paste 10) Word paste 1 and rod-shaped Tl〇2 particles (anatase type, diameter) Surface, aspect ratio is 5.2 Modulation rod The weight of the TM2 particles 5: = 〇 2 particles 5) The weight of the paste. The weight of the paste 1 = 30: 7 〇 102 201211165. j^uzopif paste 10. (Paste 11) The TM2 particles of the nm and the longitudinal rod shape (the anatase type, the diameter of the 180-shaped rods, and the 〇2 particles are referred to as the TM2 particles 6 in 6 cases) are mixed, and the paste 11 is mixed. 'Heavy weight · Paste 1 weight = 30: 70 (paste 12) nm rod-shaped TM2 particles (anatase type, diameter, modulation rod =:: 7 under = = paste 12). Reset. Paste 1 weight = 30: 70 (paste 13) Particles (anatase type, diameter no = ^ 〇 2 particle 8 weight: paste weight one. (paste 14) The paste 1 and the rod-like particles (the sharp aspect ratio is 3.4, hereinafter referred to as the rod-shaped Ti 2 particle 9), and the weight of the rod-shaped Ti 2 particles 9 is prepared: paste 2 ^, paste 14. Liri 30 · 70 (photoelectrochemical cell 1) In the order shown below, the photo electrode 12 of the 5th article of the Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 74 In the same manner as the photo-sensing type solar cell 20 described in FIG. 3 of Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2002-289274, the photoelectrode is further used. A photoelectrochemical cell of a scale of 1 〇mmxl 〇 mm. A transparent electrode having a fluorine-doped Sn 〇 2 conductive film (having a film thickness of 500 nm) formed on a glass substrate is prepared, and the Sn 〇 2 conductive 臈The above-mentioned paste 2 is screen-printed and dried, and then dried in the air under conditions of 45 (rc), and the paste 4 is further used to repeatedly perform the screen printing and the baking. On the conductive film, a semiconductor electrode having the same structure as that of the semiconductor lightning pole 2 shown in FIG. 5 of the above-mentioned patent document is formed (the area of the light-receiving surface is 1 () plane _ mm, the layer thickness is 〇 、, and the semiconductor layer is The layer thickness is 6 qing, the light scattering sound is 4 _, and the rod-shaped Ti 〇 2 particles contained in the light scattering layer have a ratio of 3 to 3, and a photoelectrode containing no sensitizing dye is prepared. But adsorbed on the semiconductor electrode. The first; the pigment concentration _ 苴, in the ^ agricultural degree is L), the modulation of the pigment solution. The total amount of adsorption about the color #, t body electrode on the pole (hole _ 屌 屌 屌 屌^The same shape and size of the electrode, the thickness is 100 nm) as the opposite electrode, the nozzle system and the magnetization clock of the lanthanide redox solution as the electrolyte entanglement 104 201211165 ^yuzopif has the same size as the half (four) electrode a spacer S (trade name "Surlyn") made by DuPont As shown in FIG. 3 of Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2002-289274, the photoelectrode 10 is completed by interposing the spacer s with the counter electrode CE, and the above-described electrolyte is filled thereinto to complete the photoelectrochemical cell 1. Battery 2) The photoelectrode shown in Fig. i described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2002-289274 is produced in the same manner as in the photoelectrication of the battery 1 except that the semiconductor electrode is produced in the following manner. A photoelectrochemical cell 2 having the same configuration as that of the color-sensing type solar cell 20 described in Japanese Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 74-A. The paste 2 was used as a paste for forming a semiconductor layer. Then, the = electric film is _ 卩 brush _ 2, and then it is dried under +, 45 () ^ conditions to form a semiconductor layer. Further, = 丨 is used as the innermost layer forming paste of the light-scattering layer. Agent. Then, a paste scattering layer is formed with t as the outermost layer of the light-scattering layer. ^Electrochemical cell 1 is similarly formed on the semiconductor layer, and then formed on the conductive film of QA u 2002-289274 &gt; 2 with the semiconductor electrode 2 shown in Fig. 1 described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. : semiconductor electrode (the light-receiving * _ = the thickness of the layer of the second layer is 4 (10), the layer thickness of the semiconductor layer is 3 qing, the innermost

曰”、她、最内部之層中所含有之棒狀Ti〇2粒子J 105 〜ir 201211165 之含有率為Η) wt%、最外部之 之層中所含有之棒狀Ti〇粒+ ^為叫11、最内部 作不含增感色权先電極。5ΰ wt%)'製 隔間_使光電極與相對電充: 述電解質而完成光電化學電池2。 1P填充上 (光電化學電池3) 於製造半導體電極時,使用铷节丨丨】 用糊劑,使用糊劑4作為光1作為半導體層形成 _由I###與带a為先射層形成用糊劑,除此以外 藉由與先電化學電池i同樣之順序 嶋號公報之圖5所示之光電極;, ==2__號公報中所記㈣ 子電池20同樣之構成的光電化學電池3。 mm、H,於f導體電極中,受光面之面積為10 mmxl0 之層厚&quot;^ 5 二半導體層之層厚為5 μιη、光散射層 含有絲射層中所含有之雜叫粒子κ (光電化學電池4) 於製造半導體電極時,使用糊劑2作為 =光Γ糊劑6作為紐射層形成用糊劑,除二外 化學電池1同樣之順序而製作圖5所示之光電 之圖3^與日本專利特開腫_289274號公報中所記載 化風雷、之光電化學電池%同樣之構成的錢極及光電 予電池4。另外,於半導體電極中,受光面之 mmXl〇 mm、層厚為10 μιη、半導體層之層厚為6 5 、 106 201211165. jyuzopif 光散射層之層尽為3.5 μηι、光散射層中所含之板狀雲母粒 子1之含有率為20 wt%。 (光電化學電池5) 於製造半導體電極時,使用糊劑2作為半導體層形成 用糊劑,使用糊劑8作為光散射層形成用糊劑,除此以外 藉由與光電化學電池1同樣之順序而製作光電化學電池 5。 另外,半導體電極之光散射層中所含有之棒狀Ti〇2粒 子3之含有率為wt%。 (光電化學電池6) 於製造半導體電極時,使用糊劑2作為半導體層形成 用糊劑,使用糊劑9作為光散射層形成用糊劑,除此以外 藉由與光€化學電池1同樣之順序而製作光電化學電池 6。 另外,爭導體電極之光散射層中所含有之棒狀Ti〇2粒 子4之含有率為% wt%。 (光電牝學電池7) 於製造半導體電極時,使用糊劑2作為半導體層形成 用糊劑,使琍糊劑10作為光散射層形成用糊劑,除此以外 藉由與光镇化學電池1同樣之順序而製作光電化學電池 7。 另外,爭導體電極之光散射層中所含有之棒狀Ti〇2粒 子5之含有率為30 wt%。 (光電牝學電池8) 於製造半導體電極時,使用糊劑2作為半導體層形成 用糊劑,像用糊劑11作為光散射層形成用糊劑,除此以外 藉由與光€化學電池1同樣之順序而製作光電化學電池 107 201211165 owzopif 8。 另外,爭導體電極之光散射層中所含有之棒狀Ti02粒 子6之含有率為30 wt%。 (光電牝學電池9) 於製造爭導體電極時,使用糊劑2作為半導體層形成 用糊劑,使用糊劑13作為光散射層形成用糊劑,除I以外 藉由與光電化學電池1同樣之順序而製作光電化學電池 9。 另外,半導體電極之光㈣射所含#之棒狀Ti〇2粒 子8之含有率為30 wt%。 (光電化學電池10) 於製造半導體電極時’使用糊劑2作為半導體層形成 用糊劑,使用糊劑14作為紐射層形成用_,除此以外 藉由與光電化學電池丨同樣之順序而製作光電化學電池 10。 另外’+導體電極之光散射層中所含有之棒狀聊 粒子9之含有率為30 wt%。 (光電化學電池11) 道於製造半導體電極時,僅僅使用糊劑2而製作僅由半 導體層所構成之半導體電極(受光面之面積為曰", her, the innermost layer contains the rod-shaped Ti〇2 particles J 105 ~ ir 201211165, the content of Η) wt%, the outermost layer of the rod-shaped Ti 〇 particles + ^ is Called 11, the innermost is the first electrode without sensitization color. 5ΰ wt%) 'The compartment _ makes the photoelectrode and the relative electric charge: the electrolyte is completed to complete the photoelectrochemical cell 2. 1P filling (photoelectrochemical cell 3) In the production of a semiconductor electrode, a paste is used, and a paste 4 is used as the light 1 as a semiconductor layer. The paste is formed by I### and band a as the first layer, and by the other. The photoelectrode shown in Fig. 5 of the ninth publication of the first electrochemical cell i; the photoelectrochemical cell 3 having the same configuration as the subcell 20 of the (4) sub-cell No. 2__. mm, H, f In the conductor electrode, the area of the light-receiving surface is 10 mm×10, and the layer thickness of the semiconductor layer is 5 μm, and the light-scattering layer contains the impurity particles κ (photoelectrochemical cell 4) contained in the silk layer. When manufacturing a semiconductor electrode, paste 2 is used as the photoresist paste 6 as a paste for forming a plating layer, and the same chemical battery 1 is used. In the order of the photovoltaics shown in Fig. 5, the money electrode and the photovoltaic pre-cell 4 having the same configuration as that of the photo-electrical battery of the Japanese version of the Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. _289274. In the semiconductor electrode, the light-receiving surface is mm×10 mm, the layer thickness is 10 μm, and the thickness of the semiconductor layer is 6 5 , 106 201211165. The layer of the jyuzopif light-scattering layer is 3.5 μm, and the plate-like mica contained in the light scattering layer In the case of producing a semiconductor electrode, the paste 2 is used as a paste for forming a semiconductor layer, and the paste 8 is used as a paste for forming a light-scattering layer, and the paste is used as a paste for forming a light-scattering layer. The photoelectrochemical cell 5 is produced in the same manner as the photoelectrochemical cell 1. The content of the rod-shaped Ti〇2 particles 3 contained in the light-scattering layer of the semiconductor electrode is wt%. (Photoelectrochemical cell 6) In the case of producing a semiconductor electrode, the paste 2 is used as a paste for forming a semiconductor layer, and the paste 9 is used as a paste for forming a light-scattering layer, and a photoelectrochemical cell 6 is produced in the same order as the chemical battery 1 is used. . In addition, the content ratio of the rod-shaped Ti 2 particles 4 contained in the light-scattering layer of the conductor electrode is % wt%. (Photoelectric cell 7) When the semiconductor electrode is manufactured, the paste 2 is used as the semiconductor layer. In the paste, the paste 10 is used as a paste for forming a light-scattering layer, and the photoelectrochemical cell 7 is produced in the same manner as the photo-chemical cell 1. The light-scattering layer of the conductor electrode is contained in the light-scattering layer. The content of the rod-shaped Ti 2 particles 5 is 30 wt%. (Photoelectric ray battery 8) When the semiconductor electrode is manufactured, the paste 2 is used as a paste for forming a semiconductor layer, and the paste 11 is used as a light scattering layer. A photoelectrochemical cell 107 201211165 owzopif 8 was produced in the same order as the light chemical cell 1 except for the paste for formation. Further, the content of the rod-shaped TiO 2 particles 6 contained in the light-scattering layer of the conductor electrode was 30 wt%. In the production of the conductor-conducting electrode, the paste 2 is used as the paste for forming a semiconductor layer, and the paste 13 is used as the paste for forming a light-scattering layer, and the same as the photoelectrochemical cell 1 except for I. The photoelectrochemical cell 9 was fabricated in the order. Further, the content of the rod-shaped Ti 2 particles 8 containing # in the light (4) of the semiconductor electrode was 30 wt%. (Photoelectrochemical cell 10) When the semiconductor electrode is manufactured, 'paste 2 is used as a paste for forming a semiconductor layer, and paste 14 is used as a layer for forming a new layer, and the same procedure as in the case of photoelectrochemical cell is used. A photoelectrochemical cell 10 is fabricated. Further, the content of the rod-like particles 9 contained in the light-scattering layer of the '+ conductor electrode was 30 wt%. (Photoelectrochemical Cell 11) When manufacturing a semiconductor electrode, a semiconductor electrode composed of only a semiconductor layer is formed using only the paste 2 (the area of the light receiving surface is

10 mmxlO mm、層厚為10 μιη) ’除此以外藉由與光電化學電池】同 樣之順序而製作光電化學電池n。 (電化學電池12) 於製造半導體電極時’使用糊劑2作為半導體層形成 用糊劑’使用糊劑7作為光散射層形成用糊劑,除此以外 藉由與光電化學電池1同樣之順序而製作光電極及比較光 電化學電池12。另外,半導體電極之光散射層巾所含有之 108 201211165 J^uzopif 棒狀Ti〇2粒子2之含有率為30 wt%。 [特性之試驗及評價] 關於光電化學電池1〜光電化學電池12,使用太陽光 模擬器(WACOM製造、WXS-85H (商品名)),自通過 AM1.5濾光片之氙氣燈而照射1〇〇〇 W/m2之模擬太陽光。 使用I-V測試器而測定雹流-電壓特性,求出轉換效率。將 其結果不於表8。 將轉換效率為6.0%以上之情形表示為A,將5%以上 且不足6%之情形表示為B,將4%以上且不足5%之情形 表示為C ’將3%以上且不足4%之情形表示為D,將1.5% 以上且不足3%之情形表示為E,將不足1.5%之情形表示 為F,將轉換效率為d以上之情形作為合格,將不足d之 情形作為不合格。 作為耐久性’將於RH45%下連續照射400小時後之轉 換效率相對於轉換效率之初始值而言為90%以上之情形評 價為A,將85%以上且不足90%之情形評價為B,將80% 以上且不足85%之情形評價為c,將70%以上且不足80% 之情形評價為D,將不足70%之情形評價為E。 109 201211165 1J.A photoelectrochemical cell n was produced in the same order as the photoelectrochemical cell except that 10 mm x 10 mm and a layer thickness of 10 μm were used. (Electrochemical Cell 12) In the case of manufacturing a semiconductor electrode, 'paste 2 is used as a paste for forming a semiconductor layer', and paste 7 is used as a paste for forming a light-scattering layer, and the same procedure as that of photoelectrochemical cell 1 is used. A photoelectrode and a comparative photoelectrochemical cell 12 were fabricated. Further, the content of the 102 201211165 J^uzopif rod-shaped Ti 2 particles 2 contained in the light-scattering layer of the semiconductor electrode was 30 wt%. [Test and evaluation of characteristics] The photoelectrochemical cell 1 to the photoelectrochemical cell 12 were irradiated with a xenon lamp through an AM1.5 filter using a solar simulator (manufactured by WACOM, WXS-85H (trade name)).模拟W/m2 simulated sunlight. The turbulence-voltage characteristics were measured using an I-V tester to determine the conversion efficiency. The results are not shown in Table 8. The case where the conversion efficiency is 6.0% or more is expressed as A, the case where 5% or more and less than 6% is expressed as B, and the case where 4% or more and less than 5% is expressed as C 'will be 3% or more and less than 4%. The case is represented by D, the case where 1.5% or more and less than 3% is represented as E, the case where less than 1.5% is expressed as F, the case where the conversion efficiency is d or more is regarded as pass, and the case where d is less than d is regarded as unacceptable. The case where the conversion efficiency after continuous irradiation for 400 hours at RH45% is 90% or more with respect to the initial value of the conversion efficiency is evaluated as A, and the case where 85% or more and less than 90% is evaluated as B, The case where 80% or more and less than 85% was evaluated as c, the case where 70% or more and less than 80% was evaluated as D, and the case where less than 70% was evaluated as E. 109 201211165 1J.

[表8] 表8 試樣編號 光電化學電池 第1色素 第2色素 轉換效率 耐久性 備考 8-1 光電化學電池1 A-25 - B B 本發明 8-2 光電化學電池2 A-25 - A B 本發明 8-3 光電化學電池3 A-25 - A B 本發明 8-4 光電化學電池4 A-25 - A B 本發明 8-5 光電化學電池5 A-25 - B B 本發明 8-6 光電化學電池6 A-25 - B B 本發明 8-7 光電化學電池7 A-25 - A B 本發明 8-8 光電化學電池8 A-25 - A B 本發明 8-9 光電化學電池9 A-25 - A B 本發明 8-10 光電化學電池10 A-25 - A B 本發明 8-11 光電化學電池1 B-3 - E E 比較例 8-12 光電化學電池2 B-3 - E E 比較例 8-13 光電化學電池3 B-3 - E E 比較例 8-14 光電化學電池4 B-3 - E E 比較例 8-15 光電化學電池5 B-3 - E E 比較例 8-16 光電化學電池6 B-3 - E E 比較例 8-17 光電化學電池7 B-3 - E E 比較例 8-18 光電化學電池8 B-3 - E E 比較例 8-19 光電化學電池9 B-3 - E E 比較例 8-20 光電化學電池10 B-3 - E E 比較例 8-21 光電化學電池11 B-3 - E E 比較例 8-22 光電化學電池12 B-3 - E E 比較例 8-23 光電化學電池1 A-25 R-1 A B 本發明 8-24 光電化學電池1 A-25 R-7 A B 本發明 8-25 光電化學電池1 A-25 R-8 A B 本發明 [實驗8] 將於金屬氧化物微粒子中添加金屬醇鹽而製成漿料狀 者塗佈於導電性基板上,其後進行UV臭氧照射、UV照 射或乾燥而製作電極。其後,製作光電化學電池,測定轉 換效率。 (金屬氧化物微粒子) 110 2〇12lll65 ---- 使用氧化鈦作為金屬氧化物微粒子。氧化鈦使用以重 量比計而言為30%金紅石型以及70%銳鈦礦型的平均粒徑 為25 nm之P25粉末(Degussa公司製造、商品名)。 (金屬氧化物微粒子粉末之預處理) 藉由預先對金屬氧化物微粒子進行熱處理而除去表面 之有機物與水分。於氧化鈦微粒子之情形時,於45(rc之 供箱中,於大氣下進行3〇分鐘之加熱。 (金屬氧化物微粒子中所含之水分量之測定) 藉由熱重量測定中之重量減少以及加熱至3 00。(:時所 脫附之水分量的卡爾費歇爾法(Karl Fisher)滴定而定量 於溫度為26。(:、濕度為72%之環境中保存之氧化鈦、P25 粉末(Degussa公司製造、商品名)中所含之水分量。 藉由卡爾費歇爾法滴定而定量於300。(:下加熱氧化 欽、P25粉末(Degussa公司製造、商品名)時所脫附之水 分置’結果於0.1033 g之氧化鈦微粉末中含有0 253 mg之 水。亦即’氧化鈦微粉末包含約2.5 wt%之水分。進行3〇 分鐘之熱處理,於冷卻後保存於乾燥器中而使用。 (金屬醇鹽糊劑之調製) 作為發揮鍵結金屬氧化物微粒子之作用的金屬醇鹽, 分別使用四異丙醇鈦(IV) (TTIP)作為鈦原料,使^四 正丙醇錯(IV)作為錯原料、使用五乙醇銳(ν)作為銳 原料(均為Aldrich公司製造)。 金屬氧化物微粒子與金屬醇鹽之莫耳濃度比可以金屬 醇鹽之水解所產生的非晶體層並不過度變厚、且粒子彼此 111 201211165 jyyjz^Kjyif 、二行之方式而根據金屬氧化物微粒子直徑而[Table 8] Table 8 Sample No. Photoelectrochemical Cell 1st Pigment 2nd Pigment Conversion Efficiency Durability Test 8-1 Photoelectrochemical Cell 1 A-25 - BB 8-2 Photoelectrochemical Cell 2 A-25 - AB Invention 8-3 Photoelectrochemical cell 3 A-25 - AB 8-4 photoelectrochemical cell of the invention 4 A-25 - AB 8-5 photoelectrochemical cell of the invention 5 A-25 - BB 8-6 photoelectrochemical cell 6 of the invention A-25 - BB 8-7 Photoelectrochemical Cell of the Invention 7 A-25 - AB 8-8 Photoelectrochemical Cell of the Invention 8 A-25 - AB 8-9 Photoelectrochemical Cell of the Invention 9 A-25 - AB The present invention 8 -10 Photoelectrochemical Cell 10 A-25 - AB 8-11 Photoelectrochemical Cell of the Invention 1 B-3 - EE Comparative Example 8-12 Photoelectrochemical Cell 2 B-3 - EE Comparative Example 8-13 Photoelectrochemical Cell 3 B- 3 - EE Comparative Example 8-14 Photoelectrochemical cell 4 B-3 - EE Comparative Example 8-15 Photoelectrochemical cell 5 B-3 - EE Comparative Example 8-16 Photoelectrochemical cell 6 B-3 - EE Comparative Example 8-17 Photoelectrochemical cell 7 B-3 - EE Comparative Example 8-18 Photoelectrochemical cell 8 B-3 - EE Comparative Example 8-19 Photoelectrochemical cell 9 B-3 - EE Comparative Example 8-20 Photoelectrochemical cell 10 B -3 - EE Comparative Example 8-21 Photoelectrochemical Cell 11 B-3 - EE Comparative Example 8-22 Photoelectrochemical Cell 12 B-3 - EE Comparative Example 8-23 Photoelectrochemical Cell 1 A-25 R-1 AB The present invention 8-24 Photoelectrochemical Cell 1 A-25 R-7 AB 8-25 Photoelectrochemical Cell of the Invention 1 A-25 R-8 AB The present invention [Experiment 8] is prepared by adding a metal alkoxide to metal oxide fine particles. The slurry is applied onto a conductive substrate, and then subjected to UV ozone irradiation, UV irradiation, or drying to prepare an electrode. Thereafter, a photoelectrochemical cell was fabricated to measure the conversion efficiency. (Metal oxide fine particles) 110 2〇12lll65 ---- Use titanium oxide as the metal oxide fine particles. As the titanium oxide, a P25 powder (manufactured by Degussa Co., Ltd., trade name) having a 30% rutile type and a 70% anatase type average particle diameter of 25 nm was used. (Pretreatment of Metal Oxide Fine Particles) The organic matter and moisture on the surface are removed by heat-treating the metal oxide fine particles in advance. In the case of titanium oxide fine particles, it is heated in the oven at 45 (rc) for 3 minutes in the atmosphere. (Measurement of the amount of water contained in the metal oxide fine particles) Weight reduction by thermogravimetry And it is heated to 300 00. (: Karl Fisher titration of the desorbed water and titrated at a temperature of 26. (:, titanium oxide, P25 powder stored in an environment with a humidity of 72%) The amount of water contained in (manufactured by Degussa Co., Ltd., trade name) is quantified by Karl Fischer method titration. (: Dehydrated when heated under oxidized chin and P25 powder (manufactured by Degussa Co., Ltd.) The result of moisture setting contains 0 253 mg of water in 0.1033 g of titanium oxide fine powder. That is, the 'titanium oxide fine powder contains about 2.5 wt% of water. It is heat treated for 3 minutes, and stored in a desiccator after cooling. (Used as a metal alkoxide paste) As a metal alkoxide which functions to bond metal oxide fine particles, titanium tetrachloride (IV) (TTIP) is used as a titanium raw material to make tetra-n-propanol Wrong (IV) as the wrong material, use Ethanol sharp (ν) as a sharp raw material (all manufactured by Aldrich). The molar concentration ratio of the metal oxide fine particles to the metal alkoxide can be not excessively thickened by the amorphous layer produced by the hydrolysis of the metal alkoxide, and the particles are mutually 111 201211165 jyyjz^Kjyif, two lines and according to the diameter of metal oxide particles

屬醇鹽均製成al M ίί ί /子與四異丙醇鈦(Iv) (TTIP)加以混合之 月二ττρ目對於氧化鈦微粒子1 g而言混合3.55 g之ο: Μ ^ ΤΉΡ溶液。此時,所得之_中之氧化鈦濃度成= I2 wt%,成騎於塗佈之減。而且,_之氧錢盘ΤΤΙ' 重量比計而言為1:0.127:3 42,以莫耳比 為 1 . 0.036 : 5.92。 同樣地’關於氧化鈦微粒子與ΤΤΙρ α外之 混合糊劑’亦哺粒子濃度成為22 wt%之方式及^調 製。於使用氧化鋅以及氧化錫微粒子之糊劑中設為Μ wt%。於氧化鋅以及氧化錫之情科,以相對於金屬氧化 物微粒子1 g而言,金屬醇鹽溶液為5 25 g之比進行混合。 將金屬氧化物微粒子與金屬醇鹽溶液於密閉容器中藉 由磁力«拌器㈣2小時而獲得均句之糊劑。將糊&amp;塗 於導電性基板上之㈣絲可使_刀成縣、絲網印刷 法、喷塗法等,適當之糊劑黏度可根據塗佈方法而適宜選 擇。此處使用可簡便地以玻璃棒進行塗佈之方法(類似於 到刀成开&gt;法)。於此情形時,賦予適當之糊劑黏度的金屬氧 化物微粒子之濃度成為大概5 wt%〜3〇 wt%之範圍。 由於金屬醇鹽之分解而生成之非晶質金屬氧化物之厚 度於本貫驗中處於0.1 nm〜0.6 nm左右之範圍,可成為適 宜範圍之厚度。 (於導電性基板上之糊劑之塗佈與風乾處理) 112 201211165t 於附有摻錫氧化銦(ITO)導電膜之聚對苯二曱酸乙 二酯(PET)薄膜基板(2〇n/cm2)或附有摻氟氧化錫(FTO) 導電膜之玻璃基板(10 Ω/cm2)上,以固定間隔而平行地 貼附2牧黏著帶作為間隔物,使用玻璃棒而均勻地塗佈依 照上述方法而調製之各糊劑。 於塗佈糊劑後,根據於色素吸附之前有無進行臭 氧處理、UV照射處理 '.或乾燥處理而改變條件,從而製 作多孔質膜。 (乾燥處理) 將塗佈於導電性基板上之後的獏於大氣中室溫下風乾 2分鐘左右。於該過程中,糊劑中之金屬醇鹽由於大氣中 之水分而水解,由Ti烧醇鹽、Zr^醇鹽、灿鋪鹽分別 形成非晶體之氧化鈦、氧化锆、氧化铌。 所生成之非晶質金屬氧化物發揮將金屬氧化物微粒子 彼此以及㈣與導電性基板接著之仙,因此僅僅藉由風 乾而獲得機械強度與附著性優異之多孔質膜。 (UV臭氧處理) ' 於uv臭氧處理中使用日本雷射電子公司製 NL-UV253 UV缝清潔器。於w麵中具有3個於185 腿與254 nm處具有明線之4 5 w水銀燈,將試樣水平配 置於距光源約6.5厘米之距離。藉由於㈣巾導人氧 =生3i於本實例中’進行2小時之該UV臭氧處理: Γρτ’Λ發現由於該W臭氧處理所造成之1T〇膜以 及FTO膜之導電性降低。 、 113 201211165 一/ 夕、y “ v^lt (UV處理) 對腔室中進行It氣置換而谁并♦ 與所述賴處理同樣地進行二之 現由於該w處理所造成之IT0膜以及FT〇膜之 低0 (色素吸附) 多音:素:用表匕中所'己載之增感色素’調製各增感 色素之· mM之乙酵溶液(於併用第2色素之情形時, 將第1色素之濃f設為(U mM,將第2色素之濃度設為 0.1 mM)。於本實驗中’將上述處理而製作之多孔質膜於 l〇〇°C之烘箱進行1小時之乾燥後,浸潰於增感色素溶液 中’直接於至溫下放置50分鐘而使&amp;素吸附於氧化鈦表 面。色素吸附後之試樣藉由乙醇加以清洗,進行風乾。 (光電化學電池之製作與電池特性評價) 將色素吸附後之形成有多孔質膜的導電性基板作為光 電極使其與措由錢鐘麵微粒子而加以改性之ΙΤο/ρΕτ膜 或FTO/玻璃相對電極對向,試製光電化學電池。上述光電 極之有效面積為約0.2 cm2。使用於電解質溶液中包含0 5 Μ之Lil、〇.〇5 Μ之I?、〇.5 Μ之第三丁基吡啶的3-曱氧基 丙腈,藉由毛細現象而導入至兩電極間之間隙中。 電池性能之評價可藉由於固定光子數(1016 cm·2)照 射下的光電流作用光譜測定及AM1.5模擬太陽光(1〇〇 mW/cm2)照射下之I-v測定而進行。於該些測定中使用分 光計器公司製造之CEP-2000型分光感度測定裝置。將所 114 2〇12lll65 -----rll' 件之轉換效率示於表9中。 將轉換效率為3.5%以上之情形表示為A,將3.0%以 上且不足3.5%之情形表示為B ’將2.5%以上且不足3.0% 之情形表示為C,將2.0%以上且不足2.5%之情形表示為 D,將1.5%以上且不足2.0%之情形表示為E,將不足1.5〇/〇 之情形表示為F。 而且,作為财久性,將連續照射400小時後之轉換效 率相對於轉換效率之初始值而言為90%以上之情形評價為 A ’將85%以上且不足90%之情形評價為B,將80%以上 且不足85%之情形評價為C,將70%以上且不足80%之情 形評價為D,將不足70%之情形評價為E。 [表9] 115 201211165 表9 試樣編號 基板 氧化鈦預處理 第1色素 第2色素 UV 臭氧 UV 乾燥 轉換效率 耐久性 備考 9-1 FTO/玻璃 有 A-15 - 〇 X 〇 A A 本發明 9-2 FTO/玻璃 有 A-15 - X 〇 〇 A B 本發明 9-3 FTO/玻璃 有 A-15 - X X 〇 B B 本發明 9-4 FTO/玻璃 有 A-15 - X X X B B 本發明 9-5 FTO/玻璃 無 A-15 X X 〇 B B 木發明 9-6 FTO/玻璃 有 A-15 - 〇 X 〇 A B 本發明 9-7 ITO/PET 有 A-15 〇 X 0 A B 本發明 9-8 ITO/PET 有 A-15 - X X 〇 B B 本發明 9-9 FTO/玻璃 有 A-21 - 〇 X 〇 c A 本發明 9-10 FTO/玻璃 有 A-21 - X 〇 〇 c B 本發明 9-11 FTO/玻璃 有 A-21 - X X 〇 D B 本發明 9-12 FTO/玻璃 有 A-21 - X X X D B 本發明 9-13 FTO/玻璃 無 A-21 - X X 〇 D B 本發明 9-14 FTO/玻璃 有 A-21 - 0 X 〇 c B 本發明 9-15 ITO/PET 有 A-21 - 〇 X 〇 c B 本發明 9-16 ITO/PET 有 A-21 - X X 〇 D B 本發明 9-17 FTO/玻璃 有 B-2 - 〇 X 〇 E D 比較例 9-18 FTO/玻璃 有 B-2 - X 〇 〇 E D 比較例 9-19 FTO/玻璃 有 B-2 - X X 0 E D 比較例 9-20 FTO/玻璃 有 B-2 - X X X E E 比較例 9-21 FTO/玻璃 無 B-2 - X X 〇 E D 比較例 9-22 FTO/玻璃 有 B-2 - 0 X 〇 E D 比較例 9-23 ITO/PET 有 B-2 - 〇 X 0 E D 比較例 9-24 ITO/PET 有 B-2 - X X 〇 E D 比較例 9-25 FTO/玻璃 有 A-21 R-1 〇 X 〇 B A 本發明 9-26 FTO/玻璃 有 A-21 R-1 X 〇 〇 B B 本發明 9-27 FTO/玻璃 有 A-21 R-1 X X 〇 A B 本發明 9-28 FTO/玻璃 有 A-21 R-1 X X X A B 本發明 9-29 FTO/玻璃 無 A-21 R-1 X X 〇 A B 本發明 9-30 FTO/玻璃 有 A-21 R-1 〇 X 〇 B B 本發明 9-31 ITO/PET 有 A-21 R-1 〇 X 〇 B B 本發明 9-32 ITO/PET 有 A-21 R-1 X X 〇 B B 本發明 9-33 FTO/玻璃 有 A-21 R-7 〇 X 〇 B A 本發明 9-34 FTO/玻璃 有 A-21 R-7 X 〇 0 B B 本發明 9-35 FTO/玻璃 有 A-21 R-7 X X 〇 A B 本發明 9-36 FTO/玻璃 有 A-21 R-7 X X X A B 本發明 9-37 FTO/玻璃 無 A-21 R-7 X X 〇 A B 本發明 9-38 FTO/玻璃 有 A-21 R-7 0 X 0 B B 本發明 9-39 ITO/PET 有 A-21 R-7 〇 X 〇 B B 本發明 9-40 ITO/PET 有 A-21 R-7 X X 0 B B 本發明 116 201211165 於表9中,「UV臭氧」 枋时,丄、 uv」、乾炼」之襴分別表 不夕、之形成後、增感色素吸附前的UV臭氧處理、 uv「照射處理、錢紐之有無。錢行了纽之情形記 為〇」,將未進行處理之情形記為Γχ」。 表9之「氧化鈦預處理乂攔表示氧化錄粒子 ,理(於45(TC下之烘箱中進行如分鐘之熱處理)之有無。 试樣9_6、'樣9_14、試樣9_22、試樣9_3G、試樣9 38是 表不使用有1^ TTIP濃度(氧化鈦:TTIP之莫耳比為!: 0.356)之糊劑的試樣。其他試樣(試樣9—〗〜試樣9_5、試 樣9-7〜試樣9-13、試樣9-15〜試樣9-21、試樣9-23〜試 樣9-29、試樣9-31〜試樣9-37、試樣9-39、試樣9-40)均 使用了氧化鈦:TTIP=l : 0.0356之糊劑。 由表9可知:使用有本發明之色素的光電化學電池無 論在多孔質膜之形成後、增感色素吸附前有無進行UV臭 氧處理、UV照射處理、乾燥處理’光電化學電池之轉換 效率總是尚而獲得合格水準的轉換效率。另外,經過400 小時後的轉換效率為初始值之7〇%以上,顯示出優異之耐 久性。 [實驗9] 使用乙腈作為溶劑,調製溶解有碘化鋰O.i mom、峨 0.05 mol/卜碘化二曱基丙基咪唑鑌〇 62 mol/:[之電解質溶 液。於其中分別添加、溶解下述所示之No.l〜No.8之苯并 咪唑系化合物以使各自之濃度成為0.5 mol/1。 [化 34] 117 201211165The alkoxides are prepared by mixing al M ίίί / sub-titanium (IV) with titanium tetraisopropoxide (TTIP). For the titanium oxide microparticles 1 g, 3.55 g of ο: Μ ^ ΤΉΡ solution is mixed. At this time, the obtained titanium oxide concentration was = I2 wt%, which was reduced by the coating. Moreover, the oxygen ratio of the _ is 1:0.127:3, and the molar ratio is 1. 0.036: 5.92. Similarly, the 'mixed paste of titanium oxide fine particles and ΤΤΙρ α' was also prepared so that the concentration of the particles was 22 wt%. In the paste using zinc oxide and tin oxide fine particles, it is set to Μ wt%. In the case of zinc oxide and tin oxide, the metal alkoxide solution is mixed at a ratio of 5 25 g with respect to 1 g of the metal oxide fine particles. The metal oxide microparticles and the metal alkoxide solution were obtained in a closed container by a magnetic stirrer (4) for 2 hours to obtain a uniform paste. The (4) silk which is applied to the conductive substrate by the paste & can be made into a smear, a screen printing method, a spray coating method, etc., and a suitable paste viscosity can be appropriately selected according to the coating method. Here, a method of simply coating with a glass rod (similar to the knife-to-blade method) is used. In this case, the concentration of the metal oxide fine particles imparting a suitable paste viscosity is in the range of approximately 5 wt% to 3 wt%. The thickness of the amorphous metal oxide formed by the decomposition of the metal alkoxide is in the range of about 0.1 nm to 0.6 nm in the present test, and it can be a suitable thickness. (Coating and air drying treatment of the paste on the conductive substrate) 112 201211165t Polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film substrate with a tin-doped indium oxide (ITO) conductive film (2〇n/ Cm2) or a glass substrate (10 Ω/cm2) with a fluorine-doped tin oxide (FTO) conductive film, and 2 grazing adhesive tapes are attached in parallel at regular intervals as spacers, and uniformly coated with a glass rod. Each paste prepared by the above method. After the paste is applied, the conditions are changed depending on whether or not the ozone treatment, the UV irradiation treatment, or the drying treatment is performed before the dye adsorption, thereby producing a porous film. (Drying treatment) The crucible applied to the conductive substrate was air-dried at room temperature for about 2 minutes. In this process, the metal alkoxide in the paste is hydrolyzed by moisture in the atmosphere, and amorphous titanium oxide, zirconium oxide, and cerium oxide are formed from Ti alkoxide, Zr^ alkoxide, and canon salt, respectively. The amorphous metal oxide formed exhibits a combination of the metal oxide fine particles and (4) and the conductive substrate, and therefore, a porous film excellent in mechanical strength and adhesion is obtained only by air drying. (UV ozone treatment) 'In the uv ozone treatment, NL-UV253 UV seam cleaner manufactured by Japan Laser Electronics Co., Ltd. was used. There are 3 4 5 w mercury lamps with bright lines at 185 legs and 254 nm in the w-face, and the sample is horizontally placed at a distance of about 6.5 cm from the light source. The conductivity of the 1T tantalum film and the FTO film due to the W ozone treatment was found to be caused by the (IV) towel conducting oxygen = raw 3i in this example for 2 hours of the UV ozone treatment: Γρτ'Λ. , 113 201211165 一 / 夕, y " v ^lt (UV treatment) It is replaced by the It gas in the chamber, and the same as the above-mentioned treatment, the IT0 film and FT due to the w treatment are now performed. Low 〇 film (pigmentation) Multi-tone: 素: Using the sensitizing dye contained in the 匕 调制 调制 调制 调制 调制 调制 调制 ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( The concentration f of the first dye was (U mM, and the concentration of the second dye was 0.1 mM). In the present experiment, the porous film produced by the above treatment was subjected to an oven at 10 ° C for 1 hour. After drying, it was immersed in the sensitizing dye solution and allowed to stand at a temperature of 50 minutes to adsorb the &amp; sulphate onto the surface of the titanium oxide. The sample after the dye adsorption was washed with ethanol and air-dried. Production and evaluation of battery characteristics) The conductive substrate on which the porous film was formed after the dye was adsorbed was used as a photoelectrode to align with the ΙΤο/ρΕτ film or the FTO/glass counter electrode modified by the clock face microparticles. , trial production of photoelectrochemical cells. The effective area of the above photoelectrode is 0.2 cm2. Used in an electrolyte solution containing 5-5 liters of Li, 〇.〇5 Μ I?, 〇.5 第三 of the third butyl pyridine of 3-decyloxypropionitrile, introduced by capillary action The gap between the two electrodes. The evaluation of the performance of the battery can be determined by the photocurrent action spectrum of the fixed photon number (1016 cm·2) and the Iv of the AM1.5 simulated sunlight (1〇〇mW/cm2). The measurement was carried out using a CEP-2000 spectrophotometric measuring apparatus manufactured by Spectrometer Co., Ltd. The conversion efficiency of the 114 2〇12lll65 -----rll' piece was shown in Table 9. The case of 3.5% or more is represented as A, the case of 3.0% or more and less than 3.5% is expressed as B', and the case where 2.5% or more and less than 3.0% is expressed as C, and the case where 2.0% or more and less than 2.5% is expressed as D, the case where 1.5% or more and less than 2.0% is expressed as E, and the case where less than 1.5 〇/〇 is expressed as F. Moreover, as the long-term property, the conversion efficiency after continuous irradiation for 400 hours is initial with respect to the conversion efficiency. The case where the value is 90% or more is evaluated as A', and the case where 85% or more and less than 90% is evaluated as B 80% or more and less than 85% were evaluated as C, 70% or more and less than 80% were evaluated as D, and less than 70% was evaluated as E. [Table 9] 115 201211165 Table 9 Sample No. Substrate titanium oxide pretreatment first pigment second pigment UV ozone UV drying conversion efficiency durability test 9-1 FTO/glass with A-15 - 〇X 〇AA 9-2 FTO/glass of the invention has A-15 - X 〇 〇AB 9-13 FTO/glass of the invention has A-15 - XX 〇BB 9-4 FTO/glass of the invention has A-15 - XXXBB 9-5 FTO/glass without invention A-15 XX 〇BB wood invention 9 -6 FTO/glass has A-15 - 〇X 〇AB 9-7 ITO/PET of the invention has A-15 〇X 0 AB 9-8 ITO/PET of the invention has A-15 - XX 〇BB The present invention 9- 9 FTO/glass has A-21 - 〇X 〇c A The present invention 9-10 FTO/glass has A-21 - X 〇〇c B The present invention 9-11 FTO/glass has A-21 - XX 〇DB The present invention 9-12 FTO/glass has A-21 - XXXDB 9-13 FTO/glass without A-21 - XX 〇DB 9-14 FTO/glass of the invention has A-21 - 0 X 〇c B The present invention 9- 15 ITO/PET with A-21 - 〇X 〇c B Invention 9-16 ITO/PET A-21 - XX 〇DB 9-17 FTO/glass of the invention has B-2 - 〇X 〇ED Comparative Example 9-18 FTO/glass has B-2 - X 〇〇ED comparison Example 9-19 FTO/Glass has B-2 - XX 0 ED Comparative Example 9-20 FTO/Glass has B-2 - XXXEE Comparative Example 9-21 FTO/Glass without B-2 - XX 〇ED Comparative Example 9-22 FTO/glass has B-2 - 0 X 〇ED Comparative Example 9-23 ITO/PET Available B-2 - 〇X 0 ED Comparative Example 9-24 ITO/PET Available B-2 - XX 〇ED Comparative Example 9-25 FTO/glass has A-21 R-1 〇X 〇BA The invention 9-26 FTO/glass has A-21 R-1 X 〇〇BB The invention 9-27 FTO/glass has A-21 R-1 XX 〇 AB 9-28 FTO/glass of the invention has A-21 R-1 XXXAB 9-29 FTO/glass without A-21 R-1 XX 〇AB 9-30 FTO/glass of the invention has A-21 R-1 〇X 〇BB 9-31 ITO/PET of the invention A-21 R-1 〇X 〇BB 9-32 ITO/PET of the invention A-21 R-1 XX 〇BB 9-33 FTO/glass of the invention A-21 R-7 〇X 〇BA 9-34 FTO/glass of the invention has A-21 R-7 X 〇0 BB 9-35 FTO/glass of the invention has A-21 R-7 XX 〇 AB 9-36 FTO/glass of the invention has A-21 R-7 XXXAB 9-37 FTO/glass without A-21 R-7 XX 〇AB 9-38 FTO/glass of the invention has A-21 R-7 0 X 0 BB 9-39 ITO/PET of the present invention A-21 R-7 〇X 〇BB 9-40 ITO/PET of the present invention A-21 R-7 XX 0 BB The present invention 116 201211165 is shown in Table 9, "UV Ozone" When 枋, uv uv, and 干 」 襕 、 、 、 、 、 、 UV UV UV UV UV UV UV UV UV UV UV UV UV UV UV UV UV UV UV UV UV UV UV UV UV UV UV UV UV UV UV UV UV UV The situation in which money is spent on the New Year is recorded as "〇", and the situation that has not been processed is recorded as "Γχ". The "titanium oxide pretreatment" in Table 9 indicates the oxidation of the particles, and the presence or absence of 45 (the heat treatment in the oven under TC, such as minute). Sample 9_6, 'Sample 9_14, Sample 9_22, Sample 9_3G, Sample 9 38 is a sample which does not use a paste having a concentration of 1 TTIP (titanium oxide: TTIP molar ratio:: 0.356). Other samples (sample 9 - 〜 ~ sample 9_5, sample 9-7~sample 9-13, sample 9-15~sample 9-21, sample 9-23~sample 9-29, sample 9-31~sample 9-37, sample 9- 39. Samples 9-40) were each used as a paste of titanium oxide: TTIP = 1: 0.0356. It can be seen from Table 9 that a photoelectrochemical cell using the pigment of the present invention, after formation of a porous film, a sensitizing dye Whether there is UV ozone treatment, UV irradiation treatment, and drying treatment before adsorption. The conversion efficiency of the photoelectrochemical cell is always good, and the conversion efficiency is always acceptable. In addition, the conversion efficiency after 400 hours is 7〇% or more of the initial value. It shows excellent durability. [Experiment 9] Using acetonitrile as a solvent, it was prepared to dissolve lithium iodide, 峨0.05 mol/b diisopropyl propyl imidazolium iodide. 〇62 mol/: [electrolyte solution. The benzimidazole-based compounds of No. 1 to No. 8 shown below were added and dissolved therein so that the respective concentrations became 0.5 mol/1. [Chem. 34] 117 201211165

於玻璃基板上,藉由濺鍍摻雜有氟之氧化錫而作為 明導電膜,形成導電膜。於該導電膜上塗佈含有銳鈇礦型 氧化鈦粒子之分散液(於水與乙腈以4: 1之體積比而構成 之混合溶劑100 ml中調配銳鈦礦型氧化鈦(日本Aer〇sil 公司製造之P-25 (商品名))32 g ’使用自轉/公轉併用式 之混合調節器而均一地分散、混合而獲得的半導體微粒子 分散液),其後於500°C下進行燒結而形成厚度為15 μηα之 感光層。其次,將感光層於下述表所記載之增感色素的乙 醇溶液(濃度為lxl(T4 mol/L,於併用2種之情形時,第1 色素、第2色素之濃度分別為〇.1 mM)中浸潰24小時。 於該感光層中滴加No. 1〜No.8之苯并。米唾系化合物電解 液。 於其上載置聚乙烯膜製之框型間隔物(厚25 μιη ),以 鉑相對電極將其覆蓋,製作光電轉換元件。 以Xe燈為光源而對所得之光電轉換元件照射強度為 118 201211165 100 mW/cm2之光,測定開路電壓與光電轉換效率。將其結 果示於表10。 (結果之評價) 將開路電壓為7.0 V以上之情形作為◎,將6 5 v以上 且不足7.0 V之情形作為〇,將6.0 V以上且不足6 5 v之 情形作為△,將不足6.0 V之情形作為X而進行評價,將 6.5 V以上評價為合格。 將轉換效率為6.0%以上之情形表示為a,將5%以上 且不足6%之情形表示為B,將4%以上且不足5%之情形 表示為C,將3%以上且不足4%之情形表示為D,將丨5〇/〇 以上且不足3%之情形表示為E,將不足15%之情形表示 為F,將轉換效率為D以上之情形作為合格,將不足〇之 情形作為不合格。 ,而且,作為耐久性,將於RH45%下連續照射400小時 後之轉換效率相對於轉換效率之初始值而言為9〇%以上之 情形,價為A ’將85%以上且不足90%之情形評價為B, 將80%以上且不(85%之情形評價$ c,冑7〇%以上且不 足80%之情形評價為D,將不足7〇%之情形評價為E。 另外,於表10中亦表示使用有未添加苯并咪唑系化合 物之電解液的光電轉換元件之結果。 119 201211165 [表 10] 表10 試樣編號 苯并咪唑系化合物 第1色素 第2色素 開路電壓 轉換效率 耐久性 備考 10-1 No.l A-l - ◎ Β B 本發明 10-2 No.2 A-l - ◎ Β C 本發明 10-3 No.3 A-l - ◎ Β C 本發明 10-4 No.4 A-l - ◎ Β c 本發明 10-5 No.5 A-l - ◎ Β c 本發明 10-6 No.6 A-l - ◎ Β B 本發明 10-7 No.7 A-l - ◎ Β C 本發明 10-8 No.8 A-l - ◎ Β C 本發明 10-9 無 A-l - 〇 C C 本發明 10-10 No.l A-15 - ◎ A A 本發明 10-11 No.2 A-15 - ◎ A A 本發明 10-12 No.3 A-15 - ◎ A A 本發明 10-13 No.4 A-15 - ◎ A A 本發明 10-14 No.5 A-15 - ◎ A A 本發明 10-15 No.6 A-15 - ◎ A A 本發明 10-16 No.7 A-15 - ◎ A A 本發明 10-17 No.8 A-15 - ◎ A A 本發明 10-18 無 A-15 - 〇 B A 本發明 10-19 No.l B-2 - 〇 D D 比較例 10-20 No.2 B-2 - 〇 D D 比較例 10-21 No.3 B-2 - 〇 D D 比較例 10-22 No.4 B-2 - 〇 D D 比較例 10-23 No.5 B-2 - 〇 D D 比較例 10-24 No.6 B-2 〇 D D 比較例 10-25 No.7 B-2 - 〇 D D 比較例 10-26 No.8 B-2 - 〇 D D 比較例 10-27 無 B-2 - Δ E D 比較例 10-28 No.l A-l R-l ◎ A A 本發明 10-29 No.l A-l R-2 ◎ A A 本發明 10-30 No.l A-l R-3 ◎ B A 本發明 10-31 No.l A-l R-4 ◎ B A 本發明 10-32 No.l A-l R-5 ◎ A A 本發明 10-33 No.l A-l R-6 ◎ B A 本發明 10-34 No.l A-l R-7 ◎ A A 本發明 10-35 No.l A-l R-8 ◎ A A 本發明 10-36 No.l A-l R-9 ◎ B A 本發明 10-37 No.l A-l R-10 ◎ A A 本發明 10-38 No.l A-l R-ll ◎ B A 本發明 10-39 No.l A-l R-12 ◎ A A 本發明 由表10可知:使用本發明之色素的光電化學電池之開 120 201211165A conductive film is formed on the glass substrate by sputtering a fluorine-doped tin oxide as a conductive film. Applying a dispersion containing the smectite-type titanium oxide particles to the conductive film (the anatase-type titanium oxide is blended in 100 ml of a mixed solvent of water and acetonitrile in a volume ratio of 4:1 (Japan Aer〇sil) P-25 (trade name) manufactured by the company) 32 g 'Semiconductor fine particle dispersion obtained by uniformly dispersing and mixing using a mixing regulator of a rotation/revolution type, and then sintering at 500 ° C to form A photosensitive layer having a thickness of 15 μηα. Next, the photosensitive layer is an ethanol solution of a sensitizing dye described in the following table (concentration: lxl (T4 mol/L). When two types are used in combination, the concentrations of the first dye and the second dye are respectively 〇.1. Immersed in mM) for 24 hours. To the photosensitive layer, benzene was added to No. 1 to No. 8. The rice-salt compound electrolyte was placed thereon, and a frame-shaped spacer (thickness 25 μm) made of polyethylene film was placed thereon. The photoelectric conversion element was fabricated by covering it with a platinum counter electrode. The obtained photoelectric conversion element was irradiated with light having an intensity of 118 201211165 100 mW/cm 2 using a Xe lamp as a light source, and the open circuit voltage and photoelectric conversion efficiency were measured. It is shown in Table 10. (Evaluation of the results) The case where the open circuit voltage is 7.0 V or more is ◎, the case of 6 5 v or more and less than 7.0 V is taken as 〇, and the case of 6.0 V or more and less than 6 5 v is taken as Δ. The case where the value is less than 6.0 V is evaluated as X, and the evaluation is performed as 6.5 V or more. The case where the conversion efficiency is 6.0% or more is expressed as a, and the case where 5% or more and less than 6% is expressed as B, and 4% is expressed. Above and less than 5% of the situation is expressed as C, will be more than 3% and less than 4% In the case of D, the case where 丨5〇/〇 or more and less than 3% is expressed as E, the case where less than 15% is expressed as F, the case where the conversion efficiency is D or more is regarded as pass, and the case where the conversion efficiency is less than 〇 is regarded as unqualified. Moreover, as the durability, the conversion efficiency after continuous irradiation for 400 hours at RH45% is 9% or more with respect to the initial value of the conversion efficiency, and the price is A' which is 85% or more and less than 90%. The case was evaluated as B, and 80% or more and not (85% of cases evaluated as $c, 胄7〇% or more and less than 80% were evaluated as D, and less than 7〇% was evaluated as E. In addition, Table 10 also shows the results of using a photoelectric conversion element having an electrolyte solution to which a benzimidazole-based compound is not added. 119 201211165 [Table 10] Table 10 Sample No. Benzimidazole Compound Compound 1 Pigment 2nd Pigment Open Circuit Voltage Conversion Efficiency Durability test 10-1 No.l Al - ◎ Β B The present invention 10-2 No. 2 Al - ◎ Β C The present invention 10-3 No. 3 Al - ◎ Β C The present invention 10-4 No. 4 Al - ◎ Β c The present invention 10-5 No. 5 Al - ◎ Β c The present invention 10-6 No. 6 Al - ◎ Β B The present invention 10 -7 No. 7 Al - ◎ Β C The present invention 10-8 No. 8 Al - ◎ Β C The present invention 10-9 No Al - 〇 CC The present invention 10-10 No. 1 A-15 - ◎ AA The present invention 10 -11 No. 2 A-15 - ◎ AA The present invention 10-12 No. 3 A-15 - ◎ AA The present invention 10-13 No. 4 A-15 - ◎ AA The present invention 10-14 No. 5 A-15 - ◎ AA The present invention 10-15 No. 6 A-15 - ◎ AA The present invention 10-16 No. 7 A-15 - ◎ AA The present invention 10-17 No. 8 A-15 - ◎ AA The present invention 10-18 None A-15 - 〇BA The present invention 10-19 No.l B-2 - 〇DD Comparative Example 10-20 No.2 B-2 - 〇DD Comparative Example 10-21 No.3 B-2 - 〇DD Comparison Example 10-22 No.4 B-2 - 〇DD Comparative Example 10-23 No.5 B-2 - 〇DD Comparative Example 10-24 No.6 B-2 〇DD Comparative Example 10-25 No.7 B- 2 - 〇DD Comparative Example 10-26 No.8 B-2 - 〇DD Comparative Example 10-27 No B-2 - Δ ED Comparative Example 10-28 No.l Al Rl ◎ AA The present invention 10-29 No.l Al R-2 ◎ AA The present invention 10-30 No. 1 Al R-3 ◎ BA The present invention 10-31 No. 1 Al R-4 ◎ BA The present invention 10-32 No. 1 Al R-5 ◎ AA The present invention 10-33 No.l Al R-6 ◎ BA The present invention 10-34 No.l Al R-7 ◎ AA The present invention 10-35 No. 1 Al R-8 ◎ AA The present invention 10-36 No. 1 Al R-9 ◎ BA The present invention 10-37 No. 1 Al R-10 ◎ AA The present invention 10 -38 No.l Al R-ll ◎ BA 10-39 No.1 Al R-12 ◎ AA According to the present invention, it is known from Table 10 that the photoelectrochemical cell using the pigment of the present invention is opened 120 201211165

小吋傻之轉換效罕走初始值之80%以上,顯厂、 久性。 ·”、不 ’另外,經過400 顯示出優異之耐Xiao Yu’s conversion effect is less than 80% of the initial value, showing the factory and the long-term. ·", no" In addition, after 400 shows excellent resistance

?、,防止因水之接近或親核種而造 成之轉換效率之降低,因而顯示出高轉換效率、高耐久性。 [實驗10] (光電化學電池21) 藉由以下所示之順序,製作具有與日本專利特開 2004-152613號公報之圖1所示之光電極1〇同樣構成的光 電極(其中將半導體電極2設為2層結構),另外除了使用 該光電極以外,製作具有與曰本專利特開2〇〇4 152613號 公報之圖1所示之色素增感型太陽電池2〇同樣構成的光電 化學電池(半導體電極2之受光面F2之面積為丄cm2)。 另外,關於該具有2層結構之半導體電極2之各層,將靠 近透明電極1之侧所配置的層稱為「第丨層」,將靠近相對 電極CE之側所配置的層稱為「第2層」。 首先使用平均粒徑為25 nm之P25粉末(Degussa公 司製造、商品名)、粒徑與其不同之氧化鈦粒子亦即p2〇〇 粉末(平均粒徑為200 nm、. Degussa公司製造、商品名), 以P25與P200之合計含量為15 wt%,P25與p2〇〇之重量 121 2〇l2Hl65 比成為P25 : P200 = 30 : 70之方式,於該些中添加乙_ 酮、、離子交換水、界面活性劑(東京化成公司製造、商。 名為「Triton-X」),加以混練而調製第2層形成用漿了 以下稱為「漿料1」)。 7 ,、 其次,並不使用P200而僅使用P25,除此以外藉由與 上述漿料1同樣之調製順序而調製第丨層形成用漿^ 之含量為15 wt%、以下稱為「漿料2」)。 另一方面,準備於玻璃基板(透明導電性玻璃)上形 成有摻氟之Sn〇2導電膜(膜厚為7〇〇nm)的透明電極 度為U mm)。繼而,於該Sn〇2導電膜上,使用棒式塗佈 機而塗佈上述漿料2,繼而使其乾燥。其後,於大氣中、 450 C下煅燒30分鐘。由此而於透明電極上形成半導體電 極2之第1層。 另外,使用漿料1,反覆進行與上述同樣之塗佈與煅 燒嘯此於第1層上形成第2層。由此而於Sn〇2導電膜 上形成半導體電極2 (受光面之面積為! Gem2、第j層與 第2層之合計厚度為10叫(第1層之厚度為3 μηι、第2 層之厚度為7 μηι)),製作不含增感色素之狀態的光電極 其次’_表11中所記載之色素的乙醇紐(各增感 色素之濃度為3xl().4 mGl/L。於併用第2色素之情形時, 第1色素之濃度為lxl0-4m〇1/L,第2色素之濃度為ΐχΐ〇·4 m‘)作為色素。將光f極1()浸潰於赫液中,於 8〇C之溫度條件下放置2(H、時。藉此而於半㈣電極之内 122 201211165 部吸附合計約l.〇xl(T7mol/cm2之增感色素。 其次,製作具有與上述光電極同樣之形狀與大小的相 對電極CE。首先,於透明導電性玻璃上滴加氯鉑酸六水合 物之異丙醇溶液,於大氣中進行乾燥後,於45〇。〇下進二 30分鐘之煅燒處理,藉此而獲得鉑燒結相對電極CE。另 外,於該相對電極CE上預先設置有電解質E之注入用孔 (直徑1 mm)。 其次,於成為溶劑之曱氧基乙腈中溶解碘化鋅、碘化 -1,2-二甲基-3-丙基咪唾鑌、碘、4_第三丁基吡咬而調製'液 狀電解質(碘化辞之濃度為1〇 mm〇l/L、碘化二甲基丙基 咪唑鑌之濃度為〇·6 m〇i/L、碘之濃度為〇 〇5 m〇1/L、4第 二丁基°比°定濃度為1 mol/L )。 其次’準備具有與半導體電極之大小吻合之形狀的〇11 P〇m_Mitsui Polychemicals co,Ud 製造的間隔物 s (商品 名為「Himilan」,乙烯/甲基丙烯酸無規共聚物離子聚合物 ,)’如日本專利特開勘4_152613號公報之圖i所示那 樣’介隔_物而使光電極與相對電極對向,藉由熱溶將 各個部件貼合而獲得電池之殼體(未填充電解質 ^次’自相對電極之孔將液狀電解質注人至殼體内之 &lt; ’藉由與間隔物同素材之部件將孔塞住,進-步於相對 =之孔+錢料熱咖瓶㈣,細完成化 電池21。 (光電化學電池22) 使液狀電解質中之換化鋅之濃度為5〇 mmol/L,除此 123 201211165 ==學電池21同樣之順序以及條件而製作 (光電化學電池23) 添加蛾化鐘而代替液狀電解質中之峨化辞 濃度為20 —I ’除此以外藉由與光 千/ 同樣之順序以及條件而製作光電化學電池 23。 4 (電化學電池24) 添加碘化鋰而代替液狀電解質中之碘化鋅,使液狀電 解質中之峨化鐘之〉農度為1〇〇 mm〇l/L,除此以外藉由與光 電化學電池21同樣之順相及條件而製作找化學電池 24 ° (試驗與評價) 藉由以下之順序’對使用光電化學電池21〜光電化學 電池24之試樣測定轉換效率。 電池特性評價試驗是於如下的測定條件下進行:使用 太陽光模擬器(WACOM ELECTRIC CO” LTD.製造、商品 名為「WXS-85-H型」),將通過AM濾光片(AM1.5)之 來自氣氣燈光源之模擬太陽光的照射條件設為100 mW/cm2(所謂之「1Sun」之照射條件)。 關於各光電化學電池,使用I-V測試器而於室溫下測 定電流-電壓特性,根據該些而求出轉換效率。將所得之結 果表不為表11 (lSun之照射條件)之「初始值」。 而且’將於6(TC、lSun照射下,於10Ω負載下之動 124 201211165 jyyjj. upif 作條件下經過500小時後之轉換效率之結果亦示於表u。 將轉換效率為6_0%以上之情形表示為a,將5%以上且不 足6%之情形表示為B,將4%以上且不足5%之情形表示 為C,將3%以上且不足4%之情形表示為D,將1,5%以上 且不足3%之情形表示為E,將不足1.5%之情形表示為ρ, 將轉換效率為D以上之情形作為合格,將不足〇之情形作 為不合格。另外,將經過50〇小時後之轉換效率相對於初 始值而言維持70%以上之情形作為合格。 125 2〇12lll65 [表 11] 表11 試樣編號 光電化學電池 第1色素 第2色素 轉換效率 備考 初始值 500小時後之減少率,% 11-1 光電化學電池21 A-21 C 15 本發明 11-2 光電化學電池22 A-21 C 14 本發明 11-3 光電化學電池23 A-21 - C 14 本發明 11-4 光電化學電池24 A-21 • C 15 本發明 11-5 光電化學電池21 A-22 B 10 本發明 11-6 光電化學電池22 A-22 B 9 本發明 11-7 光電化學電池23 A-22 • B 7 本發明 11-8 无1:化學電池24 A-22 • B 8 本發明 11-9 光電化學電池21 A-15 • A 5 本發明 11-10 光電化學電池22 A-15 . A 6 本發明 11-11 光電化學電池23 A-15 - A 5 本發明 11-12 光電化學電池24 A-15 - A 5 本發明 11-13 光電化學電池21 A-27 • A 9 本發明 11-14 光電化學電池22 A-27 - A 9 本發明 11-15 光電化學電池23 A-27 - A 6 本發明 11-16 光電化學踅池24 A-27 • A 8 本發明 11-17 光電化學電池21 B-1 - D 31 比較例 11-18 光電化學電池22 卜B-1 - D 33 比較例 11-19 光電化學電池23 B-1 - D 31 比較例 11-20 光電化學電池24 B-1 - D 30 fch較例 11-21 光電化學電池21 A-21 R-1 B 20 本發明 11-22 光電化學電池21 A-21 R-7 B 19 本發明 11-23 光電化學電池21 A-21 R-8 A 17 本發明 根據表11可知·使用本發明之色素的光電化學電池的 轉換效率之初始值均為合格水準,另外經過5〇〇小時後之 轉換效率亦為初始值之70%以上,顯示出優異之耐久性。 相對於此,於使用比較色素之情形時,於轉換效率、 耐久性上存在問題。 而且,於亞嗟吩基上具有碳原子數為5以上之取代基 的化合物顯示出更南之而t久性、轉換效率。若由於配向吸 附所產生之穩定化、吸附量增大,則存在適度之非效率締 126 2〇l2Hl65 合抑制效果。 由表11所7F之結果可知:本發明之色素即使於電解質 中添加峨化鋅之情形時亦優異。 [實驗11] ' 1. 二氧化敛分散液之調製 …於内侧塗佈有氟樹脂之内部容積為· ml之不錄鋼 製谷°°中加入一氧化鈦破粒子(日本Aerosil股份有限公司 製造、Degussa P-25) 15 g、水 45 g、分散劑(aldrich 公司製造、Triron X_100) i g、直徑為〇 5 _之氧化錯顆 粒(Nikkato公司製造)3〇 g,使用砂磨機(IMEXC〇上此 製造)而以1500 rpm進行2小時之分散處理。自所得之分 散液過濾分離氧化鍅顆粒。所得之分散液中的二氧化鈦微 粒子之平均粒徑為2.5 μιη。另外,藉由MALVERN公司製 造之Mastersizer而測定粒徑。 2. 吸附有色素之氧化鈦微粒子層(電極A)之製作 準備包覆有摻雜氟之氧化錫的20 mmx20 mm之導電 性玻璃板(旭硝子股份有限公司製造、商品名為TC〇 GLASS-U、表面電阻為約3〇Ω/ιη2),於其導電層側之兩端 (自端部起3 mm之寬度之部分)貼合間隔物用黏著帶 後,使用玻璃棒將上述分散液塗佈於導電層上。於分散液 之塗佈後’剝離黏著帶,於室溫下風乾1日。其次,將該 半導體塗佈玻璃板放入至電爐(Yamato Scientific. Co.,Ltd. 製造之馬弗爐FP-32型)中,於450°C下煅燒30分鐘。取 出半導體塗佈玻璃板而加以冷卻後’於表12所示之增感色 127 201211165 素之乙醇彡谷液(濃度為3&gt;&lt;1〇·4 m〇l/L。於併用第2色素之 情形時,第1色素之濃度為lxl〇-4 m〇l/L、第2色素之濃 度為lxlO·4 mol/L)中浸潰3小時。將吸附有色素之半導 體塗佈玻璃板於4-第三丁基吡啶中浸潰15分鐘後,以乙 醇加以清洗,使其自然乾燥。如此而獲得之色素增感氧化 鈦^粒子層之厚度為1〇 μιη,氧化鈦微粒子之塗佈量為肋 g/m2。而且,色素之吸附量根據其種類而為Q i历^〇丨/m2 〜lOmmol/m2之範圍内。 3.光電化學電池a之製作 使用乙腈與3-甲基-2-噁唑烷酮之體積比為9〇/1〇之混 合物作為溶劑。於該溶劑中添加碘以及作為電解質鹽之卜 甲基-3·己基咪唑鏽之碘鹽,調製含有〇5 m〇i/Li$解質 鹽以及0.05 mol/L之碘的溶液。於該溶液中,相對於(溶 劑+含氮高分子化合物+鹽)1〇〇重量份,添加1〇重量份 之^氮高分子化合物(α)β另外,混合〇1莫耳之對於含 氮高分子化合物之反應性氮原子的親電子劑(ρ),製成均 勻之反應溶液。 另一方面,於導電性玻璃板上所形成之色素增感氧化 鈦微粒子層上,介隔間隔物而載置由蒸鍍有鉑之玻璃板所 構成之相對電極的鉑薄膜侧,將導電性玻璃板與鉑蒸鍍玻 璃板口疋。將所付之組裝體之開放端浸漬於上述電解質溶 液中,藉由毛細管現象而使反應溶液浸透至色素增感氧化 欽微粒子層中。 其次,於80〇C下加熱30分鐘,進行交聯反應。由此 128 201211165?, to prevent the reduction of conversion efficiency due to the proximity of water or nucleophile, thus showing high conversion efficiency and high durability. [Experiment 10] (Photoelectrochemical cell 21) A photoelectrode having the same configuration as that of the photoelectrode 1 shown in Fig. 1 of Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2004-152613 (the semiconductor electrode) is produced by the procedure shown below. 2 is a two-layer structure), and photoelectrochemistry having the same configuration as that of the dye-sensitized solar cell 2 shown in Fig. 1 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei. The battery (the area of the light receiving surface F2 of the semiconductor electrode 2 is 丄cm2). In the respective layers of the semiconductor electrode 2 having the two-layer structure, the layer disposed on the side close to the transparent electrode 1 is referred to as a "second layer", and the layer disposed on the side close to the opposite electrode CE is referred to as "second layer". Floor". First, a P25 powder (manufactured by Degussa Co., Ltd., trade name) having an average particle diameter of 25 nm and a titanium oxide particle having a particle diameter different from that of p25 powder (having an average particle diameter of 200 nm, manufactured by Degussa Co., Ltd., trade name) are used. , the total content of P25 and P200 is 15 wt%, and the ratio of the weight of P25 to p2 121 121 2〇l2Hl65 is P25: P200 = 30:70, and ethyl ketone, ion exchange water, The surfactant (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., called "Triton-X") was kneaded to prepare a slurry for forming a second layer, which is hereinafter referred to as "slurry 1". 7 . Next, the P2 layer is used instead of P200, and the content of the second layer forming slurry is 15 wt%, which is hereinafter referred to as "slurry". 2"). On the other hand, a transparent electrode having a fluorine-doped Sn 〇 2 conductive film (having a film thickness of 7 Å) was formed on a glass substrate (transparent conductive glass) to have a U mm). Then, the slurry 2 was applied onto the Sn 2 conductive film by using a bar coater, followed by drying. Thereafter, it was calcined in the air at 450 C for 30 minutes. Thereby, the first layer of the semiconductor electrode 2 is formed on the transparent electrode. Further, using the slurry 1, the same coating and calcination as above were repeated to form a second layer on the first layer. Thereby, the semiconductor electrode 2 is formed on the Sn〇2 conductive film (the area of the light-receiving surface is ! Gem2, and the total thickness of the j-th layer and the second layer is 10 (the thickness of the first layer is 3 μηι, and the second layer is The thickness is 7 μηι)), and the photo-electrode of the dye described in Table 11 is produced in a state in which no sensitizing dye is contained. The concentration of each sensitizing dye is 3xl ().4 mGl/L. In the case of the second dye, the concentration of the first dye is lx10-4 m〇1/L, and the concentration of the second dye is ΐχΐ〇·4 m') as a dye. The light f pole 1 () is immersed in the helium liquid, and placed at a temperature of 8 ° C for 2 (H, hour. Thereby within the half (four) electrode 122 201211165 partial adsorption total about l. 〇 xl (T7mol Next, a counter electrode CE having the same shape and size as the photoelectrode is prepared. First, an isopropyl alcohol solution of chloroplatinic acid hexahydrate is added dropwise to the transparent conductive glass in the atmosphere. After drying, it was subjected to a calcination treatment for 45 minutes at a temperature of 45 Torr, thereby obtaining a platinum sintered counter electrode CE. Further, an injection hole (diameter 1 mm) of the electrolyte E was previously provided on the counter electrode CE. Secondly, dissolving zinc iodide, iodized-1,2-dimethyl-3-propylimidazolium, iodine, and 4_t-butylpyridine in a solvent-containing methoxyacetonitrile to prepare a liquid The electrolyte (the concentration of iodine is 1〇mm〇l/L, the concentration of dimethylpropylimidazolium iodide is 〇·6 m〇i/L, and the concentration of iodine is 〇〇5 m〇1/L). 4, the second butyl ratio is determined to be 1 mol/L. Next, 'prepare 〇11 P〇m_Mitsui Polychemicals co with a shape that matches the size of the semiconductor electrode. The spacer s manufactured by Ud (trade name "Himilan", ethylene/methacrylic acid random copolymer ionic polymer), as shown in Fig. i of Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei 4-152613, The photoelectrode is opposed to the counter electrode, and the components of the battery are obtained by laminating the respective components by hot-melting (the electrolyte is not filled) and the liquid electrolyte is injected into the casing from the hole of the opposite electrode. By plugging the hole with the material of the spacer and the material, the battery is further completed in the opposite hole + the hot coffee bottle (4). (Photoelectrochemical cell 22) The liquid electrolyte is replaced. The concentration of zinc is 5〇mmol/L, except that the 123 201211165 == learning battery 21 is prepared in the same order and conditions (photoelectrochemical cell 23). The moth clock is added instead of the liquid electrolyte. In addition, the photoelectrochemical cell 23 is fabricated by the same order and conditions as the light thousand. 4 (Electrochemical cell 24) Lithium iodide is added instead of zinc iodide in the liquid electrolyte to make the liquid electrolyte The 农化化之之之之农1〇〇mm〇l/L, except Further, a chemical battery 24 ° (test and evaluation) was produced by the same phase and conditions as those of the photoelectrochemical cell 21, and the conversion efficiency was measured for the sample using the photoelectrochemical cell 21 to the photoelectrochemical cell 24 by the following procedure. The battery characteristic evaluation test was carried out under the following measurement conditions: using a solar simulator (manufactured by WACOM ELECTRIC CO" LTD., trade name "WXS-85-H type"), and passing the AM filter (AM1. 5) The irradiation conditions of the simulated sunlight from the gas light source are set to 100 mW/cm2 (the so-called "1 Sun" irradiation condition). With respect to each photoelectrochemical cell, the current-voltage characteristics were measured at room temperature using an I-V tester, and conversion efficiency was obtained based on the above. The results obtained are not shown as "initial values" in Table 11 (illumination conditions of lSun). Moreover, the result of the conversion efficiency after 500 hours under the condition of 6 (TC, lSun irradiation, under the action of 10 Ω load, 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 In the case of a, 5% or more and less than 6% are represented as B, 4% or more and less than 5% are represented as C, and 3% or more and less than 4% are represented as D, and 1,5 The case where % or more and less than 3% is expressed as E, the case where less than 1.5% is expressed as ρ, the case where the conversion efficiency is D or more is regarded as pass, and the case where the conversion efficiency is less than 〇 is regarded as unqualified. In addition, after 50 hours The conversion efficiency was maintained at 70% or more with respect to the initial value as a pass. 125 2〇12lll65 [Table 11] Table 11 Sample No. Photoelectrochemical Cell 1st Pigment 2nd Pigment Conversion Efficiency Remarks Initial Value Reduction After 500 Hours Rate, % 11-1 Photoelectrochemical cell 21 A-21 C 15 Inventive 11-2 Photoelectrochemical cell 22 A-21 C 14 Inventive 11-3 Photoelectrochemical cell 23 A-21 - C 14 Inventive 11-4 Photoelectric Chemical battery 24 A-21 • C 15 11-5 Photoelectrochemical cell 21 A-2 of the present invention 2 B 10 Inventive 11-6 Photoelectrochemical Cell 22 A-22 B 9 11-7 Photoelectrochemical Cell of the Invention 23 A-22 • B 7 11-8 of the Invention No. 1: Chemical Battery 24 A-22 • B 8 Invention 11-9 Photoelectrochemical cell 21 A-15 • A 5 11-10 Photoelectrochemical cell of the invention 22 A-15 . A 6 11-11 Photoelectrochemical cell of the invention 23 A-15 - A 5 11-12 of the invention Chemical Battery 24 A-15 - A 5 11-13 Photoelectrochemical Cell 21 A-27 • A 9 11-14 Photoelectrochemical Cell 22 A-27 - A 9 11-15 Photoelectrochemical Cell 23 A of the Invention 27 - A 6 11-16 Photoelectrochemical Electrolysis Cell of the Invention 24 A-27 • A 8 11-17 Photoelectrochemical Cell 21-11-1 D 31 of the Invention Comparative Example 11-18 Photoelectrochemical Cell 22 Bu-1 - D 33 Comparative Example 11-19 Photoelectrochemical cell 23 B-1 - D 31 Comparative Example 11-20 Photoelectrochemical cell 24 B-1 - D 30 fch Comparative Example 11-21 Photoelectrochemical cell 21 A-21 R-1 B 20 Invention 11-22 Photoelectrochemical cell 21 A-21 R-7 B 19 Inventive 11-23 Photoelectrochemical cell 21 A-21 R-8 A 17 According to the present invention, a photoelectrochemical cell using the pigment of the present invention is known. Conversion efficiency The initial value of the standard are qualified, the conversion efficiency after the addition of 5〇〇 hours also 70% or more from the initial value, it exhibits excellent durability. On the other hand, when using a comparative pigment, there is a problem in conversion efficiency and durability. Further, a compound having a substituent having 5 or more carbon atoms on the fluorene substituent has a longer southerness and a conversion efficiency. If the stabilization due to the alignment adsorption and the amount of adsorption increase, there is a moderate non-efficiency 126 2〇l2Hl65 combined inhibitory effect. From the results of 7F in Table 11, it is understood that the dye of the present invention is excellent even in the case where zinc oxide is added to the electrolyte. [Experiment 11] ' 1. Preparation of Dioxide-Concentrating Dispersion Solution... The internal volume of the fluororesin coated on the inside is · ml. The non-recorded steel is added to the valley. The titanium oxide-breaking particles are added (manufactured by Japan Aerosil Co., Ltd.) , Degussa P-25) 15 g, water 45 g, dispersant (made by Aldrich, Triron X_100) ig, 〇5 _ oxidized granules (manufactured by Nikkato Co., Ltd.) 3 〇 g, using a sand mill (IMEXC〇 This was manufactured) and subjected to dispersion treatment at 1500 rpm for 2 hours. The cerium oxide particles were separated by filtration from the obtained dispersion. The average particle diameter of the titanium dioxide microparticles in the obtained dispersion was 2.5 μηη. Further, the particle diameter was measured by a Mastersizer manufactured by MALVERN. 2. Preparation of pigment-coated titanium oxide fine particle layer (electrode A) A 20 mm x 20 mm conductive glass plate coated with fluorine-doped tin oxide (manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd., trade name: TC〇GLASS-U) The surface resistance is about 3 〇Ω/ιη2), and the adhesive tape for the spacer is bonded to both ends of the conductive layer side (the portion having a width of 3 mm from the end portion), and the dispersion is coated with a glass rod. On the conductive layer. After the application of the dispersion, the adhesive tape was peeled off and air-dried at room temperature for 1 day. Next, the semiconductor-coated glass plate was placed in an electric furnace (muffle furnace FP-32 type manufactured by Yamato Scientific Co., Ltd.), and calcined at 450 ° C for 30 minutes. After the semiconductor coated glass plate was taken out and cooled, the sensitized color of the sensitized color 127 201211165 shown in Table 12 (concentration: 3) &lt;1〇·4 m〇l/L. In the case of the first pigment, the concentration of the first pigment was lxl 〇 -4 m〇l / L, and the concentration of the second pigment was lxlO · 4 mol / L) for 3 hours. The semiconductive-coated glass plate to which the dye was adsorbed was immersed in 4-tert-butylpyridine for 15 minutes, and then washed with ethanol to be naturally dried. The thickness of the dye-sensitized oxidized titanium oxide particle layer thus obtained was 1 〇 μηη, and the coating amount of the titanium oxide fine particles was rib g/m2. Further, the amount of adsorption of the dye is in the range of Q i / m2 to 10 mmol / m 2 depending on the type thereof. 3. Preparation of photoelectrochemical cell a A mixture of acetonitrile and 3-methyl-2-oxazolidinone in a volume ratio of 9 Å / 1 Torr was used as a solvent. To the solvent, iodine and an iodide salt of methyl-3-hexyl imidazole rust as an electrolyte salt were added to prepare a solution containing 〇5 m〇i/Li$sulfonate and 0.05 mol/L of iodine. In the solution, 1 part by weight of the nitrogen polymer compound (α) β is added to 1 part by weight of the solvent (nitrogen-containing polymer compound + salt), and 〇1 mole is mixed with nitrogen. The electrophilic agent (ρ) of the reactive nitrogen atom of the polymer compound is prepared into a uniform reaction solution. On the other hand, on the dye-sensitized titanium oxide fine particle layer formed on the conductive glass plate, the platinum film side of the counter electrode formed of the glass plate on which platinum is deposited is placed on the spacer, and conductivity is formed. Glass plate and platinum vaporized glass plate. The open end of the assembled body was immersed in the above electrolyte solution, and the reaction solution was allowed to permeate into the dye-sensitized oxidized fine particle layer by capillary action. Next, the mixture was heated at 80 ° C for 30 minutes to carry out a crosslinking reaction. Thus 128 201211165

X 而獲得如日本專利特開2〇〇〇-323190號公報之圖2所 ===1°之導電層12上,積層有色; W乳化鈦錄子層2G、電解質層%、 及玻璃板41所構成之㈣電極40的本發明之 池a (試樣編號m)。 電化學電 叩且,如衣12所示 成的組合,除㈣反覆 同之感光體及/或f荷移動體的光電化學電池 12-7、12-10、12-13、12._16〜12_18)。 、 4.光電化學電池b、光電化學電池c之製作 (1 )光電化學電池b ,如上所述那樣將藉由本發明之色素*色切感之氧化 欽子層所構成之電極A (2Qmmx2Gmm)介隔間隔物 而^於相同大小之鱗鍍玻璃板上。其次,利用毛細管 現象而使電解液(以乙腈與3•甲基_2ϋ烧酮之體積比為 90/10之混合物為溶劑的蛾為〇 〇5瓜‘、礙化鐘為Μ mol/L之溶液)浸透於兩玻璃板之間隙中,製作光電化學 電池b (式樣編號12_2)。而且,如表12所示那樣變更色 素^除此财卜反覆進行上述步驟,藉此獲得光電化學電池 b 4樣編號12_5、試樣編號12_8、試樣編號12·η、試樣 编號 12-14)。 (2)光電化學電池c (曰本專利特開平9·27352號中 所記載之電解質) 如上所述那樣於藉由本發明之色素而色素增感之氧化 129 201211165 鈦微粒子層所構成之電極A (20 mmx20 mm)上,塗佈電 解液而使其含浸。另外,電解液藉由如下方式而獲得:於 含有六乙二醇甲基丙烯酸酯(日本油脂化學股份有限公司 製造、BlemmerPE-350) lg、乙二醇lg、作為聚合二二 劑之2-羥基-2-曱基-1-苯基-丙烷_;!_酮(日本汽 : 有限公司製造、驗OCU請3)2〇mg之混合 碘化鋰500 mg,進行1〇分鐘之真空脫氣。其次,將含浸 有所述混合溶液之多孔性氧化鈦層於減壓下放置,藉此二 除去多孔性氧化鈦層中之氣泡,促進單體之浸透後,藉由 照射紫外光而進行聚合,從而將高分子化合物之均句之凝 膠填充於多孔性氧化鈦層之微細空孔内。將如此而所得者 於碘環境中暴露30分鐘,使碘擴散於高分子化合物中之 後,疊合鉑蒸鍍玻璃板,獲得光電化學電池c (試樣編號 12-3)。而且’如表12所示那樣變更色素,除此以外反覆 進行上述步驟’藉此獲得光電化學電池c(試樣編號12_6、 試樣編號12-9、試樣編號12-12、試樣編號12-15)。 5.光電轉換效率之測定 使500W之氙氣燈(Ushiolnc.製造)之光通過AM1.5 濾光片(Oriel公司製造)以及斬波濾光片(KenkoL-42), 藉此而使其成為不含紫外線之模擬太陽光。光強度為89 mW/cm2 ° 於所述之光電化學電池之導電性玻璃板10與鉑蒸鍍 玻璃板40上分別連接鱷魚夾,將各鱷魚夾連接於電流電壓 測定裝置(Keithley SMU238型(商品名))上。自導電性 130 201211165^ 玻璃板10側對其照射模擬太陽光,藉由電流電壓測定裝置 而測定所產生之電。將藉此而求得之光電化學電池之轉換 效率之初始值、連續照射500小時時的轉換效率之降低率 示於表12。 將轉換效率為6.0%以上之情形表示為a,將5%以上 且不足6%之情形表示為B,將4。/。以上且不足5%之情形 表示為C,將3%以上且不足4%之情形表示為D,將1 5〇/〇 以上且不足3%之情形表示為E,將不足1.5%之情形表示 為F,將轉換效率為D以上之情形作為合格,將不足〇之 情形作為不合格。 而且,將經過500小時後之轉換效率之降低率示於表 ^。將降低率為30%以下之情形作為合袼,將超過3〇%之 情形作為不合格。 131 201211165 UHif [λ 12] 表12 試樣 光電化學電池 含氮高 親電 第1色 第2 轉換效率 備考 編號 分子 子劑 素 色素 初始值 500h後之降低率(%) 12-1 光電化學電池a α β Α-1 - C 20 本發明 12-2 光電化學電池b 無 無 Α-1 - C 21 本發明 12-3 光電化學電池C 無 無 Α-1 - C 23 本發明 12-4 光電化學電池a α β Α-15 - A 5 本發明 12-5 光電化學電池b 無 無 Α-15 - A 5 本發明 12-6 光電化學電池C 無 無 Α-15 - A 6 本發明 12-7 光電化學電池a α β Α-27 - A 9 本發明 12-8 光電化學電池b 無 無 Α-27 - A 11 本發明 12-9 光電化學電池C 無 無 Α-27 - A 13 本發明 12-10 光電化學電池a α β Α-25 - A 6 本發明 12-11 光電化學電池b 無 無 Α-25 - A 7 本發明 12-12 光電化學電池C 無 無 Α-25 - A 7 本發明 12-13 光電化學電池a α β Β-3 - D 37 比較例 12-14 光電化學電池b 無 無 Β-3 - D 45 比較例 12-15 光電化學電池C 無 無 Β-3 - D 48 比較例 12-16 光電化學電池a α β Α-1 R-1 B 28 本發明 12-17 光電化學電池a α β Α-1 R-7 B 25 本發明 12-18 光電化學電池a α β Α-1 R-8 B 24 本發明 含氮高分子化合物α、親電子劑β表示以下之化合物。 [化 35]X is obtained on the conductive layer 12 of ===1° as shown in Fig. 2 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei. No. 2-323190, and the layer is colored; W emulsified titanium film layer 2G, electrolyte layer%, and glass plate 41 The pool a (sample number m) of the present invention comprising the (four) electrode 40. Electrochemical device, as shown in Figure 12, except for (4) Photoelectrochemical cells 12-7, 12-10, 12-13, 12._16~12_18, which are the same as the photoreceptor and/or the f-loaded mobile body. ). 4. Photoelectrochemical cell b, photoelectrochemical cell c (1) Photoelectrochemical cell b, as described above, the electrode A (2Qmmx2Gmm) composed of the oxidized crystal layer of the pigment* color-cutting sensation of the present invention is interposed. The spacers are plated on the same size scaly glass plate. Secondly, the capillary solution is used to make the electrolyte (the moth with a volume ratio of acetonitrile to 3/methyl-2 ketone ketone of 90/10 as the solvent is 〇〇5 melon), and the hindrance clock is Μ mol/L. The solution) was impregnated into the gap between the two glass plates to prepare a photoelectrochemical cell b (pattern No. 12-2). Further, as shown in Table 12, the coloring matter was changed, and the above steps were repeated, thereby obtaining a photoelectrochemical cell b-like number 12_5, sample number 12_8, sample number 12·η, sample number 12- 14). (2) Photoelectrochemical cell c (electrolyte described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 9/27352) The electrode A composed of the oxidized 129 201211165 titanium fine particle layer by the dye of the present invention as described above ( On the 20 mm x 20 mm), the electrolyte is applied and impregnated. In addition, the electrolytic solution is obtained by containing hexaethylene glycol methacrylate (manufactured by Nippon Oil & Fat Chemical Co., Ltd., Blemmer PE-350) lg, ethylene glycol lg, and 2-hydroxyl as a polymerization agent. -2-mercapto-1-phenyl-propane _;! ketone (Nippon Automobile Co., Ltd., OCU please 3) 2 〇mg of mixed lithium iodide 500 mg, vacuum degassing for 1 。. Next, the porous titanium oxide layer impregnated with the mixed solution is placed under reduced pressure, thereby removing bubbles in the porous titanium oxide layer, promoting the impregnation of the monomer, and then performing polymerization by irradiating ultraviolet light. Thus, the gel of the polymer compound is filled in the fine pores of the porous titanium oxide layer. The thus obtained product was exposed to an iodine atmosphere for 30 minutes to diffuse iodine into the polymer compound, and then a platinum vapor-deposited glass plate was laminated to obtain a photoelectrochemical cell c (sample No. 12-3). Further, 'the coloring matter was changed as shown in Table 12, and the above steps were repeated" to obtain a photoelectrochemical cell c (sample No. 12_6, sample No. 12-9, sample No. 12-12, sample No. 12) -15). 5. Measurement of photoelectric conversion efficiency The light of a 500 W xenon lamp (manufactured by Ushiolnc.) was passed through an AM1.5 filter (manufactured by Oriel Co., Ltd.) and a chopper filter (Kenko L-42), thereby making it Simulated sunlight containing ultraviolet light. The light intensity is 89 mW/cm2 °. The crocodile clips are respectively connected to the conductive glass plate 10 and the platinum vapor-deposited glass plate 40 of the photoelectrochemical cell, and the crocodile clips are connected to a current-voltage measuring device (Keithley SMU238 type (product) Name)). Self-conductivity 130 201211165^ The glass plate 10 is irradiated with simulated sunlight, and the generated electricity is measured by a current-voltage measuring device. The initial value of the conversion efficiency of the photoelectrochemical cell obtained by this and the rate of decrease of the conversion efficiency at the time of continuous irradiation for 500 hours are shown in Table 12. The case where the conversion efficiency is 6.0% or more is expressed as a, and the case where 5% or more and less than 6% is expressed as B, and 4 is obtained. /. The case where the above is less than 5% is expressed as C, the case where 3% or more and less than 4% is expressed as D, the case where 15 〇/〇 or more and less than 3% is expressed as E, and the case where less than 1.5% is expressed as F, the case where the conversion efficiency is D or more is regarded as a pass, and the case where the conversion efficiency is insufficient is regarded as a failure. Moreover, the reduction rate of the conversion efficiency after 500 hours has been shown in Table ^. A case where the reduction rate is 30% or less is considered as a merger, and a case where the reduction rate is more than 3 % is regarded as a failure. 131 201211165 UHif [λ 12] Table 12 Sample photoelectrochemical cell Nitrogen high electrophilic first color second conversion efficiency test number molecular sub-agent pigment initial value after 500h reduction rate (%) 12-1 photoelectrochemical cell a β β Α-1 - C 20 12-2 Photoelectrochemical Battery of the Invention b No Α-1 - C 21 The present invention 12-3 Photoelectrochemical Cell C No Α-1 - C 23 The 12-4 photoelectrochemical cell of the present invention a α β Α-15 - A 5 12-5 Photoelectrochemical cell of the invention b No Α-15 - A 5 12-6 Photoelectrochemical cell of the invention C No Α-15 - A 6 12-7 Photoelectrochemistry of the invention Battery a α β Α -27 - A 9 12-8 Photoelectrochemical Battery of the Invention b No Α-27 - A 11 12-9 Photoelectrochemical Cell C of the Invention C No Α-27 - A 13 12-10 Photoelectric of the Invention Chemical battery a α β Α-25 - A 6 12-11 Photoelectrochemical cell b of the invention b No Α-25 - A 7 12-12 Photoelectrochemical cell C of the invention C No Α-25 - A 7 12-13 of the present invention Photoelectrochemical cell a α β Β-3 - D 37 Comparative Example 12-14 Photoelectrochemical cell b No Β-3 - D 45 Comparative Example 12-15 Photoelectrochemical cell C No Β-3 - D 48 Comparative Example 12-16 Photoelectrochemical cell a α β Α-1 R-1 B 28 12-17 Photoelectrochemical cell of the invention a α β Α-1 R-7 B 25 12-18 Photoelectrochemical cell of the invention a α β Α-1 R-8 B 24 The nitrogen-containing polymer compound α and the electrophilic agent β of the present invention represent the following compounds. [化35]

[化 36] 132 201211165. jy\jz,vpif [實驗12] 使用藉由溶膠-凝膠法而調製之懸浮液,藉由絲網印刷 而將Ti〇2之多孔質層塗佈於ft〇玻璃上,於450°C下進行 煅燒。將其浸潰於本發明之色素化合物A_9、及增感色素 B-1之l〇_4mol/L乙醇溶液中,藉此使色素吸附。 將100 mg之2,2’,7,7,-四(二苯基胺基)_9,9'_螺二苐 (spirobifluorene)溶解於5 ml之氯仿中。將溶液輕輕地塗 於吸附有色素之多孔質層之表面,藉此使該溶液滲入至層 之細孔内。另外’將溶液之一滴直接置於表面而於室溫下 進行乾燥。其次’將包覆支撐體安裝於蒸鍍裝置上,藉由 約10毫巴之真空下之熱蒸鍍而進一步適用厚度為l〇〇nm 之2,2’,7,7’-四(二苯基胺基)_9,9'_螺二g之層。進一步於蒸 錢裝置内’於該包覆支撐體上包覆厚度為200 nm之金層 而作為相對電極。 將如此而調製之試樣安裝於包含高壓燈、濾光片、透 鏡以及裱背之光學裝置中。藉由濾光片之使用以及透鏡之 移動可改變強度。於金層與Sn02層附上接點,安裝於對 试樣進行照射時之電流測定裝置中所示之裝置上。為了進 了測定’使用適當之濾光片而將波長不足430 nm之光阻 斷。另外’以使放射線之強度大致與約1000 W/m2—致之 方式而調整裝置。 於金層以及Sn02層附上接點,而且於照射試樣時將 兩接點連接於電位自調器(potentiostat) 上。未施加外部 電壓而於使用有増感色素B-1之試樣中產生約90 nA之電 133 201211165, 流,但於使时本發明之色素化合物A_9之賴#產生約 之枝。於任意之試樣之情科均為若不照射則電 [實驗13] 縱列^日ΓΓ寺開2°。。_9_之實例1同樣地製成之 縱列式早兀卜亦可確認與比較色素Β]相比而言,於本 發明之色素Α-9中轉換效率高。 [實驗14] 異,鈦125 W滴加至W Μ·硝酸水溶液(Kishida 化學股份有限公司製造)75G ml中,於聊下加熱8小時 而使其進彳了水解反應,藉此雛溶驗。將所得之溶 於鈦製高壓爸中於25Gt下保持15小時,使粒子成長,其 後’進行30分鐘之超音波分散,藉此獲得包含平均一次粒 徑為20 nm之氧化鈦粒子的膠體溶液。 ’ …將所得之包含氧化鈦粒子之㈣紐,於蒸發器中緩 級濃縮直至氧化鈦成為1Q wt%之濃度,然後添加以相對於 氧化鈦之重量比計而言為4〇%之求&quot;工千k &gt;夂卜口一小 (Kishida化學股份有限公司製造、重量平均分子 200,000)而進行攪拌,藉此獲得分散有氧化鈦粒子之顒浮 :Sl ° 〜 於作為透明導電膜之形成有Sn〇2膜之玻墙基板^的 透明導電顧,藉㈣刀成縣*塗佈賴製之氧化欽縣 浮液,獲得面積為10 mmxl〇 mm左右之塗膜。將节塗&amp; 於12(TC下進行30分鐘之預乾燥,進一麵氧氣環境下: 134 201211165 5〇〇°C下進行π分鐘之炮燒,形成成為第丨層多 轉換層之帛1層乡孔f半導縣賴厚為 化鈦膜。 P么七心乳 /、人將市售之氧化鈦微粒子(TayCa公司势造、產 品名為TITANIX JA]、粒徑約18〇腹)4 氧 末㈤廳化學股份有限公司製造)a4 g加;; 汕mi t,以鹽酸而調整為pHy。另外,添加氧化㈣ 粒’以塗料攪拌||_混合溶液進行M、時之分散處理。 自所得之分散液韻分離氧化_粒。其後,添加以相對 於氧化鈦之重量比計而言為4〇%之术y工千b— 小(Kishida化學股份有限公司製造、重量平均分子=為 200,000)而進行麟,藉此獲得分散有氧化鈦粒子之浮 液。 . 。 於第1層多孔質半導體層之形成有氧化鈦膜的玻璃基 板1之第1層多孔質半導體層上’藉由刮刀成形法而塗佈 所調製之氧化鈦懸浮液,獲得塗膜。將該塗 行20分鐘之預乾燥,進-步於氧氣環境下、約於 行60分鐘之煅燒,形成成為第2層多孔質光電轉換層之第 2層多孔質半導It層的膜厚為22 μιη左右之氧化鈦膜i。 測定多孔質半導體層之霧度率,結果為84%。 、 作為於短波長側具有吸收光譜中之最大感光度吸收波 長區域的色素(第1色素),將下述式所表示之部花青系色 素S-2溶解於乙醇中,調製濃度為3χ1〇-4莫耳/升之第'丨'色 素之吸附用色素溶液。 135 201211165t [化 37]132 201211165. jy\jz, vpif [Experiment 12] The porous layer of Ti〇2 was coated on ft-glass by screen printing using a suspension prepared by a sol-gel method. The calcination was carried out at 450 °C. This was impregnated with the pigment compound A_9 of the present invention and the 〇4 mol/L ethanol solution of the sensitizing dye B-1 to adsorb the dye. 100 mg of 2,2',7,7,-tetrakis(diphenylamino)-9,9'-spirobifluorene was dissolved in 5 ml of chloroform. The solution was lightly applied to the surface of the porous layer to which the pigment was adsorbed, whereby the solution was allowed to permeate into the pores of the layer. Further, one of the solutions was dropped directly onto the surface and dried at room temperature. Secondly, the coated support is mounted on the evaporation device, and further applied to the thickness of 1〇〇2, 2, 7, 7'-four (two) by thermal evaporation under a vacuum of about 10 mbar. A layer of phenylamino)_9,9'-spiro-g. Further, a gold layer having a thickness of 200 nm was coated on the coated support in the steaming device as a counter electrode. The sample thus prepared is mounted in an optical device including a high pressure lamp, a filter, a lens, and a back. The intensity can be changed by the use of the filter and the movement of the lens. A contact is attached to the gold layer and the Sn02 layer, and is mounted on the device shown in the current measuring device when the sample is irradiated. In order to carry out the measurement, light having a wavelength of less than 430 nm was blocked by using an appropriate filter. Further, the device was adjusted in such a manner that the intensity of the radiation was approximately 1000 W/m2. A joint is attached to the gold layer and the Sn02 layer, and the two contacts are connected to a potentiostat when the sample is irradiated. An electric current of about 90 nA was generated in the sample using the sensitizing dye B-1 without applying an external voltage, and flow was carried out, but the dyeing compound A_9 of the present invention produced about a branch. The affair of any sample is electric if it is not irradiated [Experiment 13] The column ^日ΓΓ寺 opens 2°. . In the same manner as in Comparative Example 1, the conversion efficiency of the dye enamel-9 of the present invention was higher than that of the comparative phthalocyanine. [Experiment 14] Iso-Titanium 125 W was added dropwise to 75 g of a W Μ· nitric acid aqueous solution (manufactured by Kishida Chemical Co., Ltd.), and the mixture was heated for 8 hours to carry out a hydrolysis reaction. The obtained solution was dissolved in a titanium high-pressure dad at 25 Gt for 15 hours to grow the particles, and then subjected to ultrasonic dispersion for 30 minutes, thereby obtaining a colloidal solution containing titanium oxide particles having an average primary particle diameter of 20 nm. . '...the obtained (four) nucleus containing titanium oxide particles is gradually concentrated in an evaporator until the titanium oxide becomes a concentration of 1Q wt%, and then added in a weight ratio of 4% by weight relative to the titanium oxide. ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; The transparent conductive material of the glass substrate of the Sn 〇 2 film is obtained by the coating of the oxidized Qinxian floating liquid of the 成 成 县 县 县 县 县 县 县 县 县 县 县 县 县 县 县 县 县 县 县 县 县 县 县 县 县 县 县 县 县 县The coating is applied to the pre-drying at 12°C for 30 minutes, and then subjected to an oxygen atmosphere: 134 201211165 5〇〇°C for π minutes of firing, forming a layer 1 of the second layer of multi-conversion layer. Township hole f semi-conducting county Laihou is a titanium film. P? Seven heart milk /, people will be commercially available titanium oxide particles (TayCa company created, product name TITANIX JA), particle size of about 18 〇 belly) 4 oxygen Manufactured by End (5) Hall Chemical Co., Ltd.) a4 g plus; 汕mi t, adjusted to pHy with hydrochloric acid. Further, the addition of the oxidized (tetra) granules was carried out by stirring the mixture with the coating material ||_ mixed solution. The oxidized granules were separated from the obtained dispersion. Thereafter, the addition was carried out by adding 〇工千b-small (manufactured by Kishida Chemical Co., Ltd., weight average molecule = 200,000) in an amount of 4% by weight based on the weight ratio of titanium oxide, thereby obtaining dispersion. There is a float of titanium oxide particles. . . . On the first porous semiconductor layer of the glass substrate 1 on which the titanium oxide film is formed on the first porous semiconductor layer, the prepared titanium oxide suspension is applied by a doctor blade method to obtain a coating film. The coating was pre-dried for 20 minutes, and calcined in an oxygen atmosphere for about 60 minutes to form a second layer of the porous semiconducting It layer which became the second porous photoelectric conversion layer. A titanium oxide film i of about 22 μηη. The haze ratio of the porous semiconductor layer was measured and found to be 84%. The dye (first pigment) having the maximum sensitivity absorption wavelength region in the absorption spectrum on the short-wavelength side is dissolved in ethanol by the portion of the cyanine dye S-2 represented by the following formula, and the concentration is adjusted to 3χ1〇. -4 mol / liter of the '丨' pigment adsorption pigment solution. 135 201211165t [化37]

OH 使具有透明導電膜與多孔質半導體層之玻璃基板1於 25°C下浸潰於加溫至約50。(:之第1色素之吸附用色素溶液 中10分鐘’使第1色素吸附於多孔質半導體層上。其後, 藉由無水乙醇對玻璃基板1進行數次清洗,於約6〇。(:下進 行約20分鐘之乾燥。其次,使玻璃基板i於0.5 N_鹽酸中 浸潰約10分鐘,其後以乙醇加以清洗,使吸附於第2層多 孔質半導體層上之第1色素脫附。另外,使玻璃基板1於 約60°C下乾燥約20分鐘。 其次’作為於長波長側具有吸收光譜中之最大感光度 吸收波長區域的色素(第2色素),將比較色素B-1、及本 發明之色素(A-9、A-15、A-25或A-27)溶解於乙醇中, 調製濃度為3xl0·4莫耳/升之第2色素之吸附用色素溶液。 將具有透明導電膜與吸附有第1色素之多孔質半導體 層的玻璃基板1於室溫、常壓下浸潰於第2色素之吸附用 色素溶液中15分鐘,使第2色素吸附於多孔質半導體層 上。其後,藉由無水乙醇對玻璃基板1進行數次清洗,於 136 201211165 、獨L下使其乾燥約20分鐘。此處,測定多孔質 層之霧度率,結果為84% (使用B]之情形)、 本發明之色素之情形)。 U死用 其次,於3-曱氧基丙腈溶劑中溶解二曱基丙基味 碘鹽以使其濃度成為0.5莫耳/升,溶解碘化鋰以使其濃度 成為0.1莫耳/升,溶解碘以使其濃度成為〇 〇5莫耳\升^ 調製氧化還原性電解液。將具有吸附有第丨色素與第2色 素之多孔質半導體層的玻璃基板i之多孔質半導體層侧、 與由具有鉑作為對向電極層8之ITO玻璃所構成之相對電 極側支撐體的鉑側以對向之方式而設置,於其間注入所調 製之氧化還原性電解液,藉由環氧系樹脂密封材料將周圍 加以密封,完成色素增感型光電化學電池。 而且,將第2層多孔質半導體層設為與第i多孔質半 導體層相同之層,亦即使用形成第1多孔質半導體層之氧 化鈦懸浮液而形成第2層多孔質半導體層,除此以外與氧 化鈦膜1同樣地製成氧化鈦膜2,使用其而同樣地製作光 電化學電池,進行評價。多孔質光電轉換層之霧度率為15〇/〇 (使用B-1之情形)、16% (使用本發明之色素之情形)。 將藉由測定條件為AM-1.5 (100 mW/cm2)而評價所 得之光電化學電池的結果示於表13中。將轉換效率為3.5% 以上之情形表示為◎,將2.5%以上且不足3.5%之情形表 示為〇,將2.0%以上且不足2.5%之情形表示為△,將不足 2.0%之情形表示為x。 [表 13] 137 201211165 表13OH The glass substrate 1 having a transparent conductive film and a porous semiconductor layer was immersed at 25 ° C to be heated to about 50 Å. (: 10 minutes in the dye solution for adsorption of the first dye) The first dye was adsorbed on the porous semiconductor layer. Thereafter, the glass substrate 1 was washed several times with absolute ethanol at about 6 Å. The glass substrate i was immersed in 0.5 N-hydrochloric acid for about 10 minutes, and then washed with ethanol to desorb the first pigment adsorbed on the second porous semiconductor layer. In addition, the glass substrate 1 is dried at about 60 ° C for about 20 minutes. Next, as a pigment (second pigment) having a maximum sensitivity absorption wavelength region in the absorption spectrum on the long wavelength side, the comparative dye B-1 is used. And the pigment (A-9, A-15, A-25 or A-27) of the present invention is dissolved in ethanol to prepare a dye solution for adsorption of a second pigment having a concentration of 3×10·4 mol/liter. The glass substrate 1 of the transparent conductive film and the porous semiconductor layer to which the first dye is adsorbed is immersed in the dye solution for adsorption of the second dye at room temperature and normal pressure for 15 minutes to adsorb the second dye to the porous semiconductor layer. Then, the glass substrate 1 is cleaned several times by absolute ethanol. It was dried at 136 201211165 and dried for about 20 minutes. Here, the haze ratio of the porous layer was measured and found to be 84% (in the case of using B), in the case of the pigment of the present invention). Next, the dimercaptopropyl-sodium iodide salt was dissolved in a 3-methoxypropionitrile solvent to a concentration of 0.5 mol/liter, and lithium iodide was dissolved to a concentration of 0.1 mol/liter to dissolve the iodine. The concentration is 〇〇5 mol/liter to prepare a redox electrolyte solution. The porous semiconductor layer side of the glass substrate i having the porous semiconductor layer to which the second pigment and the second dye are adsorbed is provided with platinum. The platinum side of the counter electrode side support body which is the ITO glass of the counter electrode layer 8 is provided in the opposite direction, and the prepared redox electrolyte solution is injected therebetween, and the epoxy resin sealing material surrounds it. The dye-sensitized photoelectrochemical cell is completed, and the second porous semiconductor layer is the same layer as the i-th porous semiconductor layer, that is, the titanium oxide suspension forming the first porous semiconductor layer is used. Forming a second layer of porous In the same manner as the titanium oxide film 1, the titanium oxide film 2 was produced in the same manner as in the case of the titanium oxide film 1. The photoelectrochemical cell was produced and evaluated in the same manner. The haze ratio of the porous photoelectric conversion layer was 15 Å/〇 (using B). -1), 16% (in the case of using the pigment of the present invention). The results of evaluating the obtained photoelectrochemical cell by the measurement condition of AM-1.5 (100 mW/cm2) are shown in Table 13. The case where the efficiency is 3.5% or more is expressed as ◎, the case where 2.5% or more and less than 3.5% is expressed as 〇, the case where 2.0% or more and less than 2.5% is expressed as Δ, and the case where less than 2.0% is expressed as x. Table 13] 137 201211165 Table 13

可知本發明之色素之光電轉換效率優異於該系統内 亦有效。 [實驗15] 使用硬質玻璃珠,藉由塗料攪拌器而使市售之氧化鈦 粒子(Tayca股份有限公司製造、平均粒徑為2〇nm) 4〇g 與二乙二醇單甲醚2 〇 m丨分散6小時,製成氧化欽懸浮液。 其次,自所得之懸浮液中過濾分離硬質玻璃珠,使用刮刀 將該氧化鈦懸浮液塗佈於預先附著有氧化錫導電層之破螭 板(電極層)上’於100〇C下進行30分鐘之預乾燥後,於 電爐中、500°C下進行40分鐘之煅燒,於玻璃板上形成氧 化鈦膜(半導體材料)。與此分開地將表14中所示之本發 明之增感色素及比較色素溶解於乙醇中而獲得光增感色素 溶液。 該光增感色素溶液之濃度分別為ΙχΙΟ·4莫耳/升(於併 用第2色素之情形時,第1色素之濃度為1x1 〇_4莫耳/升, 138 20121Π 65if 弟2色素之》辰度為ixi〇4莫耳/升)。其次,於該溶液中放 入形成有膜狀氧化鈦之所述玻璃板,於6〇它下進行6〇分 鐘之色素吸附後,進行乾燥,藉此於玻璃板上形成由半導 體材料以及光增感色素所構成之光電轉換層(試樣A)。於 所述試樣A之光電轉換層上塗佈作為電洞傳輸材料之聚乙 烯咔嗤(重量平均分子量為3,000)之曱笨溶液(1%),進 行減壓乾燥而形成電洞傳輸層(試樣B)。將作為分子間電 射移動錯合物之乙基叶嗅1.95 g以及5-确基萘g昆2.03 g溶 解於100 ml丙酮中’將所得之溶液反覆塗佈於試樣b之電 洞傳輸層上而形成傳導層。其次,於傳導層上蒸鍍金電極 (相對電極)而獲得光電轉換元件(試樣C)。藉由太陽光 模擬器對所得之光電轉換元件(試樣C)照射1〇〇 w/m2 之強度之光,測定轉換率。將結果示於表14。將轉換效率 為1.5%以上之情形表示為◎,將ι·〇%以上且不足丨5%之 情形表示為〇,將0.5%以上且不足1.0%之情形表示為△, 將不足0.5%之情形表示為X。 139 201211165 [表 14] 表14 試樣編號 第1色素 第2色素 轉換效率 備者 14-1 Α·1 - ο 太發ΒΏ 14·2 Α-20 0 14-3 Α-9 - ◎ 太路明 14-4 Α-25 - ◎ 木膝明 14-5 Α-27 - —.◎ 本發明 14-6 Α-15 14-7 Β·1 — ©____ 本發明 14-8 Α-20 R-l — Δ 比較例 14-9 Α-20 R-7 —.◎ 本發明 ◎ 本發明 可知本發明之色素之光電轉換效率優異,於該系統内 亦有效。 [實驗16] (1) 第1光電轉換層之形成 使用硬質玻璃珠,藉由塗料攪拌器而使市售之氧化鈦 粒子(Tayca股份有限公司製造、平均粒徑為3〇nm)4〇g 與二乙二醇單甲醚20 ml分散6小時而製成氧化鈦懸浮 液。其次’將硬質玻璃珠自該氧化鈦懸浮液中過濾分離, 使用刮刀將該氧化鈦懸浮液塗佈於預先附著有氧化錫導電 層之玻璃板上,於l〇〇°C下進行30分鐘之預乾燥後,於電 爐中、500°C下進行40分鐘之煅燒,獲得氧化鈦膜。 與此分開地將R-1溶解於乙醇中,使濃度為3χ10·4 mol/L。其次’將形成有膜狀氧化鈦之所述玻璃板放入至該 溶液中’於60。(:下進行720分鐘之色素吸附,然後進行乾 燥,獲得第1光電轉換層(試樣A)。 (2) 第2光電轉換層之形成 140 201211165 jyu^upif 便用玻璃珠,藉由塗料獅器而使市 ㈤麻化學公_、平均粒徑為_邮)4 ^-酵早㈣20 mi分散8小時而製成氧化鎳懸浮液。宜 :人:將玻璃珠自該氧化鎳鮮料過瀘分離,使用刮刀^ 该氧化義浮㈣佈於預先附著有氧化錫導電層之玻璃 上’於loot下進行30分鐘之預乾燥後,於電爐曰中、獅。c 下進行30分鐘之煅燒,獲得氧化鎳膜。 μ i上述R.1分開地將表15中所示之本發明之色素及比 較色素B-3溶解於二曱基亞;5風中。 使該些色素之濃度分別為lxl〇-4 m〇1/L。其次,將形 成有膜狀氧化鎳之所述玻璃板放入至該溶液中,、於川乞下 進行60分鐘之色素吸附後使其乾燥,形成本發明之第2 光電轉換層’獲得試樣B。 (3)光電轉換元件之製成 、使試樣B位於所述試樣A上。於該些2個電極之間放 入液體電解質,藉由樹脂將其侧面密封後,安裝導線,製 成光電轉換元件(元件構成C)。另外,賴電^質使用於 乙腈/碳酸乙二酯之混合溶劑(體積比為丨:4)中溶解四 丙基碘化銨與碘以使各自之濃度成為〇46 m〇i/;L、O()6 mol/L而成者。 而且,使用具有所述試樣A作為其中一個電極、承載 有銘作為相對電極之透明導電性玻璃板。於2個電極之間 放入液體電解質,藉由樹脂將其侧面密封後,安裝導線, 製成光電轉換元件(元件構成D)。 141 2〇12lll65 猎由太陽光模擬 w/ 2 -------太⑺㈠于叉尤電轉換元件照射1〇〇〇 黑Γ之強度之光,測定轉換效率。將其結果示於表15。 ^卜將轉換效率為6.5%以上之情形表示為◎, 1且不足6.5%之情形表示為。,將5 Q%以上且不足^ 之情形表示為△,將不足5·〇%之情形表示為χ。 ·。.It is understood that the photoelectric conversion efficiency of the pigment of the present invention is also excellent in the system. [Experiment 15] Commercially available titanium oxide particles (manufactured by Tayca Co., Ltd., average particle diameter: 2 〇 nm) 4 〇g and diethylene glycol monomethyl ether 2 〇 using a hard glass bead by a paint stirrer The m丨 was dispersed for 6 hours to prepare an oxidized suspension. Next, the hard glass beads were separated by filtration from the obtained suspension, and the titanium oxide suspension was applied onto a rupture plate (electrode layer) to which a conductive layer of tin oxide was previously attached using a doctor blade to perform at 100 〇C for 30 minutes. After pre-drying, it was calcined in an electric furnace at 500 ° C for 40 minutes to form a titanium oxide film (semiconductor material) on a glass plate. Separately, the sensitizing dye and the comparative dye of the present invention shown in Table 14 were dissolved in ethanol to obtain a photosensitizing dye solution. The concentration of the photosensitizing dye solution is ΙχΙΟ·4 mol/liter (in the case where the second dye is used in combination, the concentration of the first dye is 1×1 〇 4 mol/L, 138 20121Π 65if Di 2 pigment) The degree is ixi 〇 4 m / liter). Next, the glass plate on which the film-formed titanium oxide was formed was placed in the solution, and the pigment was adsorbed for 6 minutes under 6 Torr, and then dried to form a semiconductor material and a light-increasing film on the glass plate. A photoelectric conversion layer (sample A) composed of a sensible dye. A ruthenium solution (1%) of polyethylene ruthenium (weight average molecular weight: 3,000) as a hole transport material was applied onto the photoelectric conversion layer of the sample A, and dried under reduced pressure to form a hole transport layer ( Sample B). Ethyl leaf sniffing 1.95 g as an intermolecular electro-optical movement complex and 2.03 g of 5-decylnaphthalene g-kun in 100 ml of acetone were used to repeatedly coat the resulting solution on the hole transport layer of sample b. Form a conductive layer. Next, a gold electrode (counter electrode) was vapor-deposited on the conductive layer to obtain a photoelectric conversion element (sample C). The obtained photoelectric conversion element (sample C) was irradiated with light of an intensity of 1 〇〇 w/m 2 by a solar simulator to measure the conversion ratio. The results are shown in Table 14. The case where the conversion efficiency is 1.5% or more is represented by ◎, the case where ι·〇% or more and less than 5% is expressed as 〇, and the case where 0.5% or more and less than 1.0% is expressed as Δ, and less than 0.5%. Expressed as X. 139 201211165 [Table 14] Table 14 Sample No. 1 Pigment 2nd Pigment Conversion Efficiency Reader 14-1 Α·1 - ο 太发ΒΏ 14·2 Α-20 0 14-3 Α-9 - ◎ Tai Luming 14-4 Α-25 - ◎ 木膝明 14-5 Α-27 -.. ◎ 14-6 Α-15 14-7 Β·1 — ©____ The present invention 14-8 Α-20 Rl — Δ Comparison Example 14-9 Α-20 R-7 —. ◎ The present invention shows that the dye of the present invention is excellent in photoelectric conversion efficiency and is also effective in the system. [Experiment 16] (1) The formation of the first photoelectric conversion layer was carried out using a hard glass bead, and a commercially available titanium oxide particle (manufactured by Tayca Co., Ltd., average particle diameter: 3 〇 nm) was used as a coating stirrer. A titanium oxide suspension was prepared by dispersing with 20 ml of diethylene glycol monomethyl ether for 6 hours. Next, 'the hard glass beads were separated from the titanium oxide suspension by filtration, and the titanium oxide suspension was applied onto a glass plate to which a tin oxide conductive layer was previously attached using a doctor blade, and subjected to 30 minutes at 10 ° C. After pre-drying, it was calcined in an electric furnace at 500 ° C for 40 minutes to obtain a titanium oxide film. Separately, R-1 was dissolved in ethanol to a concentration of 3χ10·4 mol/L. Next, the glass plate in which the film-formed titanium oxide was formed was placed in the solution at 60. (: The dye adsorption was performed for 720 minutes, and then dried to obtain the first photoelectric conversion layer (Sample A). (2) Formation of the second photoelectric conversion layer 140 201211165 jyu^upif The glass beads were used, and the paint lion was used. The product was made into a nickel oxide suspension by dispersing for 8 hours in the city (5) hemp chemical _, average particle size _ post) 4 ^-fermented early (four) 20 mi. Suitable: person: separating the glass beads from the nickel oxide fresh material, using a doctor blade ^ the oxidized Yifu (four) cloth on the glass with the tin oxide conductive layer pre-attached to the loot for 30 minutes pre-drying, Electric furnace, lion, lion. Calcination was carried out for 30 minutes under c to obtain a nickel oxide film. μ i The above R.1 separately dissolves the dye of the present invention shown in Table 15 and the comparative dye B-3 in a diterpene; 5 wind. The concentrations of the pigments were respectively lxl〇-4 m〇1/L. Next, the glass plate in which the film-form nickel oxide was formed was placed in the solution, and the dye was adsorbed for 60 minutes under the chuanxiong, and then dried to form the second photoelectric conversion layer of the present invention. B. (3) The photoelectric conversion element was fabricated so that the sample B was placed on the sample A. A liquid electrolyte was placed between the two electrodes, and the side surface was sealed with a resin, and a lead wire was attached to form a photoelectric conversion element (component configuration C). In addition, the lanthanum is used in a mixed solvent of acetonitrile/ethylene carbonate (volume ratio: 丨: 4) to dissolve tetrapropylammonium iodide and iodine so that the respective concentrations become 〇46 m〇i/; L, O() 6 mol/L. Further, a transparent conductive glass plate having the sample A as one of the electrodes and carrying the same as the opposite electrode was used. A liquid electrolyte was placed between the two electrodes, and the side surface was sealed with a resin, and a lead wire was attached to prepare a photoelectric conversion element (component configuration D). 141 2〇12lll65 Hunting by sunlight simulation w/ 2 ------- Too (7) (1) The intensity of the intensity of the black enamel is measured by the illumination of the fork-electrical conversion element. The results are shown in Table 15. The case where the conversion efficiency is 6.5% or more is expressed as ◎, and the case where 1 is less than 6.5% is expressed as. The case where 5 Q% or more and less than ^ is represented as Δ, and the case where less than 5·〇% is expressed as χ. ·. .

[表 15] 表15[Table 15] Table 15

率優:知===的光電化學電池之先電轉換效 [實驗17] ^使用高分子電解質而製作色切感型光電 之例加以說明。 干电/也 製作氧化欽膜之塗液是使用玻璃珠,藉由塗料 使市售之氧化鈦粒子(Tayea公司製造、商品名αμτ_儀。、 銳鈦礦型結晶、平均粒徑為3〇nm、比表面積為5〇m2/g) =g與二乙二醇單㈣20 ml分散7小時而調製氧化欽懸 吁液。將玻璃珠自該氧化鈦懸浮液令過濾分離,使用到刀, 以11 μχη左右之膜厚、】〇 mmx】〇 右之面積於以The rate is excellent: the first electric conversion effect of the photoelectrochemical cell with knowledge === [Experiment 17] ^ An example of using a polymer electrolyte to produce a color-cutting type photoelectric is described. The dry electricity/coating liquid for oxidizing the immersion film is made of glass beads, and commercially available titanium oxide particles (manufactured by Tayea Co., Ltd., trade name αμτ_仪, anatase crystal, average particle size 3 Å) are used. Nm, specific surface area of 5 〇 m2 / g) = g and diethylene glycol mono (tetra) 20 ml dispersion for 7 hours to prepare the oxidation of the suspension. The glass beads are separated from the titanium oxide suspension by filtration, and used to a knife, with a film thickness of about 11 μχη, 〇 mmx 〇 right area

Sn〇2為透明導電膜而製作於玻璃基板1上之基板上,將該 142 201211165 氧化鈦懸浮液塗佈於透明導電膜侧,於1〇〇〇c下進行孙八 鐘之預乾燥後,於460〇c下、氧氣下煅燒40分鐘,其纟士果 製作膜厚為8 μιη左右之氧化鈦膜a。 、° 其次,使本發明之色素及比較色素B-3分別以3xl〇-4 莫耳/升之濃度溶解於無水乙醇中而製作吸附用色素溶 液。將該吸附用色素溶液、上述所得之具有氧化鈇膜與= 明導電膜之透明基板分別放入至容器中,使其浸透約4'小 時,藉此而吸附色素。其後,藉由無水乙醇進行數 於約60°C下乾燥約20分鐘。 '月, 其次,準備由如下之單體單元而構成之高分子化合 物:於下述通式(105)所表示之曱基丙烯酸酯系單體單元 中,R為甲基,A以8個聚環氧乙烷基與2個聚環氧丙烷 基為中心核而由丁烷四基構成。 [化 38] 通式(105)Sn 〇 2 is a transparent conductive film formed on a substrate on a glass substrate 1 , and the 142 201211165 titanium oxide suspension is applied to the transparent conductive film side, and pre-dried by Sun Bazhong at 1 〇〇〇 c, at 460 The crucible was calcined for 40 minutes under oxygen, and the mangosteen was made into a titanium oxide film a having a film thickness of about 8 μηη. Then, the dye of the present invention and the comparative dye B-3 were dissolved in absolute ethanol at a concentration of 3 x 1 〇 -4 mol / liter, respectively, to prepare a dye solution for adsorption. The dye solution for adsorption and the transparent substrate having the ruthenium oxide film and the conductive film obtained as described above were placed in a container and allowed to permeate for about 4 sec to adsorb the dye. Thereafter, it was dried by using anhydrous ethanol at about 60 ° C for about 20 minutes. 'Monthly, a polymer compound composed of the following monomer units is prepared: in the mercapto acrylate monomer unit represented by the following formula (105), R is a methyl group, and A is 8 poly The oxirane group and the two polypropylene oxide groups form a central core and are composed of a butane tetra group. General formula (105)

(於式中,R為曱基,A為以碳原子與醋基鍵結之殘 基’ η為2〜4。) 使上述單體單元以20 wt%之濃度溶解於碳酸丙二醋 143 201211165 錐^下錢為PC)中’而且’使作為熱聚合起始劑之偶氮 又,丁腈(AIBN)以相對於單體翠元而言為i wt%之濃度 解’製作單體溶液。藉由町之方法而使該單體溶液 含次於所述氧化鈦膜中。 道Z真空容器内設置燒杯等容器,於其中放入具有透明 的透明基板上之氧化鈦膜A,藉由旋轉泵而以約ι〇 成真空。—面將真空容器内保持為真空狀態一面將 2洛魅人至燒_’含浸約15分㈣使賴溶液充分 /12至氧化鈦巾。設置聚乙烯製隔片、ΡΕτ膜與壓板而 ^ ;口具進行固$。其後,_85ΐ:下進行30分鐘之加 …’使其熱聚合而於氧化鈦膜上形成高分子化合物層。 其,’製作於高分子化合物中所含浸之氧化還原性電 =。氧化還原性電解液是以Pc為_,溶解濃度為0 5 傭與濃度為_莫耳/升之糾製作。於該 :谷液T浸潰上述之氧化__所製作之高分子化合物約 製作抱合物中渗入氧化還原性電㈣ 劑將導電性基板’藉由環氧系密封 而且’於使氧化鈦膜Α吸附色素後,並不進行 構處理’將以PC $溶劑而溶解漠度為〇 5莫耳/升之^ =濃度為G.G5莫耳/升之補製作之氧化還原電解液匕 ^主入至相對電極之間,進行密封而製成元件B。使用 件A、儿件B,藉由太陽光模擬器而照射_ w/ = 度之光,測定轉換效率。將結果示於表16。 強 144 201211165 將轉換效率為3.5%以上之情形表示為◎,將2.5%以 上且不足3.5%之情形表示為〇,將2.0%以上且不足2.5% 之情形表示為△,將不足2.0%之情形表示為X。 [表 16] 表16 試樣編號 元件 第1色素 轉換效率 備考 16-1 A A-l ο 本發明 16-2 B A-l ο 本發明 16-3 A A-9 ◎ 本發明 16-4 B A-9 ◎ 本發明 16-5 A A-15 ◎ 本發明 16-6 B A-15 ◎ 本發明 16-7 A A-27 ◎ 本發明 16-8 B A-27 ◎ 本發明 16-9 A B-3 X 比較例 16-10 B B-3 Δ 比較例 可知使用本發明之色素之元件之光電轉換效率優異, 於該系統内亦有效。 [實驗18] (光電轉換元件之製作) 以如下所示之方式而製作圖1中所示之光電轉換元件 10。 於玻璃基板上,藉由濺鍍摻雜有氟之氧化錫而形成為 透明導電膜,藉由雷射對其進行劃線,將透明導電膜分割 為2個部分。 其次,於由水與乙腈之體積比為4: 1而所構成之混合 溶劑100 ml中調配32 g之銳鈦礦型氧化鈦(日本Aerosil 公司製造之P-25 (商品名)),使用自轉/公轉併用式混合調 節器而均勻地進行分散、混合,獲得半導體微粒子分散液。 145 201211165 將該分散液塗佈於透明導電膜上,於500°C下進行加熱而 製作受光電極。 其後,同樣地製作以40 : 60 (重量比)含有二氧化石夕 粒子與金紅石型二氧化鈦之分散液,將該分散液塗佈於所 述受光電極上,於500°C下進行加熱而形成絕緣性多孔 體。其次,形成碳電極作為相對電極。 其次,於下述表17中所記載之增感色素(多種混合或 單獨)之乙醇溶液甲,浸潰上述形成有絕緣性多孔體之玻 璃基板5小時。將染著有增感色素之玻璃浸潰於4-第三丁 基°比啶之10%乙醇溶液中30分鐘,然後藉由乙醇進行清 洗而使其自然乾燥。如此而所得之感光體層之厚度為1〇 帅’半導體微粒子之塗佈量為20 g/m2。電解液使用碘化 二甲基丙基0米〇坐鏽(0.5 mol/L)、埃(0.1 mol/L)之甲氧基 丙腈溶液。 (轉換效率之測定)(In the formula, R is a fluorenyl group, and A is a residue in which a carbon atom is bonded to a vine group, and η is 2 to 4.) The above monomer unit is dissolved in a concentration of 20 wt% in propylene carbonate 143 201211165 In the case of PC, the 'azo' is used as a thermal polymerization initiator, and the butyronitrile (AIBN) is prepared as a monomer solution at a concentration of i wt% relative to the monomer. The monomer solution is inferior to the titanium oxide film by the method of the town. A container such as a beaker is placed in the vacuum chamber of the channel Z, and a titanium oxide film A having a transparent transparent substrate is placed therein, and a vacuum is applied by a rotary pump at about 10,000 Torr. - The surface of the vacuum vessel is kept in a vacuum state. The immersion solution is immersed for about 15 minutes (four) to make the lye solution sufficient / 12 to the titanium oxide towel. Set polyethylene separator, ΡΕτ film and pressure plate ^; Thereafter, _85 ΐ was applied for 30 minutes to thermally polymerize to form a polymer compound layer on the titanium oxide film. It is produced by redox electric charge impregnated in a polymer compound. The redox electrolyte is prepared by using Pc as _, a dissolved concentration of 0 5 and a concentration of _mole/liter. In this: the trough liquid T is impregnated with the above-mentioned oxidized __ polymer compound produced by infiltration into a redox electric (four) agent, the conductive substrate 'by epoxy sealing and 'to make the titanium oxide film Α After the adsorption of the pigment, it is not treated. 'The solution will be dissolved in PC $ solvent and 漠5 mol / liter ^ = concentration is made of G.G5 Moere / liter of redox electrolyte 匕 ^ main Between the opposing electrodes, sealing is performed to form the element B. Using A and B, the conversion efficiency was measured by irradiating _w/ = degree light with a solar simulator. The results are shown in Table 16. Strong 144 201211165 The case where the conversion efficiency is 3.5% or more is expressed as ◎, the case where 2.5% or more and less than 3.5% is expressed as 〇, and the case where 2.0% or more and less than 2.5% is expressed as Δ, which is less than 2.0%. Expressed as X. [Table 16] Table 16 Sample No. Element First Pigment Conversion Efficiency Preparation 16-1 A Al ο The present invention 16-2 B Al ο The present invention 16-3 A A-9 ◎ The present invention 16-4 B A-9 ◎ 16-6 A A-15 of the present invention ◎ 16-6 B A-15 of the present invention ◎ 16-7 A A-27 of the present invention ◎ 16-8 B A-27 of the present invention ◎ 16-9 A B-3 X of the present invention Comparative Example 16-10 B B-3 Δ The comparative example shows that the element using the dye of the present invention is excellent in photoelectric conversion efficiency and is also effective in the system. [Experiment 18] (Production of photoelectric conversion element) The photoelectric conversion element 10 shown in Fig. 1 was produced in the following manner. On the glass substrate, a fluorine-doped tin oxide is sputter-coated to form a transparent conductive film, which is scribed by a laser to divide the transparent conductive film into two portions. Next, 32 g of anatase type titanium oxide (P-25 (trade name) manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.) was blended in 100 ml of a mixed solvent of water and acetonitrile in a volume ratio of 4:1, and the rotation was used. /Revolving and uniformly dispersing and mixing with a mixing regulator to obtain a semiconductor fine particle dispersion. 145 201211165 This dispersion was applied onto a transparent conductive film, and heated at 500 ° C to prepare a light-receiving electrode. Thereafter, a dispersion containing cerium oxide particles and rutile-type titanium oxide in a ratio of 40:60 (weight ratio) was prepared in the same manner, and the dispersion was applied onto the light-receiving electrode, and heated at 500 ° C. An insulating porous body is formed. Next, a carbon electrode is formed as a counter electrode. Next, the glass substrate on which the insulating porous body was formed was immersed in the ethanol solution A of the sensitizing dye (mixed or separately) described in the following Table 17 for 5 hours. The glass to which the sensitizing dye was dyed was immersed in a 4-3% butyl group in a 10% ethanol solution for 30 minutes, and then naturally dried by washing with ethanol. The thickness of the photoreceptor layer thus obtained was 1 Å, and the coating amount of the semiconductor fine particles was 20 g/m2. The electrolyte was a solution of dimethyl propyl iodide (0.5 mol/L) and angstrom (0.1 mol/L) in methoxypropionitrile. (Measurement of conversion efficiency)

使500 W之氤氣燈(Ushio Inc.製造)之光通過AM1.5G 據光片(商品名、Oriel公司製造)以及斬波濾光片 (KenkoL-42、商品名)而產生不含紫外線之模擬太陽光。 °亥光之強度為89 m\V/cm2。對所製作之光電轉換元件照射 該光,藉由電流電壓測定裝置(Keithley 238型、商品名) 而測定所產生之電。將藉此而求得之測定光電化學電池之 轉換效率的結果示於下述表17。結果是將轉換效率為 7.5% =上之情形評價為◎,將7.3%以上且不足7.5%之情形評 價為〇,將7.1%以上且不足7.3%之情形評價為△,將不足 7·1%之情形評價為X。 146 201211165 [表π] 表17 試樣No. 第1色素 (吸附溶液濃度X ΚΓ4 m〇I/L) 第2色素 (吸附溶液濃度MO4 γποΙ/Ι^ 轉換效率 備考 17-1 R-7 1 Α·15 0.1 ◎ 本發明 17-2 R-7 1 Α-27 0.5 ◎ 本發明 17-3 R-7 1 Α·27 0.1 ◎ 本發明 17-4 R-13 1 Α·15 ' 0.1 ◎ 本發明 \n &lt; R-13 Α-27 1 0.5 ◎ 本發明 17-6 R-13 Α-27 1 0.1 ◎ 本發明 17-7 R-7 Α-1 * 1 0.1 ο 本發明 17-8 R-7 Α-9 1 0.5 ◎ 本發明 17-9 R-7 Α-9 1 0.1 ◎ 本發明 17-10 R-13 Α-1 1 0.1 ο 本發明 17-11 R-13 Α·9 1 0.5 ◎ 本發明 17-12 R-13 Α^9—- 1 0.1 ◎ 本發明 17-13 R-7 Β·3 1 0,1 X 比較例 17-14 R-13 Β·3 1 0.1 X 比較例 17-15 R-7 -- 1 X 比較例 17-16 R-13 Μ. —-----1 -一- X 比較例 使用本發明之色素而製作之電化學電池如表17所示 那樣^本案之通式⑴所衫之色素與通式(13)所表 不之色素的組合之情形時,轉換效率顯示出高達7 5%以上 之值。相對於其他情形時,比較例之轉換效率不足7 1%而 並不充分。 ‘ 147 201211165 [實驗19] 1. 二氧化鈦分散液之調製 於内側塗佈有氟樹脂之内部容積為2〇〇 ml之不鑛鋼 製容器中加人二氧化鈦微粒子(日本A_u股份有限公司 製造、Deg麵 P-25) 15 g、水 45 g、分散劑(aldrich 公司製造、WronX·) i g、直徑為〇 5腿之氧化結顆 粒(Nikkato公司製造)3〇 g,使用砂磨機(ΙΜΕχ c〇,㈤ 製造)而以1· rpm進行2小時之分散處理。自所得之分 散液過遽分離氧化結顆粒。所得之分散液中的三氧化鈦微 粒子之平均粒徑為2_5 μηι。另外,藉由MALVERN公司製 造之Mastersizei•(商品名)而測定粒徑。 2. 吸附有色素之氧化鈦微粒子層(電極A)之製作 準備包覆有擦雜氟之氧化錫的2〇 mmX2〇 mm之導電 性玻璃板(旭硝子股份有限公司製造、商品名為TC〇 GLASS-U、表面電阻為約3〇i2/m2),於其導電層側之兩端 (自端部起3 mm之寬度之部分)貼合間隔物用黏著帶 後’使用玻璃棒將上述分散液塗佈於導電層上。於分散液 之塗佈後’剝離黏著帶,於室溫下風乾1曰。其次,將該 半導體塗佈玻璃板放入至電爐(Yamato Scientific. Co.,Ltd. 製造之馬弗爐FP-32型)中,於450°C下煅燒30分鐘。取 出半導體塗佈玻璃板而加以冷卻後,於表18所示之色素之 乙醇溶液(濃度為3xl〇·4 mol/L)中浸潰3小時。將吸附 有色素之半導體塗佈玻璃板於4-第三丁基吡啶中浸潰15 分鐘後,以乙醇加以清洗,使其自然乾燥,獲得吸附有色 148 201211165 素,氧化鈦微粒子層(電極A)。電極A之色素增感氧化 鈦^粒子層之厚度為1〇μιη,氧化鈦微粒子之塗佈量為2〇 g/m2。而且’色素之吸附量根據其種類而為0.1 mm〇l/m2 〜10mmol/m2之範圍内。 3.色素增感光電化學電池之製作 將如上所述那樣而製作之色素增感電極A(2〇 加 mm)與具有與其相同大小之鉑蒸鍍玻璃疊合。其次,利 用毛細管現象使電解質組成物滲入至兩玻璃之間隙中,將 電解質導入至氧化鈦電極中。藉此而製作如圖丨所示那樣 順次積層有由導電性玻璃所構成之導電性支撐體i (於玻 璃之透明基板上設層有導電層者)、感光體2、電荷移動體 3、由鉑所構成之相對電極4以及玻璃之透明基板(未圖示) 且藉由環氧系密封劑加以密封而成的色素增感光電化學電 池。其中,於電解質組成物之黏度高而難以利用毛細管現 象使電解質組成物滲入之情形時,將電解質組成物加溫至 。將其塗佈於乳化欽電極上之後’將該電極於減壓下 放置而使電解質組成物充分浸透,除去電極中之空氣後, 疊合姑蒸鍍玻璃(相對電極)而同樣地製作色素增感光電 化學電池。 θ 變更色素而進行上述步驟’製作試樣編號18-1〜試樣 編號18-9之色素增感光電化學電池。作為各色素增感光電 化學電池中所使用之電解質組成物’使用含有98wt%之下 述雜環四級鹽化合物以及2 wt%之碘的電解質組成物。 149 201211165 [化 39] H3C N^N^^^CHa 4.光電轉換效率之測定 使500 W之氙氣燈(ushio Inc.製造)之光通過AM1.5 濾光片(Oriel公司製造)以及斬波濾光片(KenkoL-37)’ 藉此而產生不含紫外線之模擬太陽光。該光之強度為70 mW/cm2。將該模擬太陽光於50X:下照射至色素增感光電 化學電池上,藉由電流電壓測定裝置(Keithley SMU238 型)而測定所產生之電。 而且,亦測定於85°C下暗處保存1000小時後之轉換 效率之降低率、以及連續光照射5〇〇小時後之轉換效率之 降低率。 將該些之結果示於表18。 [表 18] 表18The light of a 500 W xenon lamp (manufactured by Ushio Inc.) was passed through an AM1.5G light-based film (trade name, manufactured by Oriel Co., Ltd.) and a chopper filter (Kenko L-42, trade name) to produce ultraviolet-free light. Simulate sunlight. The intensity of ° Haiguang is 89 m\V/cm2. The light was applied to the produced photoelectric conversion element, and the generated electricity was measured by a current-voltage measuring device (Keithley Model 238, trade name). The results of measuring the conversion efficiency of the photoelectrochemical cell obtained thereby are shown in Table 17 below. As a result, the conversion efficiency was 7.5% = the upper case was evaluated as ◎, the case where 7.3% or more and less than 7.5% was evaluated as 〇, and the case where 7.1% or more and less than 7.3% was evaluated as Δ, which was less than 7.1%. The situation was evaluated as X. 146 201211165 [Table π] Table 17 Sample No. 1st pigment (adsorption solution concentration X ΚΓ4 m〇I/L) 2nd pigment (adsorption solution concentration MO4 γποΙ/Ι^ Conversion efficiency test 17-1 R-7 1 Α 15 0.1 ◎ The present invention 17-2 R-7 1 Α-27 0.5 ◎ The present invention 17-3 R-7 1 Α·27 0.1 ◎ The present invention 17-4 R-13 1 Α·15 ' 0.1 ◎ The present invention\ n &lt; R-13 Α-27 1 0.5 ◎ The present invention 17-6 R-13 Α-27 1 0.1 ◎ The present invention 17-7 R-7 Α-1 * 1 0.1 ο The present invention 17-8 R-7 Α -9 1 0.5 ◎ The present invention 17-9 R-7 Α-9 1 0.1 ◎ The present invention 17-10 R-13 Α-1 1 0.1 ο The present invention 17-11 R-13 Α·9 1 0.5 ◎ The present invention 17 -12 R-13 Α^9-- 1 0.1 ◎ 17-13 R-7 Β·3 1 0,1 X of the present invention Comparative Example 17-14 R-13 Β·3 1 0.1 X Comparative Example 17-15 R- 7 - 1 X Comparative Example 17-16 R-13 Μ. —-----1 -1 - X Comparative Example An electrochemical cell produced by using the dye of the present invention is as shown in Table 17 (1) When the combination of the pigment of the shirt and the pigment represented by the formula (13), the conversion efficiency shows up to 75% or more. For the other cases, the conversion efficiency of the comparative example is less than 7 1% and is not sufficient. ' 147 201211165 [Experiment 19] 1. The internal volume of the titanium oxide dispersion prepared on the inside coated with the fluororesin is 2〇〇. In the non-mineral steel container of ml, titanium dioxide fine particles (manufactured by A_u Co., Ltd., Deg surface P-25) 15 g, water 45 g, dispersant (made by aldrich, WronX·) ig, diameter 〇5 legs 3 〇g of oxidized granules (manufactured by Nikkato Co., Ltd.) was subjected to a dispersion treatment at 1 rpm for 2 hours using a sand mill (manufactured by kka c〇, (5). The oxidized granules were separated from the obtained dispersion. The average particle diameter of the titanium oxide fine particles in the dispersion is 2 - 5 μηι. The particle size is measured by Mastersizei (trade name) manufactured by MALVERN. 2. The titanium oxide fine particle layer (electrode A) to which the pigment is adsorbed The conductive glass plate of 2〇mmX2〇mm coated with fluorine-doped tin oxide (manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd., trade name: TC〇GLASS-U, surface resistance of about 3〇i2/m2) is prepared. Guide Both end sides of the layer (starting from the end portion of 3 mm width) was attached with the adhesive tape spacer 'Using a glass rod coated with the above dispersion on the conductive layer. After the application of the dispersion, the adhesive tape was peeled off and air-dried at room temperature for 1 Torr. Next, the semiconductor-coated glass plate was placed in an electric furnace (muffle furnace FP-32 type manufactured by Yamato Scientific Co., Ltd.), and calcined at 450 ° C for 30 minutes. After the semiconductor coated glass plate was taken out and cooled, it was immersed in an ethanol solution of the pigment shown in Table 18 (concentration: 3xl·4 mol/L) for 3 hours. The semiconductor-coated glass plate to which the dye was adsorbed was immersed in 4-tert-butylpyridine for 15 minutes, and then washed with ethanol to be naturally dried to obtain an adsorbed colored 148 201211165 element, a titanium oxide fine particle layer (electrode A). . The dye-sensitized oxide of the electrode A has a thickness of 1 μm ηη and a coating amount of the titanium oxide fine particles of 2 〇 g/m 2 . Further, the amount of adsorption of the pigment is in the range of 0.1 mm 〇 l / m 2 to 10 mmol / m 2 depending on the type thereof. 3. Preparation of dye-sensitized photoelectrochemical cell The dye-sensitized electrode A (2 mm plus mm) prepared as described above was superposed on a platinum vapor-deposited glass having the same size. Next, the capillary composition is used to infiltrate the electrolyte composition into the gap between the two glasses, and the electrolyte is introduced into the titanium oxide electrode. Thus, as shown in FIG. 2, a conductive support i composed of a conductive glass (a conductive layer provided on a transparent substrate of glass), a photoreceptor 2, and a charge transporting body 3 are sequentially laminated. A dye-sensitized electrochemical cell in which a counter electrode 4 made of platinum and a transparent substrate of glass (not shown) are sealed by an epoxy sealant. Among them, when the viscosity of the electrolyte composition is high and it is difficult to infiltrate the electrolyte composition by capillary action, the electrolyte composition is heated to. After applying it to the emulsified electrode, the electrode was placed under reduced pressure to sufficiently permeate the electrolyte composition, and the air in the electrode was removed, and the vapor-deposited glass (counter electrode) was laminated to produce a dye-like color. Photosensitive electrochemical cell. θ The dye was changed to perform the above procedure. A dye-sensitized electrochemical cell of sample No. 18-1 to sample No. 18-9 was produced. As the electrolyte composition used in each dye-sensitized electrochemical cell, an electrolyte composition containing 98% by weight of the above heterocyclic quaternary salt compound and 2% by weight of iodine was used. 149 201211165 [Chemical 39] H3C N^N^^^CHa 4. Measurement of photoelectric conversion efficiency The light of a 500 W xenon lamp (manufactured by ushio Inc.) was passed through an AM1.5 filter (manufactured by Oriel) and chopping The filter (KenkoL-37)' produces a simulated sunlight that does not contain ultraviolet light. The intensity of the light is 70 mW/cm2. The simulated sunlight was irradiated onto a dye-sensitized electrochemical cell under 50X:, and the generated electricity was measured by a current-voltage measuring device (Keithley SMU238 type). Further, the rate of decrease in conversion efficiency after storage for 1000 hours in a dark place at 85 ° C and the rate of decrease in conversion efficiency after continuous light irradiation for 5 hours were also measured. The results of these are shown in Table 18. [Table 18] Table 18

根據表18可知 本發明之色素職光學電池與比 150 201211165. 較例相比而言耐久性提高。 [實驗20] 依照下述之方法,製作色素增感光電化學電池而進行 評價。將其結果示於表19。 Ο)透明導電性支撐體之製作 作為感光性電極用支撐體,使用於表面塗氟之厚度為 0.4 mm之薄板之單面以2〇〇 nm之厚度均勻地塗佈有導電 性氧化錫之薄膜而具有可撓性之透明導電性支撑體。 (2) 相對電極用導電性薄板之製作 於厚度為0.4 mm之聚醯亞胺製Kapton (註冊商標) 薄膜之單面,藉由真空濺鍍法而均勻地包覆厚度為3〇〇nm 之鉑膜。表面電阻為5Q/cm2。 (3) 半導體微粒子分散液之調製 依照C. J. Barbe等人之美國陶瓷學會會刊(J AmAccording to Table 18, it was found that the pigment optical cell of the present invention has improved durability as compared with the case of 150 201211165. [Experiment 20] A dye-sensitized electrochemical cell was produced and evaluated according to the method described below. The results are shown in Table 19. Ο) Preparation of a transparent conductive support as a support for a photosensitive electrode, a film coated with a conductive tin oxide uniformly coated on a single surface of a thin plate having a thickness of 0.4 mm on a surface coated with a thickness of 2 nm It has a flexible transparent conductive support. (2) A conductive sheet made of a counter electrode is coated on a single side of a Kapton (registered trademark) film made of polyimide having a thickness of 0.4 mm, and uniformly coated with a thickness of 3 Å by vacuum sputtering. Platinum film. The surface resistance is 5 Q/cm 2 . (3) Modulation of semiconductor fine particle dispersions According to C. J. Barbe et al., Journal of the American Ceramic Society (J Am)

Ceramic Soc.)第80卷、p.3157之論文中所記載之製造方 法,鈦原料使用四異丙醇鈦,將於高壓爸中之聚合反應溫 度-又疋為230C,合成二氧化鈦濃度為u wt%之銳鈦礦型 二氧化鈦之分散液。所得之二氧化鈦粒子之一次粒子的尺 寸為10 nm〜30 rnn。將所得之分散液放入至超離心分離機 中’將粒子分離,將凝聚物加哺燥後,於朗研蛛上加 以粉碎而獲得自色粉末之半導體餘子a。於水與乙猜之 體積比為4:1而所構成之混合溶劑1〇〇血中,以每i〇〇 溶劑中為32 g之濃度添加半導體微粒子a’使用自轉/公轉 併用式混合調節H而均料分散、混^其結果,所得之 151 2〇l2lll65 白色半導體微粒子分散液成為5〇 Ν· s/m2〜150 Ν· s/m2 之南黏度之糊狀,可知具有適於直接用於塗佈之液體物 性。於試樣編號丨9-3、試樣編號19-10中,於每1〇〇 ml溶 劑中调配7.7 g之平均分子量為5〇萬之聚乙二醇(pEG) 粉末。於其他之半導體微粒子分散液中並未添加半導體微 粒子以外之固形物。 (4)半導體微粒子分散液中之固形物之測定 =由敷料器將分散液塗佈於厚度為】9咖之無驗玻 下你ί ,以4〇卿〜70卿之厚度進行塗佈,於室溫 日ί ί時。其後,於空氣中、3贼下進行0.5小 19-3加熱前後之重量變化’結果所述試樣編號 為^ 之半導體微粒子以外之固形物含量 量為0.3。/。M外之式樣的半導體微粒子以外之固形物含 (5)半導體微粒子層之製作 塗佈(3) Gig::電二ί撐體上,藉由敷料器而 形成帅〜70卿之均勾厚燥1小時,藉此 19中所記載之條件對該的塗佈層。另外,藉由表 感之多孔質半導賴粒# Λ 色素增 終的平均膜厚均為—夕孔質+導體微粒子層之最 (6)色素吸附溶液之調製 將表19中所示之多去 升之方式溶解於乾燥之乙猜色素濃度成為㈣·4莫耳/ •第二丁醇:乙醇之體積比為 152 201211165 3y〇2bpif 2 ·· 1 : 1之混合溶劑中。於該色素溶液中,以成為ο 〇25 莫耳/升之濃度之方式而溶解作為添加劑之 p-C9H19-C6H4-0-(CH2CH2-〇)3-(CH2)4-S〇3Na 之結構的有機 磺酸衍生物,調製色素吸附用溶液。 (7) 色素之吸附 將塗設有上述多孔質半導體微粒子層之基板浸潰於上 述之吸附用色素溶液中,於攪拌下、4〇。(:下放置3小時。 如上所述而使色素吸附於半導體微粒子層上,製作感 光層中所使用之色素增感電極(感光性電極)。 (8) 色素增感光電化學電池之製作 刮去吸附有色素多孔質半導體微粒子層,形成受光面 積為1.0 cm2 (直徑約1.1 cm)之圓形感光性電極。對於該 電極,插入熱壓接性聚乙烯薄膜製框型間隔物(厚度2〇 μηι)而疊合相對電極之鉑蒸鍍玻璃基板,將間隔物部^加 熱至120。(:而對兩個基板進行壓接。另外,藉由環氧樹脂 接著劑對單元之邊緣部進行密封。通過於相對電極之基板 的角部預先設置之電解液注液用小孔,利用毛細管現象使 作為電解液之由後述之任意咪唑鑌離子m〜咪唑鏽離子 E4/碟—50 . 1 (重量比)的組成而構成之室溫㈣自基板 之小孔而滲入至電極間之空間。Ceramic Soc.) The manufacturing method described in the paper of Vol. 80 and p. 3157. The titanium raw material is titanium tetraisopropoxide, and the polymerization temperature in high pressure dad will be 230C, and the concentration of titanium dioxide will be u wt. A dispersion of % anatase titanium dioxide. The primary particles of the obtained titanium oxide particles have a size of 10 nm to 30 rnn. The obtained dispersion was placed in an ultracentrifuge. The particles were separated, and the aggregate was added to the mixture, and then pulverized on a spider to obtain a semiconductor residue a of the color powder. Adding semiconductor fine particles a' in a concentration of 32 g per 〇〇 solvent in a mixture of water and B. The volume ratio of water to B is 4:1, using auto-rotation/revolution and mixing with H The obtained material is dispersed and mixed, and the obtained 151 2 〇l 2lll65 white semiconductor fine particle dispersion becomes a paste having a south viscosity of 5 〇Ν·s/m 2 to 150 Ν·s/m 2 , which is known to be suitable for direct use. Liquid properties of the coating. In sample No. 丨9-3 and sample No. 19-10, 7.7 g of a polyethylene glycol (pEG) powder having an average molecular weight of 50,000 was prepared per 1 ml of the solvent. Solid matter other than semiconductor microparticles is not added to other semiconductor fine particle dispersions. (4) Determination of the solid matter in the semiconductor fine particle dispersion solution = The applicator applies the dispersion to a thickness of 9 coffee, and then applies it to the thickness of 4〇卿~70卿. Room temperature ί ί. Thereafter, the weight change before and after heating of 0.5 small 19-3 was carried out in air and under 3 thieves. As a result, the solid content of the sample No. other than the semiconductor fine particles was 0.3. /. The solid matter other than the semiconductor fine particles outside the M type contains (5) the production and coating of the semiconductor fine particle layer (3) Gig:: The electric yoke is formed by the applicator to form a handsome ~ 70 clear The coated layer was subjected to the conditions described in 19 for 1 hour. In addition, the average film thickness of the surface of the porous semi-conductive granules by the surface sensitization is the highest (-) the fine particle layer of the conductor particles (6) the polymerization of the pigment adsorption solution is as shown in Table 19. The concentration of the dye dissolved in the dry method is (4)·4 mol/ • the second butanol: ethanol volume ratio is 152 201211165 3y〇2bpif 2 ·· 1 : 1 in a mixed solvent. In the dye solution, the structure of p-C9H19-C6H4-0-(CH2CH2-〇)3-(CH2)4-S〇3Na as an additive is dissolved in a concentration of ο 〇25 mol/liter. An organic sulfonic acid derivative is used to prepare a solution for dye adsorption. (7) Adsorption of the pigment The substrate coated with the porous semiconductor fine particle layer was immersed in the above-mentioned adsorption dye solution, and stirred under stirring. (: It is left for 3 hours. As described above, the dye is adsorbed on the semiconductor fine particle layer to prepare a dye-sensitized electrode (photosensitive electrode) used in the photosensitive layer. (8) Production of a dye-sensitized electrochemical cell is scraped off The photosensitive porous semiconductor fine particle layer was adsorbed to form a circular photosensitive electrode having a light receiving area of 1.0 cm 2 (approximately 1.1 cm in diameter). For this electrode, a thermocompression-bonded polyethylene film frame spacer (thickness 2 〇 μηι) was inserted. The platinum vapor-deposited glass substrate on which the counter electrode is laminated is heated to 120. (: The two substrates are pressure-bonded. Further, the edge portion of the cell is sealed by an epoxy resin adhesive. By using a small hole for electrolyte injection in advance at the corner of the substrate of the counter electrode, any imidazolium ion m to imidazole rust ion E4/disc - 50. 1 (weight ratio) which will be described later is used as an electrolyte solution by capillary action. The room temperature (4) formed by the composition is infiltrated into the space between the electrodes from the small holes of the substrate.

El : 1,2-二曱基-3-丙基咪唑鑌碘鹽 E2 : 1-丁基-3-甲基味唾鑌峨鹽 E3 : 1-甲基-3-丙基咪唑鏽峨鹽 E4 : 1,3-二(2-(2_(2_曱氧基乙氧基)乙氡基)乙基)嗦吐鑛 153 201211165 埃鹽 以上之單元組裝步驟與電解液注入之步驟均於上述之 露點-60°C之乾燥空氣中實施。於熔鹽之注入後,於真空下 對單元進行數小時之吸引而進行包含感光性電極以及熔鹽 之單元内部的脫氣,最終以低熔點玻璃而封上小孔。藉此 製作順次積層有導電性支撐體、吸附有色素之多孔質半導 體微粒子電極(感光性電極)、電解液、相對電極以及支撐 體的色素增感光電化學電池。 (9)色素增感光電化學電池之評價 於500 W之乱氣燈(Ushio Inc.製造)上安裳太陽光模 擬用校正濾光片(Oriel公司製造AM1.5direct(商品名)), 自多孔質半導體微粒子電極(感光性電極)之侧對上述色 素增感光電化學電池照射入射光強度為1〇〇 mW/cm2之模 擬太陽光。元件密接固定於恆溫裝置之平台上,將照射中 之元件之溫度控制為50。(:。使用電流電壓測定裝置 (Keithley公司製造之電源量測單元238型(商品名, 藉由10 mV/sec之定速掃描施加於元件上之Dc電壓,測 量元件輸出之光電流,藉此測定光電流-電壓特性。將藉此 而求得之上述各種元件之能量轉換效率(η),與單元之構 成要素(半導體微粒子、增感色素)之内容一同記載於表 19中。將轉換效率為6 〇%以上之情形表示為Α,將以 上且不足6%之情形表示為b,將4%以上且不足5%之情 形表示為C’將3%以上且不足4%之情形表示為D,將15% 以上且不足3%之情形表示為e,將不足1.5。/。之情形表示 154 201211165 厶 Ujjif 為F,將轉換效率為D以上之情形作為合格,將不足D之 情形作為不合格。亦測定連續光照射120小時後之轉換效 率之降低率。將該些結果示於表19。 [表 19] 表19 試樣 電池製成條件 電池性能 備考 No. 導電性 支撐體 第1 色素 第2 色素 電解 液 塗佈液之半 導體以外的 固形物含量 塗佈後之熱處理 /UV處理 轉換效 率 (%) 連續光照射後 之轉換效率降 低率% 19-1 PEN A-27 - E3 0.3 120°CUV 處理 A 7 本發明 19-2 PC A-27 - E3 0.3 120°CUV 處理 A 7 本發明 19-3 PEN A-27 - E3 1 120°CUV 處理 A 8 本發明 19-4 PC A-27 - E3 0.3 90°CUV處理 B 7 本發明 19-5 PEN A-27 - E3 0.3 90°CUV處理 B 9 本發明 19-6 PEN A-27 - E3 0.3 150°CUV 處理 A 5 本發明 19-7 PEN A-27 E3 0.3 200°CUV 處理 B 5 本發明 19-8 PEN A-15 - E3 0.3 120°CUV 處理 A 5 本發明 19-9 PC A-15 - E3 0.3 120°CUV 處理 A 4 本發明 19-10 PEN A-15 - E3 1 120°CUV 處理 A 6 本發明 19-11 PC A-15 - E3 0.3 90°CUV處理 B 5 本發明 19-12 PEN A-15 - E3 0.3 90°CUV處理 B 7 本發明 19-13 PEN A-15 - E3 0.3 150°CUV 處理 A 5 本發明 19-14 PEN A-15 - E3 0.3 200°CUV 處理 B 5 本發明 19-15 PEN B-2 - E3 0.3 120°CUV 處理 D 35 比較例 19-16 PC B-2 - E3 0.3 90°CUV處理 E 38 比較例 19-17 PEN B-2 - E3 0.3 150°CUV 處理 D 39 比較例 19-18 PEN B-2 - E3 0.3 200°CUV 處理 E 39 比較例 19-19 PEN A-27 E2 0.3 120°CUV 處理 A 4 本發明 19-20 PEN A-27 - El 0.3 120°CUV 處理 A 3 本發明 19-21 PEN A-27 - E4 0.3 120°CUV 處理 A 4 本發明 19-22 PEN A-l - E3 0.3 120°CUV 處理 C 13 本發明 19-23 PC A-l - E3 0.3 120°CUV 處理 C 15 本發明 19-24 PEN A-l R-l E3 0.3 120°CUV 處理 B 18 本發明 19-25 PC A-l R-l E3 0.3 120°CUV 處理 B 20 本發明 19-26 PEN A-l R-7 E3 0.3 120°CUV 處理 B 17 本發明 19-27 PC A-l R-7 E3 0.3 120°CUV 處理 B 17 本發明 19-28 PEN A-l R-8 E3 0.3 120°CUV 處理 B 15 本發明 19-29 PC A-l R-8 E3 0.3 120°CUV 處理 B 15 本發明 155 201211165 如表19所示可知:於導電性高分子製之導電性支撐體 上形成吸附有本發明之色素的多孔質半導體微粒子層之情 形時,獲得具有實用水準之光電轉換效率的色素增感光電 化學電池。特別是於將半導體微粒子以外之固形物含量為 0.3%之分散液塗佈於支撐體上,於120°C〜150。(:下進行熱 處理,然後照射紫外線,其後吸附本發明之色素而製作多 孔質半導體微粒子層之情形時,光電轉換效率變高。 而且,藉由將固形物之含量為1.0 Wt%之分散液塗佈 於導電性高分子製之支撑體並進行加熱而製作多孔質半導 體微粒子層,於吸附本發明之色素之情形時,亦獲得與吸 附比較色素之情形相比而言更高之轉換效率的色素增感光 電化學電池。另外,於使用比較色素之色素增感光電化學 電池之情形時,連續光照射後之轉換效率之降低率變得高 至35%以上,相對於此,於使用本發明之色素之色素增感 光電化學電池之情形時,連續光照射後之轉換效率之降低 率為20%以下,耐久性優異。 [實驗21] 使用於由 Epikote 828 ((商品名)、Japan Epoxy Resins C〇·,Ltd製造)、硬化劑以及塑膠糊劑所構成之樹脂組成物 中大致均勻地分散有直徑為25 μιη之玻璃球體而成的密封 劑糊劑作為[實驗19]之環氧系密封劑,除此以外同樣地進 行而製作色素增感光電化學電池,進行光電轉換效率之測 定。將轉換效率為6.0%以上之情形表示為A,將5%以上 且不足6%之情形表示為B,將4%以上且不足5%之情形 156 201211165 表示為C,將3%以上且不足4%之情形表示為D,將丨5〇/〇 以上且不足3%之情形表示為E,將不足15%之情形表示 為F,將轉換效率為D以上之情形作為合格,將不足〇之 情形作為不合格。 將藉此而求得之各色素增感太陽學電池之轉換效率 (η)、於85 c下、暗處保存1〇〇〇小時後之轉換效率相對 於初始值之降低率、及連續光照射小時後之轉換效率 相對於初始值之降低率示於表2〇。 [表 20] 表20 試樣No.第1色素第2色素 轉換效率 暗處保存後之轉 換效率降低率% 連續光照射後之轉 換效率降低率% 備考El : 1,2-dimercapto-3-propylimidazolium iodide E2 : 1-butyl-3-methyl sulphonate E3 : 1-methyl-3-propyl imidazolium rust salt E4 : 1,3-bis(2-(2_(2_曱ethoxyethoxy)ethyl)ethyl) oxime ore 153 201211165 The unit assembly step and the electrolyte injection step above the eutectic salt are all in the above It is carried out in a dry air with a dew point of -60 °C. After the injection of the molten salt, the unit was suctioned under vacuum for several hours to degas the inside of the unit including the photosensitive electrode and the molten salt, and finally the small pores were sealed with the low-melting glass. Thus, a dye-sensitized electrochemical cell in which a conductive support, a porous semiconductor fine particle electrode (photosensitive electrode) to which a dye is adsorbed, an electrolytic solution, a counter electrode, and a support are sequentially formed. (9) Evaluation of a dye-sensitized photoelectrochemical cell in a 500 W gas lamp (manufactured by Ushio Inc.), a calibration filter for solar light simulation (AM1.5direct (trade name) manufactured by Oriel Co., Ltd.), self-porous The side of the semiconductor fine particle electrode (photosensitive electrode) irradiates the above-mentioned dye-sensitized electrochemical cell with simulated sunlight having an incident light intensity of 1 μm/cm 2 . The components are closely attached to the platform of the thermostat, and the temperature of the components in the illumination is controlled to 50. (: Using a current-voltage measuring device (a type of power measuring unit 238 manufactured by Keithley Co., Ltd. (trade name, the DC current applied to the element is scanned at a constant speed of 10 mV/sec, and the photocurrent output from the element is measured, thereby The photocurrent-voltage characteristics were measured, and the energy conversion efficiency (η) of the various elements obtained above was described in Table 19 together with the contents of the constituent elements (semiconductor particles and sensitizing dye) of the unit. In the case of 6 〇% or more, it is expressed as Α, the case where the above is less than 6% is expressed as b, and the case where 4% or more and less than 5% is expressed as C', and the case where 3% or more and less than 4% is expressed as D In the case where 15% or more and less than 3% is expressed as e, it will be less than 1.5. The case indicates that 154 201211165 厶Ujjif is F, the conversion efficiency is D or more as qualified, and the case where D is less than D is regarded as unqualified. The reduction rate of conversion efficiency after continuous light irradiation for 120 hours was also measured. The results are shown in Table 19. [Table 19] Table 19 Preparation Conditions of Sample Battery Battery Performance Test No. Conductive Support 1st Pigment No. 2 pigment electricity Solid content outside the semiconductor of the liquid coating liquid Heat treatment after UV coating/UV treatment conversion efficiency (%) Conversion efficiency reduction rate after continuous light irradiation % 19-1 PEN A-27 - E3 0.3 120 °CUV treatment A 7 The present invention 19-2 PC A-27 - E3 0.3 120 ° C UV treatment A 7 19-3 PEN A-27 - E3 1 120 ° C UV treatment A 8 19-4 PC A-27 - E3 0.3 90 ° CUV treatment B 7 19-5 PEN A-27 - E3 0.3 90 °C UV treatment B 9 19-6 PEN A-27 - E3 0.3 150 ° C UV treatment A 5 19-7 PEN A-27 E3 0.3 200 ° C UV treatment B 5 19-8 PEN A-15 - E3 0.3 120 ° C UV treatment A 5 19-9 PC A-15 - E3 0.3 120 ° C UV treatment A 4 19-10 PEN A -15 - E3 1 120 ° CUV treatment A 6 19-11 PC A-15 - E3 0.3 90 ° C UV treatment B 5 19-12 PEN A-15 - E3 0.3 90 ° C UV treatment B 7 The present invention 19 -13 PEN A-15 - E3 0.3 150 °C UV treatment A 5 19-14 PEN A-15 - E3 0.3 200 ° C UV treatment B 5 19-15 PEN B-2 - E3 0.3 120 ° C UV treatment D 35 Comparative Example 19-16 PC B-2 - E3 0.3 90°C UV Treatment E 38 Comparison Example 19-17 PEN B-2 - E3 0.3 150 °C UV treatment D 39 Comparative Example 19-18 PEN B-2 - E3 0.3 200 °C UV treatment E 39 Comparative Example 19-19 PEN A-27 E2 0.3 120 °C UV treatment A 4 19-20 PEN A-27 - El 0.3 120 ° C UV treatment A 3 19-21 PEN A-27 - E4 0.3 120 ° C UV treatment A 4 19-22 PEN Al - E3 0.3 120 ° CUV treatment C 13 19-23 PC Al - E3 0.3 120 ° C UV treatment C 15 19-24 PEN Al Rl E3 0.3 120 ° C UV treatment B 18 19-25 PC Al Rl E3 0.3 120 ° C UV treatment B 20 19-26 PEN Al R-7 E3 0.3 120 ° C UV treatment B 17 19-27 PC Al R-7 E3 0.3 120 ° C UV treatment B 17 19-28 PEN Al R-8 E3 0.3 120°C UV treatment B 15 19-29 PC Al R-8 E3 0.3 120°C UV treatment B 15 The present invention 155 201211165 As shown in Table 19, it is known that adsorption is formed on the conductive support made of a conductive polymer. In the case of the porous semiconductor fine particle layer of the dye of the present invention, a dye-sensitized electrochemical cell having a practical level of photoelectric conversion efficiency is obtained. In particular, a dispersion having a solid content of 0.3% other than the semiconductor fine particles was applied onto the support at 120 ° C to 150 ° C. (When the heat treatment is performed, the ultraviolet ray is irradiated, and then the pigment of the present invention is adsorbed to form a porous semiconductor fine particle layer, the photoelectric conversion efficiency is high. Further, the dispersion having a solid content of 1.0 Wt% is obtained. It is applied to a support made of a conductive polymer and heated to form a porous semiconductor fine particle layer, and when the pigment of the present invention is adsorbed, a conversion efficiency higher than that in the case of adsorbing a comparative dye is also obtained. In the case of a dye-sensitized electrochemical cell using a comparative dye, the rate of decrease in conversion efficiency after continuous light irradiation is as high as 35% or more, whereas the present invention is used. In the case of a dye-sensitized electrochemical cell of a pigment, the conversion efficiency after continuous light irradiation is 20% or less, and the durability is excellent. [Experiment 21] Used by Epikote 828 ((trade name), Japan Epoxy Resins A resin having a diameter of 25 μm is substantially uniformly dispersed in a resin composition composed of a hardener and a plastic paste. The sealing agent paste was prepared in the same manner as the epoxy-based sealing agent of [Experiment 19], and a dye-sensitized electrochemical cell was produced to measure the photoelectric conversion efficiency. The conversion efficiency was 6.0% or more. The case is expressed as A, the case where 5% or more and less than 6% is expressed as B, and the case where 4% or more and less than 5% is 156 201211165 is expressed as C, and the case where 3% or more and less than 4% is expressed as D,丨5〇/〇 or more and less than 3% is expressed as E, less than 15% is expressed as F, conversion efficiency is D or more as qualified, and insufficient is considered as unqualified. The conversion efficiency (η) of each dye-sensitized solar cell obtained, the conversion efficiency of the conversion efficiency with respect to the initial value after storage for 1 hour at 85 c, and the conversion after continuous light irradiation The rate of decrease in efficiency with respect to the initial value is shown in Table 2. [Table 20] Table 20 Sample No. 1st Pigment Second Pigment Conversion Efficiency Conversion Efficiency Reduction Rate after Storage in Dark Places Reduced Conversion Efficiency After Continuous Light Irradiation Rate % preparation

根據表20可知:本發明之色素增感光電化學電池之轉 換效率之初始值均顯示出高達7 〇%以上之值。而且,於暗 處保存後以及連續光照射後,降低率為15%以下及2〇%以 下,與比較例相比而言耐久性優異。 基於所述實施態樣而對本發明進行了說明,但若並未 157 201211165 ΓΐίΓΐ於說明之任意細節部分中對本發明進如 應㈣料反賴之中請專·财麻之發二 神一範圍地範圍廣泛地進行解釋。 '月 本申請案主張基於2010年8月3日於日本提出申請之 =本專,特願2010-174833的優先權,該專利申請案所揭 路之内谷於此作為參照而將其内容併入為本說明書中所記 載之一部分。 【圖式簡單說明】 圖1疋模式性地表示藉由本發明而製造之光電轉換元 件之一實施態樣之戴面圖。 【主要元件符號說明】 1 :導電性支撐體 2 .感光體層/感光體/感光層(半導體膜) 3:電荷移動體層 4:相對電極 5:受光電極 6 :電路/外部電路 10 :光電轉換元件 21 :色素 22 :半導體微粒子/導電性微粒子 100 ·光電化學電池 158According to Table 20, the initial values of the conversion efficiency of the dye-sensitized electrochemical cell of the present invention all showed values of up to 7 % or more. Further, after storage in the dark and after continuous light irradiation, the reduction rate was 15% or less and 2% or less, and the durability was excellent as compared with the comparative example. The present invention has been described based on the above-described embodiments, but if the invention is not in any of the details of the description of the 157 201211165 Γΐ Γΐ Γΐ ( ( 四 四 四 四 四 请 请 请 财 财 财 财 财 财 财 财A wide range of explanations. 'The application for this month's application is based on the priority of 2010-174833, which is filed in Japan on August 3, 2010. The patent application is hereby incorporated by reference. Enter one of the parts described in this manual. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS Fig. 1A schematically shows a wearing diagram of an embodiment of a photoelectric conversion element manufactured by the present invention. [Description of main component symbols] 1: Conductive support 2. Photoreceptor layer/photoreceptor/photosensitive layer (semiconductor film) 3: Charge moving body layer 4: Counter electrode 5: Light-receiving electrode 6: Circuit/external circuit 10: Photoelectric conversion element 21: Pigment 22: Semiconductor microparticles / Conductive microparticles 100 · Photoelectrochemical cell 158

Claims (1)

201211165 j^uz-opif 七 申請專利範圍: l. 一種金屬錯合物色素,其以下述通式(丨)所表示: 通式(1) M(LL1)ml(LL2)m2(X)m3 - CI 於通式(1 )中, M表示金屬原子, LL1表示下述通式(2)所表示之2牙或3牙之配位基, LL2表示下述通式(7)所表示之2牙或3牙之配位基, X表示以選自由醯氧基、醯硫基、硫醯氧基、硫醯硫 基、醯基胺基氧基、硫胺基曱酸酯基、二硫胺基曱酸酯基、 硫碳I酯基、二硫碳酸酯基、三硫碳酸酯基、醯基、硫氰 酸酯基、異硫氰酸酯基、氰酸酯基、異氰酸酯基、氰基、 烧硫基i芳硫基、烷氧基及芳氧基所構成之群組的基進行 配位的單牙或2牙之配位基,或者由鹵素原子、羰基、二 烷基酮、1,3-二酮、羧醯胺基、硫羧醯胺基或硫脲所構成 之單牙或2牙之配位基, ml表示1〜3之整數’於ml為2以上時,LL1可相同 亦可不同, m2表示〇〜2之整數,於m2為2時,LL2可相同亦可 不同, m3表示〇〜3之整數,於m3為2以上時,X可相同 亦可不同,且X彼此之間亦可連結, CI表示為了中和電荷而必須抗衡離孑之情形時的抗 159 201211165 衡離子; LL1、LL2、X之任一個具有至少1個酸性基; Η匕1]201211165 j^uz-opif Seven patent application scope: l. A metal complex pigment, which is represented by the following formula (丨): General formula (1) M(LL1)ml(LL2)m2(X)m3 - CI is in the formula (1), M represents a metal atom, LL1 represents a 2-dentate or 3-dentate ligand represented by the following formula (2), and LL2 represents a 2-dental represented by the following formula (7) Or a ligand of 3 teeth, X represents a group selected from the group consisting of a decyloxy group, a sulfonylthio group, a thiomethoxy group, a thiocyanyl group, a decylamino group, a thiol phthalate group, and a dithiol group. Phthalate ester group, sulfur carbon ester group, dithiocarbonate group, trithiocarbonate group, mercapto group, thiocyanate group, isothiocyanate group, cyanate group, isocyanate group, cyano group, a monodentate or a 2-dentate ligand coordinated to a group consisting of a sulfur-based i-arylthio group, an alkoxy group, and an aryloxy group, or a halogen atom, a carbonyl group, a dialkyl ketone, 1, a monodentate or a 2-dentate ligand consisting of 3-diketone, carboxyguanamine, thiocarbamamine or thiourea, and ml means an integer of 1 to 3'. When the ml is 2 or more, LL1 may be the same. Different, m2 represents an integer of 〇~2, When m2 is 2, LL2 may be the same or different, m3 represents an integer of 〇~3, and when m3 is 2 or more, X may be the same or different, and X may be connected to each other, and CI indicates that the charge is neutralized. It is necessary to counter the anti-159 201211165 balance ion; LL1, LL2, X have at least one acidic group; Η匕1] 通式(2) 於通式(2)中, R1及R2分別獨立地表示酸性基, R3及R4分別獨立地表示取代基, Υ1及Υ2分別獨立地表示自通式(3)〜通式(6)之 任意通式所表示之環上脫離2個氫原子而所得的取代基, Υ3及Υ4表示氫原子或取代基; L1或L2分別獨立地表示亞炔基、亞芳基或由該些基之 組合構成的共輛鏈; al及a2分別獨立地表示0〜3之整數,於al為2以 上時,R1可相同亦可不同,於a2為2以上時,R2可相同 亦可不同; Μ及b2分別獨立地表示0〜3之整數,於bl為2以 上時,R3可相同亦可不同,亦可相互連結而形成環,於b2 為2以上時,R4可相同亦可不同,亦可相互連結而形成環, 於Μ及b2均為1以上時,R3與R4亦可連結而形成環; nl及n2分別獨立地表示1以上之整數,n3、n4分別 160 201211165 獨立地表示1以上之整數;其中,於n3為2以上之情形時, 多個Y1可相同亦可不同’於n4為2以上之情形時,多個 Y2可相同亦可不同; z表示0或1 ; [化2] (R7)n7In the formula (2), R1 and R2 each independently represent an acidic group, and R3 and R4 each independently represent a substituent, and Υ1 and Υ2 each independently represent a formula (3) to a formula ( 6) a substituent obtained by desorbing two hydrogen atoms from a ring represented by any formula of the formula, wherein Υ3 and Υ4 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent; and L1 or L2 each independently represents an alkynylene group, an arylene group or a common chain composed of a combination of bases; al and a2 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3, and when a1 is 2 or more, R1 may be the same or different, and when a2 is 2 or more, R2 may be the same or different; Μ and b2 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3. When bl is 2 or more, R3 may be the same or different, and may be connected to each other to form a ring. When b2 is 2 or more, R4 may be the same or different. R1 and R4 may be linked to each other to form a ring; n1 and n2 each independently represent an integer of 1 or more, and n3 and n4 respectively represent 160 or more, and 201211165 independently represents 1 or more. An integer; wherein, when n3 is 2 or more, a plurality of Y1s may be the same or different 'at n4 In the case of 2 or more, a plurality of Y2 may be the same or different; z represents 0 or 1; [Chemical 2] (R7) n7 通式(3) 通式(4)General formula (3) general formula (4) (R8)n8 (R9)n0 (R11)n11(R8)n8 (R9)n0 (R11)n11 通式(6) 通式(5) 於通式(3)〜通式(6)中,R5〜R11表示取代基,n5 〜nil分別獨立地表示〇〜2之整數,多個R5〜rH亦可與 鄰接之取代基相互鍵結而形成環;n6與n7之和為2以下; η8與η9之和為2以下;nlO與nil之和為2以下; [化3]General formula (6) General formula (5) In the general formulae (3) to (6), R5 to R11 represent a substituent, and n5 to nil each independently represent an integer of 〇~2, and a plurality of R5 to rH are also The ring may be bonded to adjacent substituents to form a ring; the sum of n6 and n7 is 2 or less; the sum of η8 and η9 is 2 or less; and the sum of n10 and nil is 2 or less; [Chemical 3] 通式(7) 於通式(7)中,Za、Zb及Zc分別獨立地表示可形成 5員環或6員環的非金屬原子群,亦可分別獨立地具有取 代基;c表示〇或1。 2.如申請專利範圍第1項所述之金屬錯合物色素,其 161 201211165 中於所述通式(1)中,所述LL1是通式(2A)所表示之2 牙或3牙之配位基: [化4] Y -(y1)n3-(L1)n1 (L2)n2—(Υ2)η4-γ4 (R3)b1·—^=N/Ni^^'(R4)b2 通式(2A) 於通式(2A)中,R1、r2、R3、R4、γΐ、γ2、γ3、 Y L、L、31、82、1)1、62、111、112、113、114與通式(2) 中的 R1、R2、R3、R4、γ1、γ2、Υ3、γ4、Ll、l2、以、a2、 bl、b2、nl、n2、n3、n4 同義。 3·如申凊專利範圍第1項所述之金屬錯合物色素,其 中於所述通式(2)中,l1、L2表示亞芳基。 4. 如申請專利範圍第2項所述之金屬錯合物色素,其 中於所述通式(2A)中,L1、L2表示亞芳基。’、、 5. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第3項所述之金屬錯合物 色素,其中於所述通式(1)中,LLi是下述通式(8)所 表示之2牙或3牙之配位基: [化5]In the formula (7), Za, Zb and Zc each independently represent a group of non-metal atoms which can form a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring, and may each independently have a substituent; c represents hydrazine or 1. 2. The metal complex dye according to claim 1, wherein in 161 201211165, in the formula (1), the LL1 is a 2 tooth or a 3 tooth represented by the formula (2A). Ligand: [Chemical 4] Y -(y1)n3-(L1)n1 (L2)n2—(Υ2)η4-γ4 (R3)b1·—^=N/Ni^^'(R4)b2 General formula (2A) In the formula (2A), R1, r2, R3, R4, γΐ, γ2, γ3, YL, L, 31, 82, 1)1, 62, 111, 112, 113, 114 and the formula ( 2) R1, R2, R3, R4, γ1, γ2, Υ3, γ4, L1, l2, and a2, bl, b2, nl, n2, n3, and n4 are synonymous. 3. The metal complex dye according to claim 1, wherein in the formula (2), l1 and L2 represent an arylene group. 4. The metal complex dye according to claim 2, wherein in the formula (2A), L1 and L2 represent an arylene group. The metal complex dye according to the first or third aspect of the invention, wherein in the formula (1), LLi is a tooth represented by the following formula (8) Or the ligand of 3 teeth: [Chemical 5] 2 2012111652 201211165 n3、n4、z 同義。 、Y1、Y2、Y3、γ4、 n2、n3、n4、z 與通式(2)中的 Ri、 nl、n2、 、Y3、Y4、a卜 a2、b卜 b2、n 6.如申請專利範圍第1項至第5項中任一項所述今 屬錯合物色素,其中,於所述通式⑴中,LL1是下述通 式(8A)所表示之2牙或3牙之配位基: [化6]N3, n4, and z are synonymous. , Y1, Y2, Y3, γ4, n2, n3, n4, z and Ri, nl, n2, Y3, Y4, ab, a2, b, b2, n in the general formula (2), as claimed in the patent application The complex dye according to any one of the items 1 to 5, wherein, in the formula (1), LL1 is a coordination of 2 or 3 teeth represented by the following formula (8A) Base: [Chem. 6] 通式(8 A ) 於通式(8A)中,EL1、R2、R3、R4、γΐ、γ2、γ3、In the general formula (8A), EL1, R2, R3, R4, γΐ, γ2, γ3, η2、η3、η4 同義。 7. 如申請專利範圍第1項至第6項中任一項所述之金 屬錯合物色素’其中於所述通式(1)中,Μ表示釕。 8. 如申請專利範圍第1項至第7項中任一項所述之金 屬錯合物色素,其中自所述通式(3)所表示之環上脫離2 個氫原子而所得的取代基以下述通式(3Α)所表示: 163 201211165 [化7]Η2, η3, η4 are synonymous. 7. The metal complex dye according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein in the formula (1), Μ represents 钌. 8. The metal complex dye according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the substituent obtained by desorbing 2 hydrogen atoms from the ring represented by the formula (3) Expressed by the following general formula (3Α): 163 201211165 [Chem. 7] 通式(3A) 於通式(3A)中,n5與通式(3)中 上的鍵結部,**表示於 邵0 9.如中請專利範圍第!項至第8項中任—項所述之金 屬錯合物色素,其中於所述通式⑴ 通式⑼〜通式㈤之任意通式所表示Υ Υ以下述 [化8] S、In the formula (3A), n5 is bonded to the bond in the formula (3), and ** is represented in Shao 0. The metal complex dye according to any one of the above items, wherein the formula (1) to any of the formula (5) to the formula (5) is represented by the following formula: R12 R13 R16R12 R13 R16 通式(9) R15 R1e, Ύ R19通式(ίο)通式(η) R22General formula (9) R15 R1e, Ύ R19 Formula (ίο) Formula (η) R22 :式中 f、〜5、r16、r18、 不氫原子或取代基;*表丨 K衣 表示於…上的鍵於L*L上的鍵結部 其中^請專職圍第9項所述之金屬錯合物色素, 中所相式(9)〜通式⑽之任意通式所表示之取代 164 201211165ir 基具有至少一個以上碳原子數為5以上之脂肪族基。 11. 一種光電轉換元件,其具備具有如申請專利範圍 第1項至第10項中任一項所述之金屬錯合物色素與半導體 微粒子的感光層。 12. 如申請專利範圍第u項所述之光電轉換元件,其 中將所述通式(1)中所記載的金屬錯合物色素與其他色素 組合使用。 13. 如申請專利範圍第12項所述之光電轉換元件,其 中,所述其他色素以通式(13)所表示: ^ Mz(LL )mll(LL12)ml2(x&quot;)ml3 . CI&quot; 通式(13) 於通式(13)中, Mz表示金屬原子, 基 LL11表示下述通式(14)所表示之2牙或3牙之配位 基 LL12表示下述通式(15)所表示之】牙或^牙之配位 X11表示以選自由醯氧基、醯硫基、硫酿氧基、硫醯 =土醯基&amp;基氧基、硫絲甲_旨基、二硫胺基甲酸醋 二„基、二硫碳酸s旨基、三硫碳_基、酿基、 f =、異硫氰酸醋基、氰酸、異氰酸醋基、氰 芳硫基、院氧基及芳氧基所構成之群組的基 仃 早牙或2牙之配位基,或者由自素原子、幾基、 165 II 201211165 二烷基酮、1,3-二酮、羧醯胺基、硫羧醯胺基或硫脲所構 成的單牙或2牙之配位基, mil表示0〜3之整數,於mil為2以上時,LL11可 相同亦可不同, ml2表示0〜2之整數,於ml2為2時,LL12可相同 亦可不同;其中,mil與m12中之至少一方為1以上之整 數; ml3表示0〜3之整數,於ml3為2以上時,X11可相 同亦可不同,X11彼此之間亦可連結; CI11表示於通式(13)中,為了中和電荷而必須抗衡 離子之情形時的抗衡離子; LL11、LL12、X11之任一個具有至少1個酸性基; [化9] 121 .-,106' dlZ /d13Wherein f, 〜5, r16, r18, a non-hydrogen atom or a substituent; * 丨K clothing represents a bond on the bond on L*L, which is described in item 9 of the full-time The metal complex dye, the substituent represented by any one of the formulas (9) to (10), wherein the 201211165ir group has at least one aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms. A photoelectric conversion element comprising a photosensitive layer having a metal complex dye and a semiconductor microparticle according to any one of claims 1 to 10. 12. The photoelectric conversion element according to claim 5, wherein the metal complex dye described in the above formula (1) is used in combination with other dyes. 13. The photoelectric conversion element according to claim 12, wherein the other coloring matter is represented by the formula (13): ^ Mz(LL)mll(LL12)ml2(x&quot;)ml3. CI&quot; In the formula (13), Mz represents a metal atom, and the group LL11 represents a 2-dentate or 3-dentate ligand LL12 represented by the following formula (14), which is represented by the following formula (15). The coordination X11 of the tooth or tooth is selected from the group consisting of a decyloxy group, a thiol group, a thioloxy group, a thioindole = a sulfhydryl group, an aryl group, a thiomethyl group, a dithiol group. Formic acid bismuth, dithiocarbonate s, trithiocarbon-based, brewing, f =, isothiocyanate, cyanate, isocyanate, cyanarylthio, alkoxy and a group consisting of an aryloxy group, an early or a 2-dentate ligand, or a self-priming atom, a aryl group, a 165 II 201211165 dialkyl ketone, a 1,3-diketone, a carboxy oxime group, a single or two-dentate ligand composed of thiocarbalamine or thiourea, mil represents an integer of 0 to 3, and when mil is 2 or more, LL11 may be the same or different, and ml2 represents an integer of 0 to 2 , when ml2 is 2, LL12 The same may be different; wherein, at least one of mil and m12 is an integer of 1 or more; ml3 represents an integer of 0 to 3, and when ml3 is 2 or more, X11 may be the same or different, and X11 may be connected to each other; CI11 represents a counter ion in the case of neutralizing a charge in order to neutralize a charge, and any one of LL11, LL12, and X11 has at least one acidic group; [Chem. 9] 121 .-, 106' dlZ /d13 (R1〇2)a,2 通式(14) 於通式(14)中, rKH及Rl〇2分別獨立地表示酸性基, R1G3及R1G4分別獨立地表示取代基, R1G5及R1G6分別獨立地表示烷基、芳基、或雜環基; L11及L12分別獨立地表示由選自亞芳基、亞雜芳基、 亞乙烯基及亞乙炔基之至少1種構成的共軛鏈; 166 201211165f all及:12分別獨立地表示〇〜3之整數,於a 2 以上時’R可相同亦可不同,於山為2以上時,㈣ 可相同亦可不同; 及=12分別獨立地表示Q〜3之整數,於b ,上時,R⑽可相同亦可不同,R〜可相互連結而二成 ί哀,於bl2為2以上時,Rl〇4可相同亦可不同,Ri〇4 相互連結而形成環;於M1及bl2均為丨以 R104亦可連結而形成環; f K與 dll及dl2分別獨立地表示〇〜$之整數. dl3表示0或1 ; , [化 10](R1〇2)a, 2 General formula (14) In the general formula (14), rKH and R1〇2 each independently represent an acidic group, and R1G3 and R1G4 each independently represent a substituent, and R1G5 and R1G6 each independently represent An alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group; L11 and L12 each independently represent a conjugated chain composed of at least one selected from the group consisting of an arylene group, a heteroarylene group, a vinylidene group and an ethynylene group; 166 201211165f all And 12: respectively, the integers of 〇~3 are independently represented. When a 2 or more, 'R may be the same or different. When the mountain is 2 or more, (4) may be the same or different; and =12 respectively represent Q~3. In the case of b, the R(10) may be the same or different, and R~ may be connected to each other to form a sorrow. When bl2 is 2 or more, R1〇4 may be the same or different, and Ri〇4 may be connected to each other to form an integer. Ring; both M1 and bl2 are 丨, and R104 can also be joined to form a ring; f K and dll and dl2 respectively represent integers of 〇~$. dl3 represents 0 or 1; , [10] 通式(15) =通式(15)中,Zd、Ze&amp;Zf分別獨立地表示可形 成5員環或6貞環的非金屬原子群,亦可分卿立地具有 取代基;f表示0或1。 14·如申請專利範圍第u項至第13項中任一項所述 之光電轉換元件,其具有於導電性支撐體上依序積層有所 述感光體層、電荷移動體及相對電極的結構。 15· —種光電化學電池’其具有如申請專利範圍第11 項至第14項中任一項所述之光電轉換元件。 167In the formula (15) = in the formula (15), Zd, Ze &amp; Zf each independently represent a group of non-metal atoms which can form a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring, and may have a substituent; the f represents 0 or 1. The photoelectric conversion element according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the photoconductor layer, the charge transporting body and the counter electrode are sequentially laminated on the electroconductive support. A photoelectrochemical cell of the invention, which has the photoelectric conversion element according to any one of claims 11 to 14. 167
TW100127418A 2010-08-03 2011-08-02 Metal complex pigment, photoelectric conversion element, and photoelectrochemical cell TW201211165A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2010174833 2010-08-03

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201211165A true TW201211165A (en) 2012-03-16

Family

ID=45559374

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW100127418A TW201211165A (en) 2010-08-03 2011-08-02 Metal complex pigment, photoelectric conversion element, and photoelectrochemical cell

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP5869481B2 (en)
TW (1) TW201211165A (en)
WO (1) WO2012017872A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102660135A (en) * 2012-04-25 2012-09-12 天津大学 Photosensitive dye with triphenylamine bridging bipyridyl ruthenium complex and preparation method for photosensitive dye
CN102660132A (en) * 2012-04-25 2012-09-12 天津大学 Triphenylamine bridged bipyridine ruthenium composition photosensitizing dye with single-side asymmetric structure and preparation method thereof
GB2518837A (en) * 2013-10-01 2015-04-08 G24 Power Ltd Electrolyte and photovoltaic cell comprising the same
JP6209424B2 (en) * 2013-11-12 2017-10-04 株式会社豊田中央研究所 Metal complex, dye-sensitized solar cell, dye-sensitized solar cell module, method for producing metal complex
EP3157028A4 (en) * 2014-06-11 2017-05-31 Fujifilm Corporation Photoelectric conversion element, dye-sensitized solar cell, metal-complex pigment, and pigment solution
KR101982945B1 (en) * 2014-07-07 2019-05-27 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 Photoelectric conversion element, dye-sensitized solar cell, metal complex dye, dye solution, and terpyridine compound or esterification product thereof
WO2016006512A1 (en) * 2014-07-07 2016-01-14 富士フイルム株式会社 Photoelectric conversion element, dye-sensitized solar cell, metal complex dye, dye solution, and terpyridine compound or esterification product thereof
EP3272814B1 (en) * 2015-03-17 2022-02-23 FUJIFILM Corporation Ruthenium complex dye, dye solution, photoelectric conversion element, and dye-sensitized solar cell

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2008075756A1 (en) * 2006-12-18 2008-06-26 Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited Compound, photoelectric converter and photoelectrochemical cell
AU2009200356B2 (en) * 2008-02-19 2011-03-10 National Central University Photosensitizer Dye
US20110265876A1 (en) * 2008-11-11 2011-11-03 Universität Ulm Novel anchoring ligands for sensitizers of dye-sensitized photovoltaic devices

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2012017872A1 (en) 2013-10-03
WO2012017872A1 (en) 2012-02-09
JP5869481B2 (en) 2016-02-24

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP4980479B2 (en) Metal complex dye, photoelectric conversion element, and dye-sensitized solar cell
JP5572029B2 (en) Metal complex dye, photoelectric conversion element and photoelectrochemical cell
TW201211165A (en) Metal complex pigment, photoelectric conversion element, and photoelectrochemical cell
TWI567082B (en) A photoelectric conversion element, a photoelectrochemical cell, and a metal complex pigment used
JP5620316B2 (en) Photoelectric conversion element, photoelectrochemical cell and dye
TWI572681B (en) Metal complex dye, photoelectric conversion element, dye-sensitized solar cell, dye absorpting liquid composition for dye-sensitized solar cell, semiconductor electrode for dye-sensitized solar cell, and method for fabricating dye-sensitized solar cell
KR101670559B1 (en) Photoelectric conversion element, photoelectrochemical cell, and dye used in photoelectric conversion element and photoelectrochemical cell
TW201210835A (en) Photoelectric converting device, photoelectrochemical cell, plgment for photoelectric converting device and pigment solution for photoeletric converting device
JP5681716B2 (en) Metal complex dye, photoelectric conversion element and photoelectrochemical cell
JP5721717B2 (en) Metal complex dye, photoelectric conversion element and photoelectrochemical cell
WO2012017868A1 (en) Metal complex dye, photoelectric conversion element and photoelectrochemical cell
JP2012051952A (en) Pigment, photoelectric element and photoelectrochemical battery
KR101505790B1 (en) Photoelectric conversion element, photoelectrochemical cell, and dye for use therein
JP5662728B2 (en) Dye, photoelectric conversion element and photoelectrochemical cell using the same
WO2012017873A1 (en) Metal complex dye, photoelectric conversion element and photoelectrochemical cell
JP5572028B2 (en) Photoelectric conversion device, photoelectrochemical cell using the same, and composition for photoelectric conversion device
KR20140117534A (en) Photoelectric conversion element, method for manufacturing photoelectric conversion element, and dye-sensitized solar cell using photoelectric conversion element
JP2012036239A (en) Metal complex dye, photoelectric conversion element, and photoelectrochemical cell
JP2012036238A (en) Metal complex dye, photoelectric conversion element, and photoelectrochemical cell
JP2013206874A (en) Photoelectric conversion element, dye adsorption composition solution for dye-sensitized solar cell, semiconductor electrode for dye-sensitized solar cell, method of manufacturing dye-sensitized solar cell, and metal complex dye for photoelectric conversion element
JP2012038437A (en) Photoelectric conversion element, photoelectrochemical battery using the same, and photoelectric conversion element composition